GW90 Manual Completo

GASWorkS 9.
User's Manual
Bradley B. Bean, PE 419 East Columbia Street Colorado Springs, Colorado 80907 USA Toll Free: 1-800-391-9391 ! Telephone: (719) 578-9391 ! Fax: (719) 578-9394
1991-1997, 2006, 2007, 2009 Bradley B. Bean, PE - All rights reserved.
GASWorkS 9.0
Licensing...
GASWorkS, its options, and supplements are licensed for installation on only one computer per authorized copy. That is, only one copy of the program is intended to be installed per license. Each purchased copy of the program represents one license. We are relying on your honesty and integrity to ensure that multiply copies of the program are not created. In reference to this paragraph, the following definitions shall apply: Software shall mean the GASWorkS program, documentation, and any associated options, enhancements, or supplements; User shall mean the individual or organization purchasing the Software, the individual or organization employing the persons to be using the Software, the individual or organization otherwise responsible for the administration of the use of the Software, or any affiliate thereof; Developer shall mean Bradley B. Bean, PE. By use of the Software, the User consents to accept full responsibility for the use of the Software including: Interpretations or decisions based on any results derived from the Software; Any claims resulting from the use, accidental misuse, or intentional misuse of the Software by the User; And for reimbursement of the original purchase price to the Developer for each unauthorized copy of the Software generated from the User's authorized copy. Depending on the specific version received by the User, the Software will use a certain copy protection method. The method may require registration of the software with the Developer, installation of a physical security device on the Users equipment, or other method of protection. By installing the Software the User consents to the means of copy protection.
It is the User's obligation to immediately return the Software, without installing it, if they do not concur and consent to these Licensing requirements.
Trademark Notice...
GASWorkS, GASBase, and the "B-Cubed" logo are trademarks of Bradley B. Bean, PE. dBASE is a trademark of ASHTON TATE a division of Borland International. AutoCAD is a trademark of Autodesk, Inc. Arc/Info is a trademark of Environmental Resource Systems Inc. Windows (and it variations and derivations) are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. MicroStation is a trademark of Bentley System Inc.
Copyright Warning...
The GASWorkS software and User's Manual are protected under United States and international copyright laws and treaties. Making unauthorized copies of either the software or the associated documentation is a violation of United States and international law. Don't be a criminal, don't copy.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
GASWorkS 9.0
Guarantee...
If you are not fully satisfied with the performance of GASWorkS, uninstall the software, return the original distribution materials, hardware key (if provided), and documentation within thirty days of the date of receipt. We will promptly refund the original purchase price. If during the useful lifetime of the software, GASWorkS or its options do not perform as claimed, notify us of the deficiency and we will promptly address your concern and do our best to correct the problem.
Application Limit
The number of Users that can simultaneously run the GASWorkS software is dependent on the license style purchased. This number is referred to as the application limit. A single User license allows only one User at a time. A limited network license allows a fixed number of Users (depending on the purchase agreement). An unlimited network license has no User limit. GASWorkS keeps track of how many Users are using it. When it is executed, it checks the number of Users currently using the software. If the application limit is not exceeded, the software will be started. If the application limit is exceeded, a warning message will appear and the software will not start. If GASWorkS is abnormally terminated, the User count will become corrupt and GASWorkS may erroneously report the number of current Users preventing additional Users from beginning execution. If this occurs, use the following procedure to start GASWorkS. Select the Windows Start button. The program menu list will appear. Select the Run item from the program list. At the Open prompt type \Program Files\GASW orkS 9\app\GW 90.exe /-1 . Include the quotation marks. Note that there is a space between Program and Files, between GASWorkS and 9, and between the closing quote () and the forward slash (/). The quotes must be included for Windows to properly process the command.
Software Updates
From time to time the GASWorkS software is revised and updated to correct reported or discovered bug fixes, to add User requested enhancements, and to perform other required maintenance. These updates are available for download and installation from our website www.b3pe.com. Notification of updates is not generally made to the User community, the User should occasionally check for new updates from this site. Frequently asked questions are also posted on the website.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
ii
GASWorkS 9.0
About This Manual...

This manual attempts to provide the User with an understanding of the GASWorkS software by providing extensive descriptions and documentation of its various features. The main body of the manual presents descriptions of the various menu items and data screens. Separate sections are provided for several of the more extensive features. The Appendix of the manual presents a primer on network analysis, along with technical documentation of the various equations and data files used and supported by GASWorkS. The use of italics is used extensively throughout the manual. Italicized words are used in two manners - one to emphasize a word, the other to indicate the name of a menu item, command button, screen name, or keyboard key. In addition to the information contained in this manual, examples, how-to tips and instructions are included in the GASWorkS On-Line help. A copy of this manual in Portable Document Format (pdf) is contained on the GASWorkS installation CD. With some versions of GASWorkS, the Demonstration Guide, Users Manual, and Help Guide are installed and viewable using the Help menu. Additional information and documentation may be found on our website www.b3pe.com.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
iii
GASWorkS 9.0
Bradley B. Bean, PE
iv
GASWorkS 9.0
Table of Contents
1 3 5 6 7 8 9 17 19 19 20 21 21 21 22 23 24 25 27 29 29 30 31 32 32 32 33 33 34 35 35 35 36 36 37 37 37 37 38 38 39
GETTING STARTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software Copy Protection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Execution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Uninstalling GASWorkS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using GASWorkS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Release Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hardware Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software Requirements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASWorkS Data Elements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Menu Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Menu Access.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Execution.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negotiating Data Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing On-Line Help.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes For International Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MENU ITEMS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File - File Management.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New - Create A New Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Project - Create A New Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open - Open An Existing Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Close - Close A Model.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save - Save Model Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save As - Save Model Changes To Another Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rename - Change The Name Of The Current Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copy - Copy Model Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete - Deleting Model Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Append - Appending Model Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bundle - (Submenu).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bundle A Model - Zipping A Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UnBundle A Model - Unzipping A Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purge - Removing UnRequired Model Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preferences - (Submenu). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Paths - Setting The Default File Directories.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Tables - Setting The Default Property Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options - Set User Interface Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facility Settings - Display/Edit Facility Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Current Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrieve Saved Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Table of Contents
39 39 40 40 41 41 41 42 42 43 44 44 45 45 46 47 47 48 48 48 48 48 48 49 49 50 50 51 52 52 53 53 54 54 55 55 55 56 56 57 57 57 58 58
Restore A Model - Restoring Model Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restore Samples - Restoring The Sample Models.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Export - (Submenu).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exit GASWorkS - Leaving GASWorkS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit - Entering And Editing Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Notes - Editing The Model Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mass Update - Mass Updating Model Data.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Tables - Editing Look-Up Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facility Settings - Display/Edit Facility Settings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Run File - Display/Edit Run File Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analysis - Calculating Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solve Single Model - Solving A Single Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Execute Run File - Executing A Run File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculate Gas Properties - Calculating Gas Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASCalc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Report - Viewing And Printing Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard (All) - Reporting Model Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard (Select) - (Submenu).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Summary - Creating A Summary Report.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connectivity - Creating A Connectivity Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Tables - Reporting Look-Up Table Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Check - Finding & Reporting Data Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solution Log - Viewing A Solution Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Report Options - Setting Report Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graphics - Accessing The Graphic Data Interface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View/Edit - Viewing & Editing Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Settings - Changing Graphic Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Background Settings - Set A Background Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Display As BMP - Saving The Displayed Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Display To Clipboard - Copying The Displayed Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utilities - Using The Utility Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Defaults - Setting Default Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer (Submenu) - Customer Data Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attribute File - Setting An Attribute File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Update External Loads - Assign And Update Node Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Execute SQL Statement - Update Attribute Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe (Submenu) - Pipe Data Routines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attribute File - Setting An Attribute File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Execute SQL Statement - Update Attribute Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Import/Export - Importing And Exporting Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bradley B. Bean, PE
vi
GASWorkS 9.0
Table of Contents
59 60 60 60 61 61 62 62 62 62 63 63 64 64 64 64 65 65 65 66 67
Data Check - Checking Model Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miscellaneous (Submenu). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check Connectivity.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renumber Nodes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculate XYs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sort Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Window - Window (Screen) Access Utilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arrange Icons - Arranging Icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arrange Windows - Arranging Open Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windows List - Accessing Open Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Help - Using The On-Line Help Routines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents - Accessing The Help Topics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View Help Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Help - Instructions For Using Help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Support (Submenu) - How To Reach Us. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Request Registration Number.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Send Help Request. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View Demonstration Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View Users Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Menu Map.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DATA SCREENS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Bundle Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Connectivity Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Customer Data Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Data Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Data Check Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Default Data Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Facility Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 File Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Find Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Gas Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Header Data Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Mass Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Model Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Node Data Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Path Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Pipe Data Report.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Preference Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Project Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Property Table Selection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Print Control - (long form). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Print Control - (short form).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Bradley B. Bean, PE
vii
GASWorkS 9.0
Table of Contents
136 139 140 144 147 158 160 162 164 168 171 174 177 178 226 228 229 231 232 239 241 242 247 249 254 256 259 267 279 285 287 289 293 295 297 299 301 304 306 309 311 312 316
Query Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renumbering Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Report Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Run File Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solution Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solution Log Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Summary Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Summary Report Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XY Calculation Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRAPHIC DATA INTERFACE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GDI Window Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GDI Toolbars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GDI Commands & Icon Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mouse Events.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Key Events.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entering Coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attribute Valve Data Screen.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Background Image Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bitmap Scale Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color Legend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graphic Line Data Screen.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graphic Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graphic Symbol Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Edit Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Node Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Data Screen.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plot Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Profile Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Profile Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Display Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Text Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shift Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Text Data Screen.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Palette Edit Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trace Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trace Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trace & Update Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROPERTY TABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Property Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Table Report.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressor Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bradley B. Bean, PE
viii
GASWorkS 9.0
Table of Contents
319 321 324 327 330 334 335 338 343 347 351 355
Fitting Property Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Property Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulator Property Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve Property Data.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Well Property Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating The Property Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATTRIBUTE DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching A Customer Attribute File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching A Pipe Attribute File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating External Loads.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working With A Database Definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Data Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IMPORT & EXPORT ROUTINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Import/Export Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Import/Export File Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 IMPORT ROUTINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Column Format ASCII Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Delimited Format ASCII Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Customer X-Y Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing dBASE Format Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing DXF Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing MIF/MID Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Shape Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Node X-Y Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Stoner PD & XY Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Valve X-Y Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing XLS Format Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXPORT ROUTINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting ASCII Customer Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting ASCII Node Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting ASCII Pipe Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting dBASE Customer Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting dBASE Node Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting dBASE Pipe Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting DXF Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting GASWorkS 7.0 Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Microsoft Access Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Microsoft Excel Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 369 370 373 376 378 380 387 389 391 392 392 393 395 397 397 399 402 406 408 411 414 417 417 417
Bradley B. Bean, PE
ix
GASWorkS 9.0
Table of Contents
418 418 418 418 421 423 430 433 434 435 439 441 442 443 444 445 447 448 449 450 452 453 455 469 474 477 478 495 498 502 504 505 510 512 516 519 523 524
Exporting Customer X-Y Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Node X-Y Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Stoner Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Shape Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personalizing GASWorkS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Non-Pipe Elements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using The Relate Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Run Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using The Pipe Sizing (Optimization) Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using The Query Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Attribute Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using The Extract Routine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working With Gas Properties.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculating Gas Temperatures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Diversified Customer Loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using The Facility Type Item. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convergence Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using A Command Alias File.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Program Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How To Reach Us.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Primer.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASWorkS Data Items.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Dimensional Units.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard GASWorkS Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow Equations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulator Flow Equations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve Flow Equations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressor Power Equations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Well Equation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support Equations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressibility Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature Calculations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASWorkS Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Property Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Database Definition Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Lists Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GLOSSARY.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525 INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
GETTING STARTED
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
Use the procedures outlined in this section to install GASWorkS and begin using it to model your gas system. If you are a new User, working the example model contained in the Demonstration Guide will provide instructions and examples of using the basic features of the GASWorkS software. If you are a current User, you might browse the Release Notes section to review the new features contained in this version of the software. In addition to the example included with this manual, the On-Line Help system contains many other examples and how-to tips (the Building Your First Model example is a good topic to start with). A list of the commands available in the Graphic Data Interface is provided in that section of this manual. The Menu descriptions section of this manual provides some abbreviated instructions on accessing and using many of the routines found in the software. GASWorkS is suitable for modeling a variety of distribution, gathering, transmission, and plant piping systems containing most any compressible, single phase fluid. Many of the examples used in its documentation refer to distribution type systems. However, please consider that the methods required to create and solve these examples, are exactly the same as those required to create and solve a model of any type of system. If you encounter problems, or have specific questions, refer to the appropriate section in the manual for detailed instructions, descriptions, and explanations. Or, use the On-Line Help topics to view examples and how-to tips on performing a specific task. Feel free to contact us with your questions.
Installation...
To install the GASWorkS software... From A CD: If the software was received on a CD... ! An appropriate version of Windows must be running to install GASWorkS, if it is not, start Windows now. ! Place the CD in the appropriate disk drive. The installation program may or may not automatically start. ! To manually start the installation program, select the Start button on the Windows Task Bar. Select the Run item from the Start menu list. Type the letter corresponding to the drive containing the GASWorkS CD, followed by the word setup, then press the ENTER (5) key. For example, type d:setup, then press the ENTER (5) key. Follow the instructions in the General Installation Instructions topic to continue the installation.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
From An Electronically Received File: If the software was received electronically (email or download)... ! Download or copy the file to a temporary directory on the machine where GASWorkS is to be installed. ! If a faux extension is present (.txt or .ok) remove the extension. ! After removing the faux extension, double click on the setup filename. Follow the instructions in the General Installation Instructions topic to continue the installation.
General Installation Instructions: ! After the installation program has been started, several screens will appear during the setup process. Read the contents of each screen and respond appropriately. ! The Welcome screen will appear first. Read the contents of the screen carefully, then select Next to continue with the installation or select Cancel to cancel the setup process. ! The Licensing screen will appear next. Read the terms of the License carefully, then select Agree to continue with the installation or select Disagree to cancel the setup process. ! The Documentation screen will appear next. If you would like to install a copy of the Demonstration Guide and Users Manual select Yes. Otherwise respond No. If the documentation is installed it can be viewed from the GASWorkS Help menu. ! The Location screen will appear next. If you would like to install GASWorkS in a different directory, enter or select a different destination directory. Select Next to continue with the installation or select Cancel to cancel the setup process. ! The Program Group screen will appear next. Select Continue to proceed, or change the program group and then select Continue to continue installing, or select Cancel to end the installation. ! Various warnings and messages may appear during the installation process. When a warning or message appears, read the message carefully, then select the appropriate option to either continue or terminate the installation process. ! A message will appear when the installation process is complete. The message will indicate whether the installation succeeded or failed - select the appropriate option to clear the message. Upon successful installation, a "GASWorkS" program item will be created in the Start-Programs menu list. Select the GASWorkS 9.0 item to execute the GASWorkS software.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
Software Copy Protection...

GASWorkS uses several means of software copy protection. We understand that this may be offensive to some Users, however it is essential to ensuring the commercial viability of GASWorkS. One of the following methods may be used to protect the installed version of the GASWorkS.
Parallel (Printer) Port Hardware Key: If a Parallel port hardware key is provided, place the key in an available parallel (printer) port. Insert the key so that the end marked "COMPUTER" is connected to the computer's printer port. If a printer or other device is attached, the key should be placed between the computer, and the printer cable or device. Note... When installing on a Windows NT based operating system (NT/XP/2000) additional installation steps are required. See the readkey.txt file found on the GASWorkS distribution CD for additional instructions.
USB Port Hardware Key: If a USB port hardware key is provided, additional installation steps are required. See the readkey.txt file located on the GASWorkS distribution CD for additional instructions. Once the software for the key has been installed place the key in an available USB port. When using hardware key (Printer or USB port) protection, GASWorkS may be installed on multiple machines and the hardware key may be shared. However GASWorkS can only be used to solve a model on the machine where the hardware key is installed. Only edit and view functions are available on the machines which do not contain the key.
Registration: Some versions of GASWorkS are required to be registered to allow access to its complete set of functions. If the installed version of GASWorkS requires registration, a serial number will be displayed the first time GASWorkS is executed. If this message appears select the Request Registration Number command button. An email format request form will appear, complete the appropriate information and send the email to request the required number. The number will be provided at our first convenience.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
If you do not wish to request the number or if you want to access GASWorkS before you receive your registration number, select the Continue command button to open GASWorkS in limited non-solution mode. When using registration protection, GASWorkS may be installed on multiple machines, however it can only be used to solve a model on the machine that has been registered. Only edit and view functions are available on the machines which are not registered.
Execution...
From The Program Menu: To execute the GASWorkS software... ! An appropriate version of Windows must be running before GASWorkS may be executed. If Windows is not running, begin its execution now. ! Select the Start button from the Windows Task Bar. Move the mouse pointer to the Programs item. The Programs menu list will appear. ! Once the Program list is displayed. Select the GASWorkS program group from the list. Select the GASWorkS 9.0 program item from the group list. ! The GASWorkS software will be started. After the software has been loaded into memory, the GASWorkS Copyright Notice will appear click the Continue button or press the ENTER (5) key to continue. ! After clearing the notice, depending on certain preference settings, a blank screen may appear, or the Graphic Data Interface screen may appear. In either case choose the desired option from the pull-down menus, GDI command list or toolbars - or select the Exit item from the Files menu list to quit the program.
From The Command Line: GASWorkS can be executed from the Windows Start Command Line. To start GASWorkS using the Command Line. ! Select the Windows Start button. The program menu list will appear. ! Select the Run item from the program list. At the Open prompt type \Program Files\GASW orkS 9\app\GW 90.exe . Include the quotation marks.
Bradley B. Bean, PE ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
Note - that there is a space between Program and Files, between GASWorkS and 9. The quotes must be included for Windows to properly process the command. When GASWorkS is started from the Command Line several startup options are available. They are listed in the following table. Command Line Options Option /-1 Description Removes one User from the GASWorkS User Count, then attempts to start GASWorkS. This option is useful when starting GASWorkS after the application limit has been reached. See the Application Limit topic for additional information. Starts GASWorkS without automatically opening the Graphical Data Interface. This option is useful when a model has become corrupt and causes an error when trying to graphically display the model when starting GASWorkS. Starts GASWorkS without reading the initialization file. This option is useful when the initialization has become corrupt and causes an error when trying to start GASWorkS. When using this option the preference settings and various parameters stored in the initialization file are reset to their default values. Starts without enabling any special features or modules. Some versions of GASWorkS have special or custom features enabled based on information found in the license file. Using this option starts GASWorkS in standard mode with no options enabled.
/-GDI
/-INI
/-SP
Note - When starting GASWorkS using a startup option, add a blank space followed by the option code after the final quote () on the Command Line. Separate multiple options by a blank space.
Uninstalling GASWorkS...
To uninstall (remove) the GASWorkS software... ! An appropriate version of Windows must be running before GASWorkS may be uninstalled. If Windows is not running, begin its execution now. ! Select the Start button from the Windows Task Bar. ! Select the Settings item from the Start-up list. Then select the Control Panel item from the Settings list. The contents of the Control Panel folder will be displayed. ! Click on the Add/Remove Programs icon. The Add/Remove Programs Properties screen will appear.
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
! Select the GASWorkS 9.0 item from the program list. Select the Add/Remove command button to proceed with the removal. Several prompts will appear throughout the removal process, read the messages carefully and respond appropriately. A message will appear when the removal process is complete. The message will indicate whether the removal succeeded or failed. ! When done, select the OK command button to close the Add/Remove Program Properties screen. When GASWorkS is installed, it creates various subdirectories directly under the main GASWorkS application directory (for example \Program Files\GASWorkS 9\Files). These directories are used to contain a variety of GASWorkS property, initialization, and model files. If new files have been added to any of these directories, or any of the original files have been modified since installation (which is almost always the case) the uninstall routine will not be able to remove the affected directory. If this occurs, the directory and its contents can be manually removed using the Windows Explorer program.
Using GASWorkS...
GASWorkS 9.0 is designed to be easy and intuitive to use. However, there are a few general concepts that need to be learned before becoming proficient with the software. There are two ways to get started with GASWorkS. One, the General section found later in this manual provides an introduction to many of the basic concepts required to use GASWorkS. Review this section to obtain general information needed to use the software. Once the general concepts have been learned, use the On-Line Help system to review the numerous examples and how-to tips for instructions on performing the various tasks required to create, solve, report, and edit a model of your piping system. The other method is to work the example contained in the Demonstration Guide provided with this manul. The guide will introduce the basic concepts required to create, solve, report, and edit a simple example model. If time is short, we suggest that you start with the Demonstration Guide - then review the contents of the manual when time is available.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
Release Notes...
GASWorkS 9.0 represents a continued evolution of the GASWorkS software - however, as with all evolutionary processes, things change. In this revision, the most noticeable change will be in the way that the data is managed. The previous versions of GASWorkS used a database style management system - open a data table, retrieve a record from the table, make a change, replace the record into the table. With this method the data is continuously saved to disk storage. GASWorkS 9.0 uses an open, edit, save method of file management, similar to the methods used in spreadsheet and wordprocessor applications. With this method the model files are opened and loaded into memory. When changes are made they are only saved to the data in memory, not the data in disk storage. When the work session is complete, the User may chose to save the data changes or discard them. Remember to save your changes. Numerous other changes were made, additional commands and functions were added and inevitably some features were discontinued. A partial summary of the many feature changes is provided in the following tables. Data Management The most noticeable change to existing Users will be how the data files are managed. Good or bad GASWorkS now uses the open, edit, save management scheme for handling its data files. Other data management changes include... Support for facility identification is provided. Pipes and associated customers can be grouped by facility type, similar to layers in a CAD application. Individual facilities can be set to be reported, solved, displayed - or set to active to allow or disallow editing. The User can revise the facility list. Customers- A Link ID data item was added to enhance sharing of data with other applications. A unit count item was added to allow a single customer feature to more easily represent multiple physical customers. Support is now provided for branch customers. This allows one customer to feed from another customer. Multi-segment service lines are now supported. For our UK customers, individual diversity handling is now supported. Pipes- A Link ID data item was added to enhance sharing of data with other applications. An external database can now be attached to the pipe features in the model. A Facility Type data item has been added. Fittings (valves, elbows and tees) can be attached directly to a pipe segment. The equivalent length is automatically computed and used during calculation. Nodes - Separate control for application of the Design Factor and status for base and external loads was added. Long node names - up to 40 characters - are now supported. Property Tables- The various property tables (pipe, valve, regulator, compressor, well, fitting) are accessed using an improved spreadsheet style interface. Now has the Ability to save and retrieve specific tables. Now has the ability to setup color and linetype specifications for individual pipe sizes and types. Pipe sizes to include during pipe sizing (optimization) can now be more easily identified. See the Property
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
Data Management
Tables section for notes on using old look-up tables. File Handling- GASWorkS 7.0 files are automatically imported when opened. A graphic preview of the model is displayed in the file selection form. Implementation of open, edit, save style file handling. Automatic save at User specified time intervals is supported. Linked Database - A linked database feature has been added to replace the GASBase database. Pipe and customer model data can be complimented by the use of linked database. The linked database is automatically managed by GASWorkS - as model features are added or deleted, the associated (linked) database feature is also updated. The fields in the linked database can be specified by the User based on a seed file. The contents of the linked database can be manipulated using Standard Query Language (SQL) manipulation commands. Undo - An undo feature has been added to allow restoration of previous data or graphic changes. The undo feature can be turned on or off by the User. The oops (undelete) routine has been expanded to include Customer, User Graphic, and User Text features. Deleted files are now automatically sent the Windows Recycle Bin instead of being permanently deleted.
Customer Load Manipulation Customer feature data. A multiple unit field has been added - a single customer feature can be used to represent multiple customers (units). A link identification field has been added to allow enhanced connection between the GASWorkS data model and an external database. Diversity- For Users of the IGE diversity calculations, heating/construction type and annual usage can now be set for each individual customer. Calculation in looped systems is now supported.
Graphic Data Interface The graphical data interface was enhanced by the addition of many new commands and features. Listed here in no particular order, the new features include: One click access to the pipe, node, and customer data. To access pipe data, click the left mouse button on a pipe feature. To access node data, SHIFT-click the left mouse button on a node feature. To access customer data, CTRL-click the left mouse button on a customer feature. Multi-segment service lines are supported. Customer features may have polyline type service lines. The main tap location can be specified by the User.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
10
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
Graphic Data Interface
Support for User graphic lines and symbols is now provided. Graphic (non-model) lines and symbols can be included in the model graphics. Graphics are added by drawing or inserting the feature at User specified locations. A new GDI toolbar has been added to allow management of the Graphic features. Automatic assignment of supply main on customer entry. A command is provided for one click entry of customer features - select a the customer location - the customer is automatically assigned to the nearest main. Automated insertion and addition of regulator, compressor, and valve elements. A set of commands has been added which allows the addition and insertion of non- pipe elements. The insertion routine automatically updates pipe lengths when the device is inserted into an existing segment. Enhanced command list. The command list includes the traditional alphabetic listing and a new grouped listing. The grouped listing groups commands by type in toolboxes for example the add commands are grouped in one toolbox, the edit commands in another, etc. The lists have been expanded to included all of the new and existing commands. Plot preview. The plot image is displayed in a preview window before it is sent to plotter/printer when plotting. Plot to User specified scale. Plots may be made to fit the specified page size, or to a User specified scale. Enhanced arc handling. Arcs can now be adjusted after they have been entered. Pipe ends for arc type pipes can be moved. Additional symbol and line styles. New node symbols and line styles have been added. Non-continuous line styles can be used with all line widths. Improved flow arrow handling - style, size and display selection. Flow arrows can be displayed as the traditional arrow heads or as chevrons at mid-section. Automated header tap on lateral pipe entry. Using a CTRL-click selection at the From Node and To Node prompt will automatically tap the pipe near the selected location. Double the number of customer edit and entry commands. Numerous other commands have been added for editing and entering customer data. The Customer toolbar is now two-tiered. Calculation of pressure drop between graphically selected points. The pressure drop between a pair of selected node points can be displayed based on a User selection. Automated calculation of efficiency based on calibration values. The efficiency of the pipes along a route between two User selected points can be automatically computed based on User specified calibration values.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
11
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
Calculation of item statistics for graphically selected data features. A summary of various data values can be displayed based on a User selected set of features. Extract, copy, and move pipe, node, and customer features based on a graphically identified selection set. A portion of a system can be extracted from a model, based on a User specified set of features. Associated pipes, nodes, and customers are included in the extraction and deletion routines. Match hydraulic and graphic properties. The properties of a selected feature can be applied to other user selected features. Multi-segment measurement tool. Distance along a multi-segment route can be measured using the new tool. Support of branch customers. A grouping of trunk and branch customers can be created, allowing one customer to be supplied from another. Save and retrieve graphical views. A graphic view can be saved, then retrieved at a later time. Multiple view tab (panels) are provided. The GDI supports three separate panels, each with the ability to display a different view of the model. Multiple previous and next zooms. Each GDI panel allows up to ten views to be saved and accessed using the Previous and Next zoom commands. Trace and update data values along a trace route. Pipe, node, and customer values can be changed along a trace route. Set hydraulic symbols independent of pipe length. Pipe symbol size for compressors, regulators, valves and wells can be set independent of the actual element graphical length. Save display to Windows Clipboard. The GDI display can be saved to the Windows clipboard and pasted into supporting applications. Calculate XYs from latitude and longitude. Approximate planar coordinates can be calculated from geographic coordinates. Automatically set text display limit. The text display limit can be set to the current view by simply double clicking the display limit data box. Entry of pipe by length and User drawn angle. In addition to the previous entry methods, a pipe segment can be entered by entering a desired length, then graphical selecting the desired angle. Display pipe length during manual graphic entry. The pipe length can optionally be displayed during entry. Automatically reset colors - useful after traces and queries. Automatically find and delete zero length pipes - useful for data imported from CAD & GIS sources.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
12
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
Pipe color and linetype can be set using values contained in the Pipe Properties table, based on size and type values, or based on facility type. Improved background handling including: Support for blocks in DXF backgrounds. Ability to set scale and origin shift when attaching a DXF background. Turn display of individual background image off without unattaching the image. Support for Shape file background images is now supported. Support for typed commands. Support is now provided for manual entry of typed commands. This may seem like a step backwards, but often it is quicker to type a command than to find and select it from the command list. Full or abbreviated commands may be entered, and the User may create a command alias list to use their known name for the GDI commands. A routine to automatically identify and tap unbroken intersections has been added. This is especially useful for cleaning up imported CAD and GIS data. Overall improvement of display speed. Right clicking the mouse while working in GDI, displays a pop-up menu allowing a command to be repeated, the display to be panned or zoomed, or a feature edit command to be executed. A routine has been added to create and display a profile of various data values along a User specified route.
Solution Routine Capacity- Support for increased model capacity - the solution, reports, and graphical display have been tested and verified with models up to 250,000 nodes in size. Optimization- A more robust pipe sizing routine now produces more accurate and consistent optimal pipe size sets. Ability to set limit pressures at multiple condition nodes. A maximum velocity limit may be imposed. The pipe table to use for new size selection can be specified independent of the model pipe table. Flow Equations- Support for several additional pipe flow equations was added, including additional versions of the AGA partially and fully turbulent equation, and the high and low pressure versions of the IMC (Polyflo) equations. Diversity- For Users of the IGE diversity calculations, heating/construction type and annual usage can now be set for each individual customer. Calculation in looped systems is now supported. The temperature calculation routines have been replaced with a set of routines that more accurately predict the temperature loss and gain along a pipe segment.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
13
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
Reports
The various report features have been enhanced in a number of ways - which include: Standard Reports- Enhanced in-report data editing. Enhanced query routine allows a query specification to be saved and retrieved. Improved print handling especially for wide reports. Inclusion of customer model and attribute data. Inclusion of pipe attribute data. Automatic sort by node name or id number. Ability to delete a feature from the report. Graphically find a feature from a record selected in a report. Summary Report - Addition of a numerous items to the system summary option. The report is displayed in a User revisable text window. Selected contents can be copied, cut, and pasted into other applications. Data Check - Additional items and options have been added to the check routines. The report is displayed in a User revisable text window. Selected contents can be copied, cut, and pasted into other applications. Exclusion Report - Additional items and options have been added to the check routines. The report is displayed in a User revisable text window. Selected contents can be copied, cut, and pasted into other applications.
Other Features Mass Update- Expanded item support including assignment and query of graphical properties. The ability to save and retrieve query specifications was added. DXF Import- Now allows assignment of multiple pipe layers. Specification of arc resolution. Specification of length and coordinate units, and origin shift - allowing automatic scale and shift during import. Import of pipe, valve, customer, and User text features has been incorporated into a single routine. The ability to save and retrieve an import specification was added. Utilities - An automated node reduction routine was added. This routine is especially useful when working with CAD and GIS data that needs a bit of massaging/cleanup after importing. A routine has been added to create a graphical model from a non-graphical model. Quick Export - A set of quick export routines have been added to allow the export of data associated with the current model to be exported to number of formats with a single click. All pipe, node, and customer data is included in the export. Supported formats include, Microsoft Access database, Microsoft Excel workbook spreadsheets, ESRI Shape file, GASWorkS 7.0, dBASE and ASCII text files.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
14
GASWorkS 9.0
Getting Started
Discontinued Features
Several features have been discontinued from the current GASWorkS release. Their exclusion was based on their perceived usefulness with respect to the latest software functionality. These features include... Model Edit Data Form - The fill in the blanks style model edit data form is no longer supported. This routine was most useful for creating no graphical models. Non-graphical models are no longer supported. GASBase - The predefined customer and pipe attribute database included in previous version of GASWorkS has been discontinued. Similar, and more robust features are provided by the new Linked database feature. When a GASWorkS 7.0 model with an associated GASBase database is imported, the GASBase database is converted to a Linked database. All of the data will be retained, however some of the automated load manipulation functionality of GASBase will be lost. Import/Export - Some import and export routines have been discontinued including the GasTool and Data Dump formats, and some old versions of GASWorkS. If conversion from these formats is required, we can process them for you.
We hope that you will be pleased with the many improvements and enhancements we have made to GASWorkS. Please let us know if you have any comments, concerns, or questions regarding our latest release...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
15
GASWorkS 9.0
General Information
Bradley B. Bean, PE
16
GASWorkS 9.0
General Information
GENERAL INFORMATION
Bradley B. Bean, PE
17
GASWorkS 9.0
General Information
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
General Information
Hardware Requirements...
GASWorkS will operate on any computer configured to run Windows 98, 2000, ME, NT 4.0, or XP. The machine must be equipped with a Compact Disk (CD) drive, and at least one parallel printer port (if hardware key provided). The following optional equipment is also recommended: Item Processor Installed RAM Available Hard Disk Capacity Monitor Mouse Printer Port Printer Plotter Digitizing Tablet Minimum Requirements Any class of Pentium 128 Minimum Program Only - 10 Mbyte Data - .35 Mbytes per 1000 nodes and .8 Mbytes per 10000 customer records. VGA-16 Color, 640x480 Microsoft compatible two or three button mouse. One parallel None None Node Any Windows compatible laser printer 300 dpi or better Any Windows compatible color raster plotting/printing device Any WinTab compatible device VGA-256 color, 800x600 or better Recommended Options Highest available Pentium Maximum available on machine
Software Requirements...
GASWorkS requires the installation of the Windows 98, 2000, ME, NT 4.0, or XP operating system to be functional.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
19
GASWorkS 9.0
General Information
GASWorkS Data Elements...

GASWorkS uses an intuitive set of data elements to represent the piping systems that it models. The basic elements of its data structure are nodes, pipes, and customer data. Nodes represent the connections, intersections, and terminations of pipes. Nodes are the points where flow is introduced into the system (supplies) or taken out of the system (demands). Nodes can also used to represent customer connections and to assign customer loads. Customer features provide an efficient and intuitive way of representing customer locations and demands. Pipes connect the nodes and carry flow between them. Flow can be thought of as going into or out of nodes. However, flow only goes through pipes. GASWorkS supports various types of pipe elements - Line Pipe, Regulators, Valves, Fittings, Compressors, and Wells. Both hydraulic and attribute pipe data may be maintained. The hydraulic pipe data represents the items which affect the flow and pressure drop through the pipes. For example, pipe diameter, length, connectivity, etc. The attribute data represents items which do not affect the flow or pressure drop through the pipes. The customer data contains information about the location and demand of the customers associated with a model. The customer data can be divided into two types of information - model data which describes the customers location, the supply main identity, the load application details, and the total customer load - and a second type of information called attribute information, which can contain a variety of non-model data associated with the customer. All of the model files are accessed by way of a single key file known as the Header file. This file contains some general information about the model and the solution control parameters and serves as the access point for all of the other files. A variety of other data are also used to support GASWorkS and its various routines. These include gas properties, attribute valves, User text, and background images. Each is described in detail in various sections of the GASWorkS documentation.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
20
GASWorkS 9.0
General Information
Menu Structure...
The GASWorkS routines are accessed through pulldown menus and dialog boxes. The menus are grouped under headings by functionality. The menu headings are displayed near the top of the main GASWorkS screen.
Menu Access...
Menu items are accessed by selecting an item from a menu list. The menu lists are activated by selecting the appropriate menu heading. Menu headings and menu items may be selected by one of the following methods: ! Position the mouse pointer over the desired heading or item, then press the left most mouse button. This is referred to as clicking on the item. ! Or, use the TAB or Arrow keys to position the cursor on the desired menu heading or menu item, then press the ENTER (5) key. ! Or, hold down the ALT key while pressing the key corresponding to the underlined letter of the desired heading or item. A menu list may be deactivated by pressing the Escape (ESC) key or selecting another menu heading. Some menu items have submenus associated with them, these are accessed through submenu headers. Submenu headers are followed by ... and a right arrow symbol. Rest or click the mouse on the header title to access the submenu. Multiple submenus may exist.
Command Execution...
Many dialog boxes and data screens contain controls known as Command Buttons. Command buttons may be used to quickly access a specific function. The function associated with a command button is executed when the button is selected. The OK button found on many of the message boxes displayed by GASWorkS, is an example of a command button. Command buttons may be selected by one of the following methods: ! Position the mouse pointer over the desired command button, then press the left mouse button. This is referred to as clicking on the button.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
21
GASWorkS 9.0
General Information
! Or, use the TAB keys to highlight the desired command button, then press the ENTER (5) key. ! Or, hold down the ALT key while pressing the key corresponding to the underlined letter in the caption of the desired command button.
Negotiating Data Screens...

GASWorkS provides numerous data screens for entering, editing, viewing, and managing the data it requires. Generally, a data screen will contain fields for entering individual data values, data lists for selecting predefined data, option buttons and check boxes for selecting options, and command icons and command buttons for executing commands. The TAB keys or mouse can be used to move between the various controls contained on all screens. On certain screens, some items are supported by data lists. Dimensional units are an example of an item associated with a list. To activate a data list - click on the arrow symbol next to the right side of the data field, then select the desired item from the list by clicking on the item. Or, press an Arrow key while the cursor is in the desired field to change the selected value. Or, press the character corresponding to the first letter of the item description.
Where check boxes are used, a check mark (U)will appear in the box when the item is selected. The status of a check box may be changed by clicking in the box, or by pressing the Space Bar while the cursor is in the box. Where option buttons are used, a dot "!" will appear inside the option circle when the item is selected. Option buttons are found in groups. Only one option may be chosen at a time. To change the status of an option button - click on the desired button, or use the TAB keys to move between options. When the cursor is located on the desired option, press the ENTER (5) key. In addition to using command buttons to execute commands, some screens also use icons to access their commands. An icon is a small image which represents the task that the command performs. Icons can only be selected using the mouse. To select an icon and execute its command, click on the icon by placing the mouse pointer over the icon image, then press the left mouse button. The printer symbol found on many report screens, is an example of an icon. Data fields or list values highlighted with a yellow background represent calculated data values, and in general, can not be directly edited by the User - these values change when the one of the editable values are changed and a solution is successfully executed.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
22
GASWorkS 9.0
General Information
When entering numbers in a data field, do not include the digit grouping identifier (thousands identifier). For example, enter ten thousand as 10000" not as 10,000" (or 10.000" if a dot is used as the digit grouping identifier). The GASWorkS Graphics Data Interface (GDI) provides a unique set of access methods, refer to the Graphic Data Interface section for specific notes and instructions on its use.
Accessing Files...
A common file dialog box is used by all GASWorkS routines to enter required file names. The dialog box allows the drive, directory, and name of the desired file to be selected or entered. To select a drive: ! Move to the Drives list using the TAB keys or the mouse. ! Change the selected drive by pressing the key corresponding to the desired drive letter, by pressing the Up or Down Arrow keys to change the selected drive, or by clicking the arrow symbol next to the drives data list and then selecting the desired drive.
To select a directory: ! Move to the Directories list using the TAB keys or the mouse. ! Change the selected directory by pressing the key corresponding to the first letter of the desired directory (until the correct directory is selected), by pressing the Up or Down Arrow keys to change the selected directory, or by clicking the arrow symbols or adjusting the scroll bar next to the list to select the desired directory. Double click on a directory to display its contents.
To select a file: ! Move to the Files list using the TAB keys or the mouse. ! Change the selected file by pressing the key corresponding to the first letter of the desired file (until the correct file is selected), by pressing the Up or Down Arrow keys to change the selected file, or by clicking the arrow symbols or adjusting the scroll bar next to the list to select the desired file.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
23
GASWorkS 9.0
General Information
To manually enter a file name: ! Move to the Filename data field using the TAB keys or the mouse. ! Type the desired drive, path (directory), file name, and extension in the file name data field. GASWorkS model files are managed through their associated header file. The header file uses an .hdr extension, consequently the ".hdr" extension must be included when manually entering a model's header file name.
To select a recently opened file: ! Move to the Filename data field using the TAB keys or the mouse. ! Select the desired file by clicking on the arrow symbol adjacent to the data field. Then click on the name of the desired file using the mouse.
After the desired file name has been entered or selected - click the Continue command button to proceed. To leave the File Selection dialog box and terminate the function that invoked the dialog - click the Cancel command button. Note: Each time GASWorkS starts, it automatically opens the last model file that was worked on. This feature can be disabled by closing the model before leaving GASWorkS.
Accessing On-Line Help...

GASWorkS help topics are presented in the On-Line Help system and in the Help Guide. Each document contains unique topics. GASWorkS has an extensive On-Line Help system. The topics contained in the help system provide numerous examples and how-to tips. To access the help system, select the Contents item from the Help menu list, or press the F1 key. The Contents screen will appear, select the Index tab to display a listing of the topic subjects contained in the help system. Select an item from the index list to view the associated topic documentation. If you are not familiar with using On-Line Help systems, select the Using Help item from the Help menu list for a complete description on how to use the On-Line Help system. To access the Help Guide, select the View Help Guide item from the Help menu, or press the F1 key while holding down the CTRL key.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
24
GASWorkS 9.0
General Information
If you cant find what you need in the help system, or in the manual, or just dont want to look for it - call, fax, or e-mail us for help. Our contact information is: Toll-free Telephone: 800-391-9391 (US Only) Telephone: 719-578-9391 Fax: 719-578-9394 e-mail: help@b3pe.com
Notes For International Users...

By default GASWorkS initially starts up using US units of measure. Please dont let this discourage you, GASWorkS supports a wide range of dimensional units which can surely meet your needs. You can set the appropriate values by considering the following instructions. To change the default units to be used when creating new models, select the Default Values item from the Utilities menu list. The Default Values screen will be displayed. Select the Dimensional Units tab, the contents of the tab will be displayed. On the Dimensional Units tab select the desired unit settings. After the settings have been made, select the Apply Displayed Values command button to change the values in the currently open model, or select the Save Settings command button to save the current settings for future use. The values contained in the standard Property tables are entered using US units of measure. These values will automatically be converted to the proper units when used with pipe elements possessing another set of units. For example, diameter values contained in the Pipe Properties table that are entered in Inches, will be converted to the equivalent size in millimeters if a pipe segments diameter units are set to Millimeters, when required by a report or display routine. When new items are added to the Property tables, their dimensional units can be set to any desired unit. Note: The example models provided with GASWorkS all use US units of measure. To obtain valid results, these examples must be worked using the US units. When working these examples, the default data values and coordinate units must be set to their original US values. GASWorkS can accommodate either a comma (,) or a dot (.) as the decimal identifier - or a comma (,) or a dot (.) as the digit grouping identifier depending on the associated Windows setting. For example, one thousand ten can be displayed as 10,000.10" or as 10.000,10" depending on the Windows setting.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
25
GASWorkS 9.0
General Information
Bradley B. Bean, PE
26
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
MENU ITEMS
Bradley B. Bean, PE
27
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
This section provides a general reference for using the GASWorkS menu items. Grouped by functional topic, procedures are described for using each of the items available in the GASWorkS menu lists. Most of the menu items will launch a data screen or dialog box. Further information describing the use of the data screens and dialog boxes is provided in following sections of this manual. Some menu items have submenus associated with them, and are accessed through submenu headers. Submenu headers are followed by ... and a right arrow symbol. Rest or click the mouse pointer on the header title to access the submenu. Multiple submenus may exist. Certain menu items will be displayed if a model is not open.
File - File Management...

The GASWorkS model file management routines are grouped under the File menu heading. The routines located under this heading are used to manage the model files only. That is, these routines manipulate the files directly associated with a model. The contents and use of each of the GASWorkS files are described in the Appendix of this manual. Access to the GASWorkS support files, such as the Property Tables, is handled by the individual routines that access or manipulate those specific files. Management routines such as copying and deleting the support files must be performed manually by the User. A GASWorkS model consists of a number of files each possessing the same name but varying extensions. Some of the files represent the header, pipe, node, and customer data associated with each model, others represent support, or other data files. A full list of the specific file extensions is contained in the Appendix. GASWorkS manages the model files based on the name of the header file. When prompting for a model name, GASWorkS expects the ".hdr" extension of the header file to be present. Be sure to include the ".hdr" extension when manually entering a model name. Only one model may be open at a time. The name of the currently opened model is displayed near the top of the GASWorkS interface screen. Certain menu items and commands will prompt for a file name if a function which affects a model file is executed, and a model has not already been opened. Once a model has been opened, execution of subsequent model related routines will apply to the open model. The routines found in the File menu list are described on the following pages...
New - Create A New Model...

The New menu item creates a new set of model files. To create a new GASWorkS model: ! Select the New item from the File menu list. The File Selection dialog box will appear.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
29
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
! In the File dialog box, select or enter the name of the new model. If the name of an existing model is selected or entered, a warning will appear. To overwrite an existing model, select the Yes command button. To return to the File Selection dialog without overwriting the existing files, select the No command button. If you choose to overwrite the model files, the contents of the original files will be sent to the Windows Recycle Bin. ! In the File dialog box, click the Continue command button to accept the specified file name, or click the Cancel button to exit without selecting a file. When a valid file name has been selected or entered, GASWorkS will create and open a new header file, and a set of empty data and support files. The contents of the header file will be similar to the last saved model. The GDI will automatically open. The Graphic Data Interface window will appear. Use the appropriate GDI commands to enter the data associated with the new model. If the GDI is not automatically opened, select the View/Edit item from the Graphics menu list. As new pipe and node features (records) are added, the values initially populating the new items are extracted from the default values. The default values may be set by using the Set Defaults routine found in the Utilities menu list. If the path name is omitted when entering a new file name, the current drive and directory will be assigned as the path. If the extension is omitted, the ".hdr" extension will be automatically applied.
New Project - Create A New Model...

The New Project menu item is similar to the New item, it creates a new set of model files, but also allows various settings to selected before creating the model. To create a new GASWorkS model: ! Select the New Project item from the File menu list. The Project Specification screen will appear. ! On the specification screen, select or enter the name of the new model. Select the desired support file settings. Select any desired background files to attach. Select the Continue command button to create the model, or click the Cancel button to exit without selecting a file.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
30
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
If the name of an existing model is selected or entered, a warning will appear. To overwrite an existing model, select the Yes command button. To return to the File Selection dialog without overwriting the existing files, select the No command button. If you choose to overwrite the model files, the contents of the original files will be sent to the Windows Recycle Bin. GASWorkS will create and open a new header file, and a set of empty data and support files. The contents of the header file will be similar to the last saved model. The GDI will automatically open. The Graphic Data Interface window will appear. Use the appropriate GDI commands to enter the data associated with the new model. If the GDI is not automatically opened, select the View/Edit item from the Graphics menu list. As new pipe and node features (records) are added, the values initially populating the new items are extracted from the default values associated with the specified Default Data file.
Open - Open An Existing Model...

The Open menu item opens an existing model for editing, reporting, or solution. To open an existing model: ! Select the Open item from the File menu list. The File Selection dialog box will appear. ! In the File dialog box, select or enter the name of the desired model's header file. Remember to include the ".hdr" extension if you manually enter the name. A warning will appear if the file is not found. ! In the File dialog box, click the Continue button to accept the selected file name, or click the Cancel button to exit without selecting a file. When a valid file name has been selected, GASWorkS will open and read the associated model files. Once the model is read into memory the various edit, report, and solution routines can be used to manipulate the model. Choose the desired function to proceed. Routines that require access to a model file will automatically prompt for a file name, if a model is not currently open. Note: If the Automatically Open GDI preference is selected, the Graphic Data Interface window will appear after a valid file name has been selected or entered. Note: If a version 7.0 model is selected, a prompt will appear requesting whether to import the file - respond appropriately. If the model is imported, a separate (converted) set of model files will be created with the same name as the original file followed by a _90" suffix.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
31
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Close - Close A Model...

The Close menu item closes the currently open model. To close the current model: ! Select the Close item from the File menu list. If changes have been made to the model, a prompt will appear asking whether to save or discard the changes - select the appropriate response. Note: Each time GASWorkS starts, it automatically opens the last open model file. This feature can be disabled by closing the model before leaving GASWorkS.
Save - Save Model Changes...

The Save menu item saves the changes made to the currently open model. To save the current model changes: ! Select the Save item from the File menu list. A message will appear when the changes are saved. Select the OK command button to clear the message.
Save As - Save Model Changes To Another Name...

The Save As menu item saves the current changes to another (different) model name and changes the name of the currently open model to the specified name. To save the current model changes to another name: ! Select the Save As item from the File menu list. The File Selection dialog box will appear for entering the name the new model name. ! In the File Selection dialog box, select or enter the name to save the changes to. A warning will appear if a model with the specified name already exists. To overwrite the existing model, select the Yes command button. To return to the File Selection dialog box without overwriting the existing model, select the No command button. If you choose to overwrite the existing model, the contents of that model's files will be sent to the Windows Recycle Bin. ! In the File Selection dialog box, click the Continue button to accept the specified model name, or click the Cancel button to terminate the command. After a valid file name has been selected, GASWorkS will copy the contents (in memory) of the currently open model into the selected model files. Upon completion of the save process, a prompt will appear. Select the OK command button to clear the message. Note: The Save As command saves (copies) the contents of the data stored in memory, not the data stored in the file on disk. To copy the data stored on disk to another destination use the Copy command.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
32
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Rename - Change The Name Of The Current Model...

The Rename menu item changes the name of the currently open model to another User specified name. The name of the various files associated with the model will be changed to the specified name. Current (unsaved) changes to the model will not be saved. To change the name of the current model: ! Select the Rename item from the File menu list. The File Selection dialog box will appear for entering the name the new model name. ! In the File Selection dialog box, select or enter the new name. A warning will appear if a model with the specified name already exists. To overwrite the existing model, select the Yes command button. To return to the File Selection dialog box without overwriting the existing model, select the No command button. If you choose to overwrite the existing model, the contents of that model's files will be sent to the Windows Recycle Bin. ! In the File Selection dialog box, click the Continue button to accept the specified model name, or click the Cancel button to terminate the command. After a valid file name has been selected, GASWorkS will change the name of the current model to the specified name. Upon completion of the name change process, a prompt will appear. Select the OK command button to clear the message. Note: The Rename command changes the name of the data files stored on disk to a new User specified name, it does not save the data stored in memory. To save the data stored in memory to another destination use the Save As command. The Rename command does not make a copy of the disk files, but simply changes the name of the files. Use the Copy command to make a copy of the disk files.
Copy - Copy Model Files...

GASWorkS provides a routine for copying the files associated with a model. Using this routine GASWorkS will automatically copy the various model files, to a specified destination model name. To copy the files associated with the currently open model: ! Select the Copy item from the File menu list. The File Selection dialog box will appear for entering the name to copy the model files to. ! In the File Selection dialog box, select or enter the name to copy the model to. A warning will appear if a model with the specified name already exists. To overwrite the existing model, select the Yes command button. To return to the File Selection dialog box without overwriting the existing model, select the No command button. If you choose to overwrite the existing model, the contents of that model's files will be sent to the Windows Recycle Bin.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
33
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
! In the File Selection dialog box, click the Continue button to accept the specified model name, or click the Cancel button to terminate the Copy routine. After a valid file name has been selected, GASWorkS will copy the contents of the source model's files into the destination model files. Upon completion of the copy process, GASWorkS will prompt whether to open the new model. Select the Yes command button to open the new model, or select No to leave the current model opened. If the Automatically Open GDI preferences option is selected, the Graphic Data Interface window will appear if the new model is opened. Note: The Copy command copies the contents of the data stored in the disk file, not the data stored in memory. To save the data stored in memory to another destination use the Save As command.
Delete - Deleting Model Files...

The Delete menu item deletes all of the files associated with a User selected model. The deletion routine deletes all of the files associated with the selected model, including its backup files. To delete an existing model's files: ! Select the Delete item from the File menu list. The File Selection dialog box will appear. ! In the File Selection dialog box, select or enter the name of the header file associated with the model to be deleted. Remember to include the ".hdr" extension if you manually enter the name. A warning will appear if the file is not found. Once a valid file name has been entered or selected, select the Continue command button to delete the selected models files, or click the Cancel button to end the routine. ! A message will appear asking to confirm the model's deletion, click the Yes button to delete the selected model, or click the No button to cancel the routine. ! After the selected model has been deleted, the File Selection box will be redisplayed - either select another model for deletion, or choose the Cancel command button to end the routine. Note: After a valid name has been selected, GASWorkS will delete the contents of each file associated with the selected model. The files are not actually deleted, but sent to the Windows Recycle Bin. The files may be manually restored using Windows Explorer.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
34
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Append - Appending Model Files...

The Append menu item provides a routine for appending (joining) two models together. Before appending two files, ensure that the models do not contain redundant node names. The appended model files will become corrupt if redundant node names are present. The Renumber Nodes routine found in the Miscellaneous submenu of the Utilities menu list can be used to automatically renumber or rename a model's nodes. All model files are appended, except that the header file of the model being appended to is retained as the header file for the new combined model. The model to be appended to, must be open before attempting to execute the Append routine. To append another file to the currently open model: ! Select the Append item from the File menu list. The File Selection dialog box will appear. ! In the File Selection dialog box, select or enter the name of the model to add to the currently open model. Remember to include the ".hdr" extension if you manually enter the name. A warning will appear if the file is not found. When a valid file name has been selected, GASWorkS will add the contents of the specified model files to the end of the currently open model. ! When the append process is complete, a message will appear notifying whether the operation succeeded or failed. If the process failed or the result was not as expected, close the model without saving the changes.
Bundle - (Submenu)...
GASWorkS provides a set of routines for bundling (zipping) and unbundling (unzipping) a models file set. These routines are contained in the Bundle submenu.
Bundle A Model - Zipping A Model...

The Bundle A Model menu item provides a routine for bundling all of a models files into a single zip format file. This is useful for archiving, backing up, or sharing models with others. The model must be open before it can be bundled. To bundle the files associated with the currently open model: ! Select the Bundle A Model item from the Bundle submenu of the File menu list. ! A specification screen will appear. Select the desired options, then select the Continue command button to proceed. Or, select the Cancel command button to exit without creating a bundle. ! A message will appear indicating whether the bundle operation succeeded or failed. Carefully note the message, then select the OK command button to clear the message.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
35
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
The file created by the bundle routine will be named the same as the model, except that it will end with a .zip extension. The bundled files format is PKZip 2.04g compatible. The file may be unbundled using the GASWorkS UnBundle routine, or it may be unzipped using any compatible file compression program. Note: Some firewall and security systems will not allow a zip file containing files with a double extension. The backup files created by GASWorkS contain double extensions. Select the Exclude Backup Files option to exclude these files from the file bundle.
UnBundle A Model - Unzipping A Model...

The Unbundle A Model menu item provides a routine for unbundling a set of files contained in a single zip format file. The zip file can be created either by the GASWorkS Bundle routine, or by another zip application. To unbundle a zip file of a model: ! Select the UnBundle A Model item from the Bundle submenu of the File menu list. The File Selection dialog box will appear. ! In the File Selection dialog box, select or enter the name of the zip file to unbundle. Remember to include the ".zip" extension if you manually enter the name. A warning will appear if the file is not found. When a valid file name has been selected, GASWorkS will proceed with unzipping or extracting the contents of the specified zip file. ! A message will appear indicating whether the unbundle operation succeeded or failed. Carefully note the message, then select the OK command button to clear the message.
Purge - Removing UnRequired Model Files...

The Purge menu item provides a routine for automatically removing unrequired model files, such as zero length files and backup files. This process is referred to as purging and is useful for cleaning up a model before archiving, backing up, or sharing models with others. The model must be open before it can be purged. To purge the currently open model: ! Select the Purge item from the File menu list. ! A message will appear asking to confirm whether to proceed with the purge process, click the Yes button to purge the selected model, or click the No button to cancel the Purge routine. ! A message will appear indicating whether the purge operation succeeded or failed. Carefully note the message, then select the OK command button to clear the message.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
36
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Preferences - (Submenu)...
GASWorkS allows the User to specify various preferences such as default file locations, and certain User Interface behaviors.
Paths - Setting The Default File Directories...

The Paths menu item allows the User to specify the default location of the various model and initialization files, the property tables, and the license file location. These locations are used when a new model is created or when a property table or file is needed. Other locations can be specified by the User during the course of using the software. The default location is the directory or folder that GASWorkS uses first when dealing with various file operations. To specify the preferred locations: ! Select the Paths item from the Preferences submenu of the File menu list. ! The Path Selection dialog box will appear. Select the appropriate tab, then select the appropriate drive and directory of the preferred location. The last open folder in the directory list indicates the selected path location. Select the Close command button to save the changes, or select the Cancel command button to close the dialog box without saving the changes.
Property Tables - Setting The Default Property Tables...

The Property Table menu item allows the User to specify which property tables (contained in the selected property table path) to use with the current model. To specify the desired property table names: ! Select the Property Table item from the Preferences submenu of the File menu list. ! The Property Table Selection dialog box will appear. Select the desired name from the displayed file lists. Select the Change Path Setting command button to change the property table directory. Select the Close command button to save the changes, or select the Cancel command button to close the dialog box without saving the changes.
Options - Set User Interface Options...

The Options menu item allows the User to specify several settings which affect various behaviors of the GASWorkS user interface. For example, one of these settings causes the Graphic Data Interface (GDI) to automatically open and display the current model when the model is opened. To change the option settings:
37
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
! Select the Options item from the Preferences submenu of the File menu list. ! The Options dialog box will appear. An option is selected when a check mark (U) is shown next to the item in the option list. Select the Close command button to save the changes, or select the Cancel command button to close the dialog box without saving the changes.
Facility Settings - Display/Edit Facility Settings...

The Facility Settings menu item provides access to the Facility settings. To view or edit the Facility settings: ! Select the Facility Settings item from the Preferences submenu of the File menu list. The Facility Descriptions screen will be displayed. ! Browse or change the displayed settings as appropriate. Select the Save As Default command button to save the current settings as the default settings to be used when creating a new model. Select the Close command button to save the changes, or select the Cancel command button to close the dialog box without saving the changes. Note: This item performs the same function as the Facility Settings menu item in the Edit menu list.
Save Current Settings...

The Save Current Settings menu item allows the current paths and preference settings to saved for future use. To save the current settings: ! Select the Save Current Settings item from the Preferences submenu of the File menu list. The File Selection screen will be displayed. ! Enter or select an appropriate file name and select the Continue command button to save the settings.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
38
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Retrieve Saved Settings...

The Retrieve Saved Settings menu item allows previously saved path and preference settings to be retrieved and applied. To retrieve saved settings: ! Select the Retrieve Saved Settings item from the Preferences submenu of the File menu list. The File Selection screen will be displayed. ! Select an existing file name and select the Continue command button to retrieve and apply the settings.
Restore A Model - Restoring Model Files...

The Restore A Model menu item provides a routine for restoring the backup copies of a model's data files. GASWorkS automatically creates a backup copy of the various model files each time the Save routine is used, and prior to the use of the Import or Merge routines. To restore the backup version of the currently open model: ! Select the Restore item from the File menu list. ! A message will appear when the restoration is complete. Select the OK command button to clear the message. GASWorkS exchanges the contents of the original model files and the backup model files. If a model is erroneously restored, immediately re-execute the Restore command to return the original data. Unless instructed by the User, the current changes will not be saved before the Restore command is executed.
Restore Samples - Restoring The Sample Models...

When GASWorkS is initially installed, several sample (example) files are copied to the destination disk. As the various examples are worked, these files will change. To restore the original (unchanged) example models: ! Select the Restore Samples item from the File menu list. ! A message will appear when the restoration is complete. Select the OK command button to clear the message.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
39
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Quick Export - (Submenu)...

GASWorkS provides a set of routines for saving the contents of the currently open model to a set of data files in a User specified format. These routines are contained in the Quick Export submenu. The Quick Export routines provide a simplified duplication of the functionality of the Import/Export routines. To export the model data to a selected file format, select the desired format item from the menu list. More information on the files that are created using the Quick Export routine is contained in the Import/Export section of the Manual.
Exit GASWorkS - Leaving GASWorkS...

To leave GASWorkS, select the Exit GASWorkS item from the File menu list. If changes have been made to the model, a prompt will appear asking whether to save or discard the changes, respond appropriately. If a model is open when GASWorkS is exited, the model will automatically be reopened the next time GASWorkS is started.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
40
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Edit - Entering And Editing Data...

The majority of the model data editing features are handled in the GDI or in the Standard Reports. A few special edit routines are handled outside those functions. These routines are accessed through the Edit menu list. The routines found in the Edit menu list are described on the following pages...
Model Notes - Editing The Model Notes...

To access the notes associated with an existing model: ! Select the Model Notes item from the Edit menu list. The Model Notes Data screen will be displayed. ! Enter or change the model notes using standard text editing techniques. The notes can contain up to 32,000 alphanumeric characters. ! Click the Close command button to save any changes and leave the Model Notes data screen. The notes can also be viewed from the Header portion of the Standard Reports, and from the Solution data screen.
Mass Update - Mass Updating Model Data...

The Mass Update routine allows mass changes to be made to the pipe, node, or customer data based on a User specified selection criteria. For example, the routine could be used to set the Pipe Efficiency to .92, for all of the pipes where the Pipe Equation value was equal to "Spitz-Low Pressure". To make a mass data change: ! Select the Mass Update item from the Edit menu list. The Mass Update Specification screen will be displayed. ! Use the TAB or ENTER keys, or the mouse to select the desired update values. ! Select the Apply command button to proceed with the update, or select the Close button to terminate the Mass Update routine.
41
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Note: If the Allow Undo preference is selected, the original changes can be restored if an erroneous update is performed. To restore the original data values, immediately select the Restore command button. The Restore command button will only be enabled if Allow Undo preference is selected.
Property Tables - Editing Look-Up Tables...

GASWorkS uses Property (look-up) Tables to maintain common information associated with Pipe, Valve, Regulator, Fitting, Compressor, and Well type elements. An extensive set of "standard" tables is supplied with GASWorkS. The contents of the standard tables are described in the Appendix. To add to or modify the standard tables: ! Select the Property Tables item from the Edit menu list. The Property Tables Report will appear. ! To edit the data values associated with a specific table, select the associated tab. The contents of the associated table will be displayed. ! Enter or change the desired data using the TAB or ENTER keys, or the mouse to move between the data fields. ! Click the Add or Insert icon to add a new record to the current table, or use the Delete icon to delete a record from the current table. ! Use the scroll bars to negotiate the table. ! When you are done making changes, select the Close command button. A prompt will appear to save or discard the changes, select the appropriate value. The Data Screens section of the manual provides a detailed description of the features associated with the Property Table Report. Note: This item performs the same function as the Property Table item on the Report menu list.
Facility Settings - Display/Edit Facility Settings...

The Facility Settings menu item provides access to the Facility settings. To view or edit the Facility settings: ! Select the Facility Settings item from the Edit menu list. The Facility Descriptions screen will be displayed.
42
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
! Browse or change the displayed settings as appropriate. Select the Save As Default command button to save the current setting as the default settings to be used when creating a new model. Select the Apply command button to save and apply the changes, or select the Cancel command button to close the screen box without saving the changes. Note: This item provides the same function as the Facility Settings menu item in the Preference submenu of the File menu list.
Run File - Display/Edit Run File Contents...

The GASWorkS Run File feature allows batch type execution of model files. It is especially useful when used with the GASWorkS relate features. A Run File contains instructions for performing the solution of multiple files. To view or create a Run File: ! Select the Run File item from the Edit menu list. The File Selection dialog box will appear. ! In the File Selection dialog box, select or enter the name of an existing Run File. Remember to include the ".run" extension if you manually enter the name. When a valid file name has been selected, the Run File edit screen will be displayed. ! Browse or change the displayed settings as appropriate. Select the Close command button to save the changes, or select the Cancel command button to close the screen without saving the changes.
Suggestions on using the Run File feature are included in the Run File & Relate Features section of this manual.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
43
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Analysis - Calculating Values...

The GASWorkS calculation routines are grouped under the Analysis menu heading. The routines located under this heading are used to solve a single model file, or calculate gas properties based on a gas composition. The routines found in the Analysis menu list are described on the following pages...
Solve Single Model - Solving A Single Model...

Solving a model involves calculating the unknown pressure and flow values. To solve a GASWorkS model: ! Select the Solve Single Model item from the Analysis menu list. The Solution Data screen will be displayed. ! Enter the appropriate data using the TAB or ENTER keys, or the mouse to move between the data fields. ! Once the appropriate data has been entered, select the Solve command button to proceed with the solution. The Solution Log screen will appear. ! When the solution routine is complete, click the Close command button to close the solution screen and return to the GASWorkS editing environment. During the solution, a log of the solution activity is written to a file known as a Solution Log file. The log file has the same name as the model it is associated with, however the extension is ".slg". The contents of the log file may be viewed or printed using the Solution Log menu item found in the Report menu list. The Data Screens section of the manual provides a detailed description of the features associated with both the Solve Data screen, and the Solution Log screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
44
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Execute Run File - Executing A Run File...

The GASWorkS Run File feature allows batch type execution of model files. It is especially useful when used with the GASWorkS relate features. A Run File contains instructions for performing the solution of multiple files. To begin execution of a Run File: ! Select the Execute Run File item from the Analysis menu list. The File Selection dialog box will appear. ! In the File Selection dialog box, select or enter the name of an existing Run File. Remember to include the ".run" extension if you manually enter the name. A warning will appear if the file is not found. When a valid file name has been selected, the Solution Log screen will appear. ! When the solution process is complete, click the Close command button to close the Solution Log screen and return to the GASWorkS editing environment. During the solution, a log of the solution activity is written to the Solution Log file. The log file can be viewed or printed using the Solution Log routine found in the Report menu list. Suggestions on using the Run File feature are included in the Run File & Relate Features section of this manual.
Calculate Gas Properties - Calculating Gas Properties...

GASWorkS provides a routine for calculating the gas properties (specific gravity, viscosity, heating value, and specific heat ratios) from a gas composition. The routine can be used to calculate properties for the current model, or any other case. To use the gas properties calculation routine: ! Select the Calculate Gas Properties item from the Analysis menu list. The Gas Properties screen will appear. ! To enter values for a new composition, first select the Clear command button to reset all of the item values to zero. Enter the appropriate item values, then select the Calculate command button to calculate the new property values. Note: Some of the solution calculations require that a gas properties file be created and saved with the same name as the model. The Calculate Gas Properties routine can be used to create the required file. Additionally, the gas properties can be set and calculated for individual nodes. The Data Screens section of the manual fully describes the contents and features associated with the Gas Properties screen. Note: The Gas Properties screen can also be accessed from the Default Settings screen or from the Node Data screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
45
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
GASCalc...
If the GASCalc software is installed in its normal location, it can be accessed using the GASCalc menu item in the Analysis menu list. If GASCalc is not installed or is installed in a non-standard location, the menu item will be disabled. Select the GASCalc menu item from the Analysis menu list to open the GASCalc program. Close or minimize GASCalc when finished.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
46
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Report - Viewing And Printing Data...

The GASWorkS report routines are grouped under the Report menu heading. The routines located under this heading are used to view and print the data contained in the model and support files. Each report provides scroll bars which allow browsing of the report. The Data Screens section of the manual provides detailed descriptions of the features associated with the various report screens. The routines found in the Report menu list are described on the following pages...
Standard (All) - Reporting Model Data...

The Standard report routine creates a set of standard format reports of the header, pipe, node, and customer data associated with a model. The report provides a separate section for each data type (header, pipe, node, customer). Portions of the report format may be configured by the User. If customer features are not present, the customer report will not be displayed. To create a standard report: ! Select the Standard (All) item from the Report menu list. If a model has not been previously opened, the File Selection dialog box will appear. ! If the File Selection dialog box appears, select or enter the name of an existing model's header file. Remember to include the ".hdr" extension if you manually enter the file name. ! When a valid file name has been selected, or if a model is already open, the standard Report screens will appear as a stack. ! Click on a portion of the desired report to move it to the front of the report stack. Or, select the desired report from the Window menu list to move it to the front of the report stack. ! Adjust the scroll bars with the mouse, to browse through a report. ! To edit a data value, click the "cell" containing the desired value. An edit box will appear in the selected cell. Press the ENTER (5) key, or click another cell to save the change. ! To close a specific Report screen, click the Close This Report command button on the desired report. To close all of the Report screens, click the Close All Reports command button on any of the screens.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
47
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
The Data Screens section of the manual provides a detailed description of the features associated with the Standard Report screens.
Standard (Select) - (Submenu)...

Report screens can be displayed individually by using the menu items in the Standard (Select) submenu. See the Standard (All) menu item for additional information on working with the Standard reports.
Customer
The Customer menu item allows the User to display only the Customer Report.
Header
The Header menu item allows the User to display only the Header Report.
Node
The Node menu item allows the User to display only the Node Report.
Pipe
The Pipe menu item allows the User to display only the Pipe Report.
Summary - Creating A Summary Report...

The Summary Report routine provides a choice of certain predefined data and result summaries. To create a Summary report: ! Select the Summary item from the Report menu list. The Summary Report Options screen will be displayed. ! Place a check mark (U) next to the options to include in the report. ! Click the Report command button to proceed with the report, or the Close command button to exit. Once the Summary Report has been created, the Summary Report screen will appear.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
48
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
! Adjust the scroll bars with the mouse to browse through the report. ! To close the Summary Report screen, click the Close command button. The Data Screens section of the manual provides a detailed description of the features associated with the Summary Report
Connectivity - Creating A Connectivity Report...

GASWorkS provides a routine for reporting how the nodes are interconnected. This relationship between the nodes is referred to as the "connectivity". To create a Connectivity report: ! Select the Connectivity item from the Report menu list. After processing the file, the Connectivity Report will be displayed ! Adjust the scroll bars with the mouse to browse through the report. ! Click the Close command button to leave the Connectivity Report screen. The Data Screens section of the manual provides a detailed description of the features associated with the Connectivity Report.
Property Tables - Reporting Look-Up Table Data...

See the Property Table item under the Edit menu description. Note: This item performs the same function as the Property Table item on the Edit menu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
49
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Data Check - Finding & Reporting Data Errors...

The Data Check item allows the results of a previously performed data check to be viewed. To view the results of a data check: ! Select the Data Check item from the Report menu list. The Data Check Report will be displayed. ! Adjust the scroll bars with the mouse to browse through the report. ! Click the Close command button to leave the Data Check report screen. The Data Screens section of the manual provides a detailed description of the features associated with the Data Check Report.
Solution Log - Viewing A Solution Log...

During execution of the solution, a log file is created which contains the activity of the solution process. The name of the log file is the same as the model with the extension of ".slg". To view the contents of a Solution Log file: ! Select the Solution Log item from the Report menu list. The Solution Log Report will be displayed. ! Adjust the scroll bars with the mouse to browse through the report. ! Click the Close command button to close the Solution Log Report. The Data Screens section of the manual provides a detailed description of the features associated with the Solution Log Report.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
50
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Set Report Options - Setting Report Options...

GASWorkS allows the User to specify various report format options, such as the number of decimal places that are used when displaying the various data and analysis results, or the increment value for the display of the pressure drop per unit length value. These settings are referred to as the Report Options. To set the Report Options: ! Select the Set Report Options item from the Utilities menu list. The Report Options data screen will appear. ! Specify the desired settings using the TAB or ENTER keys, or the mouse to move between the data fields. ! Click the Close command button to exit and save your changes. The Data Screens section of the manual provides a detailed description of the features associated with the Report Options data screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
51
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Graphics - Accessing The Graphic Data Interface...

The Graphic Data Interface (GDI) allows graphical entry and editing of the various data associated with a model. The GDI provides a map style display of the model and allows point-and-click access to the associated model data. The features associated with the GDI are fully described in the Graphical Data Interface section of this manual. Various GDI functions are located under the Graphics menu heading. The routines found in the Graphics menu list are described on the following pages...
View/Edit - Viewing & Editing Data ...

GASWorkS provides graphical access to the model data and schematic through the GDI screen. If the model data was entered graphically, or the nodes have otherwise been assigned coordinates, a schematic of the model will appear on the GDI screen. To access the GDI Graphics screen: ! Select the View/Edit item from the Graphics menu list. If a model has not been previously opened, the File Selection dialog box will appear. ! If the File Selection dialog box appears, select or enter the name of an existing model's header file. Remember to include the ".hdr" extension if you manually enter the name. A warning will appear if the file is not found. ! When a valid file name has been selected, or if a model is already open, the GDI window will appear. ! Use the Scroll icon to pan the view of the schematic, or select one of the zoom icons from the View toolbar to enlarge or reduce the view of the schematic. ! Select one of the data access or edit icons to edit and view the model data. ! Select the Close icon to close the GDI window.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
52
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Settings - Changing Graphic Settings...

Several of the settings that control the behavior of the GDI are set using the Graphics Settings routine. The settings are accessed through the Graphic Settings data screen. To access the Graphic Settings screen: ! Select the Settings item from the Graphics menu list. The Graphic Settings screen will appear. ! Enter the desired values, then click the Close command button to save the changes and exit the screen. The features associated with the Graphic Settings screen are fully described in the Graphic Data Interface section presented later in this manual.
Background Settings - Set A Background Image...

Various image formats can be used as a background to a model's schematic. The assignment and control of the background images are performed using the Background Settings routine. To attach, remove, or modify the display of a background image: ! Select the Background Settings item from the Graphics menu list. The Background Specifications screen will be displayed. ! To attach an image, select one of the Attach command buttons. Select the desired file name from the File Selection dialog box when it appears. ! To remove an image, select the file to be removed from the attached files list, then select the Remove command button. ! Select the Apply command button to immediately apply the current settings to GDI. Select the Close command button to save the changes and close the data screen. The features associated with the Background Specification screen are fully described in the Graphic Data Interface section presented later in this manual.
53
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Save Display As BMP - Saving The Displayed Image...

The currently displayed GDI image can be saved to a bitmap file for use with other applications. To save the GDI display to a bitmap file: ! Select the Save Display As BMP item from the Graphics menu list. The File Selection dialog box will appear. ! In the File Selection dialog box, select or enter the name of the file to save the image in. Remember to include the ".bmp" extension if you manually enter the name. When a valid file name has been selected, the image will be saved. ! A message will appear indicating whether the file was successfully saved or not. Carefully read the message contents. Select the OK command button to clear the message box.
Save Display To Clipboard - Copying The Displayed Image...

The currently displayed GDI image can be saved (copied) to the Windows graphic clipboard. This allows the image to be pasted into another graphic application. To copy the GDI display to the clipboard: ! Select the Save Display To Clipboard item from the Graphics menu list. ! A message will appear when the image has been successfully copied to the clipboard. Select the OK command button to clear the message box.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
54
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Utilities - Using The Utility Routines...

GASWorkS provides several routines for performing various model support functions, these features are referred to as Utility routines. They include routines for setting default values and report options, as well as various other routines. The Utility routines are grouped under the Utilities menu heading. These routines are described on the following pages...
Set Defaults - Setting Default Values...

The initial data and unit values used to populate the various data fields are referred to as the default data. These values may be specified by the User. To specify the Default data values: ! Select the Set Defaults item from the Utilities menu list. The Default Data Values screen will appear. ! Select the desired data tab. ! Enter the appropriate data using the TAB or ENTER keys, or the mouse to move between the data fields. ! Click the Close command button to leave the Default Data Values screen and save your changes. Note: The Set Defaults routine is most commonly used to set default data and dimensional units before entering data. The default values will be used when a new feature is added. However, the routine can also be used to change the values for existing features by selecting the appropriate Apply Values command button. Be careful using the Apply command buttons when features already exist in the model - all associated values will be changed to the specified default values. The Data Screens section of this manual provides a detailed description of the features associated with the Defaults data screen.
Customer (Submenu) - Customer Data Routines...

The Customer submenu contains several customer management routines. These included the ability to attach an external database file, update external loads, and to manipulate an attached database using Standard Query Language commands. These routines are grouped under the Customer menu heading.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
55
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Attribute File - Setting An Attribute File...

GASWorkS maintains various model related customer data as part of its model files. It allows nonmodel data (referred to as attribute data), to be contained in an external data base file. The required connection information is specified using the Customer Attribute File routine. To attach (or unattach) an attribute file: ! Click on the Attribute File item from the Customer submenu of the Utilities menu list. The Customer Attribute Settings screen will appear. ! Make the desired settings, then select the Close command button to leave the screen and save the changes. The features associated with the Customer Attribute Settings screen are fully described in the Data Screens section of this Manual.
Update External Loads - Assign And Update Node Loads...

Customer loads are assigned To Node loads through the external node load parameter. Sometimes, especially after new data has been imported or changed using the SQL update routine, these assignments need to be updated. The Update External Loads routine provides two functions, first if an external attribute file is attached the routine will update the total load value for each of the customers, second it will reassign the total load value for each of the customers to the appropriate external node value. To update the load assignments: ! Click on the Update External Loads item from the Customer Data sub submenu of the Utilities menu list. ! If an external attribute file is attached, a message will appear asking whether to set the customer total load value to zero where a match is not found in the attribute file. Select Yes to zero the loads, or select No to leave unmatched features unchanged. ! A message will appear when the update is complete. Select OK to clear the message.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
56
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Execute SQL Statement - Update Attribute Values...

If a customer attribute file is attached, values in the attribute file can be changed using an SQL statement. SQL is an acronym for Standard Query Language which is a special language for manipulating and modifying data in a SQL compatible database. This feature is useful for changing customer load values contained in the attribute file, based on special a relationship or calculation method. To update values in an attribute file: ! Click on the Execute SQL Statement item from the Customer Data submenu of the Utilities menu list. The SQL Definition screen will appear. ! Enter the desired SQL statement. Then select the Execute command button to execute the statement. ! A message will appear when the statement processing is complete. Select OK to clear the message.
Pipe (Submenu) - Pipe Data Routines...

The Pipe submenu contains several pipe management routines. These include the ability to attach an external database file, and to manipulate an attached database using Standard Query Language commands. These routines are grouped under the Pipe menu heading.
Attribute File - Setting An Attribute File...

GASWorkS maintains various model related pipe data as part of its model files. It allows non-model data (referred to as attribute data), to be contained in an external data base file. The required connection information is specified using the Pipe Attribute File routine. To attach (or un-attach) an attribute file: ! Click on the Attribute File item from the Pipe Data submenu of the Utilities menu list. The Pipe Attribute Settings screen will appear. ! Make the desired settings, then select the Close command button to leave the screen and save the changes. The features associated with the Pipe Attribute Settings screen are fully described in the Data Screens section of this Manual.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
57
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Execute SQL Statement - Update Attribute Values...

If a pipe attribute file is attached, values in the attribute file can be changed using an SQL statement. SQL is an acronym for Standard Query Language which is a special language for manipulating and modifying data in an SQL compatible database. To update values in an attribute file: ! Click on the Execute SQL Statement item from the Pipe Data submenu Utilities menu list. The SQL Definition screen will appear. ! Enter the desired SQL statement. Then select the Execute command button to execute the statement. ! A message will appear when the statement processing is complete. Select OK to clear the message.
Import/Export - Importing And Exporting Files...

GASWorkS provides various import and export routines for exchanging data with other applications through a variety of file formats. These routines are controlled through the Import/Export Specification screen. The features associated with the screen are described in the Import/Export section of this manual. To import or export model data: ! Select the Import/Export item from the Utilities menu list. The Import/Export screen will appear. ! Select the desired file format from the File Type list. ! Click the Import command button to translate data from the specified file format into a GASWorkS format. Or, click the Export command button to translate GASWorkS data into another file format. Either selection will cause the Import/Export File Selection screen to appear. ! Select the desired target and source files. ! Click the Continue button to proceed with the translation, or click the Cancel command button to exit without performing the translation.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
58
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
! Depending on the specified file type, additional data screens may appear to further define the import or export specification. After the translation is complete, click the Close command button to exit the Import/Export routine.
Data Check - Checking Model Data...

GASWorkS provides an extensive data verification routine. The routine checks for out-of-bounds conditions as well as general data entry and connectivity errors. The data check routine is controlled through the Data Check screen. The features associated with the screen are described in the Data Screen section of this manual. To perform a check of a model's data: ! Select the Data Check item from the Utilities menu list, the Data Check screen will appear. ! Enter the appropriate check values using the TAB or ENTER keys, or the mouse to move between the check boxes and data fields. ! Click the Check command button to proceed with the data check. When the check is complete, a message box will appear.
! A message will appear indicating whether errors were encountered. If errors were found, click the Yes command button to view the error report, or click the No command button to exit without viewing the report. ! Click the Close command button to exit the Data Check routine.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
59
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Miscellaneous (Submenu)...
Several routines are provided to perform miscellaneous utility functions. These routines are contained in the Miscellaneous submenu. These routines are described in the following:
Check Connectivity...
GASWorkS maintains model connectivity information on a continuous basis as features are added and removed from the model. Occasionally however, this connectivity information may become corrupt. This can happen if a solution is abnormally terminated, or if the pipe or node data files are manipulated by an outside application. GASWorkS provides a routine for checking for corrupt connectivity. Additionally, the routine will delete any unused nodes found in the node data. To check the model connectivity: ! Select the Check Connectivity item from the Miscellaneous submenu of the Utilities menu list. !A message box will appear when the check is complete. Select the OK command button to clear the message.
Renumber Nodes...
GASWorkS provides a routine that allows a model's node numbers (names) to be automatically changed based on User specified criteria. The routine is controlled through the Renumber dialog box. To renumber a model's nodes: ! Select the Renumber Nodes item from the Miscellaneous submenu of the Utilities menu list. The Renumber dialog box will appear. ! Enter the desired starting number and increment value, then click the Renumber command button to proceed with the renumbering process. ! A message will appear when the renumbering is complete. Select the OK command button to clear the message. ! Select the Close command button to exit the Renumber dialog box. The features associated with the dialog box are described in the Data Screens section of this manual.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
60
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Calculate XYs...
GASWorkS provides a routine that allows XY coordinate values to be automatically added to a file that does not already possess coordinate values. This routine is intended to provide rough coordinate values to a text only style model. To add coordinates to a model: ! Select the Calculate XYs menu item from the Miscellaneous submenu of the Utilities menu list. The XY Calculation Specification screen will appear. ! Enter the name of the desired starting node, then click the Calculate command button to proceed with the coordinate calculation. ! A message will appear when the calculation is complete. Select the OK command button to clear the message. ! Select the Close command button to exit the XY Calculation screen.
Sort Model...
GASWorkS provides a variety of sorting options for reordering the pipes and nodes in the model data files. The sort features are controlled through the Sort Specification dialog box. To sort the currently open model's data files: ! Select the Sort Model menu item from the Miscellaneous submenu of the Utilities menu list. The Sort Specification dialog box will appear. ! Select the desired sort method from the list, then click the Sort button to proceed with the coordinate modification. ! A message will appear when the sort is complete. Select the OK command button to clear the message. ! Click the Close command button to exit the dialog box. The features associated with the dialog box are described in the Data Screens section of this manual.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
61
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Window - Window (Screen) Access Utilities...

Several utilities are provided for arranging and accessing open windows (screens). These routines are grouped under the Window menu heading. These routines are described in the following sections...
Arrange Icons - Arranging Icons...

When several screens are minimized to an icon, it is sometimes helpful to have the icons automatically arranged for easier viewing. Select the Arrange Icons item from the Window menu list to automatically arrange any displayed icons. The icons will be placed along the bottom of the GASWorkS main screen.
Arrange Windows - Arranging Open Screens...

When several screens are open and overlapping, it is sometimes helpful to have the screens automatically arranged for easier viewing. Select the Arrange Windows item from the Window menu list to automatically arrange any open screens. The screens will be placed in a stacked arrangement.
Windows List - Accessing Open Screens...

A list of open screens is placed at the bottom of the Window menu list. When several screens are open and overlapping, it is sometimes difficult to access a specific screen. A screen may be easily and quickly accessed by selecting its name from the window list. When a screen name is selected, it is moved on top (or in front) of the other screens.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
62
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Help - Using The On-Line Help Routines...

GASWorkS provides an extensive On-Line Help system and Help Guide which describes various examples and how-to tips. The help guide and system are design to compliment the documentation contained in the Users manual - not replace it. The help routines are grouped under the Help menu heading. These routines are described in the following sections...
Contents - Accessing The Help Topics...

The items or subjects contained in the GASWorkS On-Line Help system are referred to as topics. The topics are accessed through the Help Topics screen. This screen contains three tabbed sections which provide three separate methods for accessing the contents of the help system. The easiest and quickest method of accessing a specific topic is by using the help index. To access a topic using the help index: ! Select the Contents item from the Help menu list, or press the F1 key. The Help Topics screen will appear. ! Click on the Index tab. The help index list will be displayed. ! Type the first few letters of the subject or item that you would like to find. Any matching items in the list will be displayed at the top of the list. Or, use the scroll bar to scroll through the list until you find the subject or item that you are interested in. ! When the desired subject has been found, select the Display command button. If only one topic is associated with the subject, the topic will be displayed immediately. If more than one topic is associated with the subject, a list of related topics will be displayed. Select the desired topic from the list and select the Display command button to view the topic. ! On the topic display screen, select the Print command button to print the contents of the topic. Or, select the Exit item from the File menu list to close the topic display screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
63
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
View Help Guide...

Depending on the how GASWorkS was installed. A electronic copy (PDF version) of the Help Guide may have been installed in the GASWorkS application directory. If the guide was installed, select this item, or press the F1 key while holding down the CTRL key, to display its contents. A Portable Document File (PDF) viewer/reader must be installed on the machine to use this option. If the guide was not installed during the installation process, a copy of the guide may be manually downloaded from our website to the GASWorkS application directory (\program files\gasworks9\app). Note: A compatible version of Adobe Acrobat Reader or equivalent application must be installed to use this feature.
Using Help - Instructions For Using Help...

If you need help understanding how to use and navigate the On-Line Help system, select the Using Help item from the Help menu list. When selected the Help Topics screen will appear. Click on the Contents tab, a table of contents will appear. Select the Using Help book from the list by double clicking on the associated book icon. Now either select a topic contained in the book, or select the Print command button to print the contents of the Using Help book.
Technical Support (Submenu) - How To Reach Us...

Several support options are contained in the Technical Support submenu. These items are described in the following...
Contact Information...
To display our contact information: ! Select the Contact Information menu item from the Technical Support submenu of the Help menu list. The Contact Information dialog box will appear. ! Select the OK command button to close the screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
64
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Request Registration Number...

If for some reason the registration number becomes corrupt or needs to be replaced, the number can be requested using this menu item. To request a registration number: ! Select the Request Registration Number menu item from the Technical Support submenu of the Help menu list. An email will be generated and displayed requesting the new number. Review the contents of the email, send the email after making any desired changes. ! We will process the request and respond at our earliest convenience.
Send Help Request...

To generate a request for technical help: ! Select the Send Help Request menu item from the Technical Support submenu of the Help menu list. A blank email will be generated and displayed. Describe the nature of your problem or issue in the body (content) section of the email. When possible, it is best to attach a bundled copy of the model to the email. After completing the problem description and attaching the bundled model, send the email. ! We will reply to the help request at our earliest convenience. Note: The help will request will automatically attach a file containing the About GASWorkS information, and optionally a bundle (.zip file) of the model to the email.
View Demonstration Guide...

Depending on the how GASWorkS was installed. A electronic copy (PDF version) of the Demonstration Guide may have been installed in the GASWorkS application directory. If the guide was installed, select this item to display its contents. A Portable Document File (PDF) viewer/reader must be installed on the machine to use this option. If the guide was not installed during the installation process, a copy of the guide may be manually downloaded from our website to the GASWorkS application directory (\program files\gasworks9\app). Note: A compatible version of Adobe Acrobat Reader or equivalent application must be installed to use this feature.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
65
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
View Users Manual...

Depending on the how GASWorkS was installed. A electronic copy (PDF version) of the Users Manual may have been installed in the GASWorkS application directory. If the manual was installed, select this item to display its contents. A Portable Document File (PDF) viewer/reader must be installed on the machine to use this option. If the manual was not installed during the installation process, a copy of the manual may be manually downloaded from our website to the GASWorkS application directory (\program files\gasworks9\app). Note: A compatible version of Adobe Acrobat Reader or equivalent application must be installed to use this feature.
About GASWorkS - Setup And Version Information...

Select this item to display version and setup information about your current GASWorkS installation.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
66
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Menu Map...
The following lists a map of the GASWorkS menu structure: GASWorkS Menu Map... File New New Project Open Close Save Save As Rename Copy Delete Append Bundle... Bundle A Model Unbundle A Model Purge Preferences... Paths Property Tables Options Facility Settings Save Current Settings Retrieve Saved Settings Restore A Model Restore Samples Quick Export... To ASCII File Set To DBF 3.0 File Set To DBF 4.0 File Set
Bradley B. Bean, PE
67
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
To DBF 5.0 File Set To GASWorkS 7.0 To MDB Database To SHP File Set To XLS 4.0 Worksheet Set To XLS 5.0 Workbook
Exit GASWorkS Edit Model Notes Mass Update Property Tables Facility Settings Run File Analysis Solve Single Model Execute Run File Calculate Gas Properties GASCalc Report Standard (All) Standard (Select)... Customer Header Node Pipe Summary Connectivity Property Tables Data Check Solution Log Report Options
Bradley B. Bean, PE
68
GASWorkS 9.0
Menu Items
Graphics
View/Edit Settings Background Settings Save Display As Bitmap Save Display To Clipboard
Utilities
Set Defaults Customer Data... Attribute File Update External Loads Execute SQL Statement Pipe Data... Attribute File Execute SQL Statement Import/Export Data Check Miscellaneous... Recalc Connectivity Renumber Nodes Calculate XYs Sort Model
Window
Arrange Icons Arrange Screens
Help
Contents View Help Guide Using Help Technical Support... Contact Information Request A Registration Number Send Help Request View Demonstration Guide View Users Manual About GASWorkS
Bradley B. Bean, PE
69
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Bradley B. Bean, PE
70
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
DATA SCREENS
Bradley B. Bean, PE
71
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
The previous section described the function of the GASWorkS menu items. In that section, numerous data and specification screens, and dialog boxes were introduced. This section provides a detailed description of many of those screens, and dialog boxes. Separate sections are also provided for the more extensive routines and functional groups. Instructions for negotiating the data screens, and for entering and selecting data values are provided in the General section found earlier in this manual. The following pages present a description for each of the general screens. The descriptions are listed in alphabetical order based on the screen name.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
73
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Bundle Specification...
A routine is provided that allows the various files associated with a model to be bundled (zipped) into a single file. The bundle process is controlled by the Bundle Specification screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Include Assigned Property Tables - This item indicates whether the currently assigned Property Tables should be included in the bundled file. Select (check) this item to include the Property Tables. Include Attached Attribute Files - This option will be displayed if a Customer or Pipe Attribute file is attached. This item indicates whether attached attribute files are to be included in the bundled file. Select (check) this item to include the background files. Include Attached Background File - This option will be displayed if one or more background files are attached. This item indicates whether any attached background image files are to be included in the bundled file. Select (check) this item to include the background files. Include Model Files - This item indicates whether the model files are to be included in the bundled file. Select (check) this item to include the model files.
Command Buttons...
Continue - Select this command button to create the bundle file. A message box will appear when the process is complete. Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without creating a bundle file.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
74
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Usage Notes...
! The contents of the options list will vary depending on what features are being used with the associated model. ! The file created by the bundle routine will be located in the same directory as the model, will have the same name as the model, and will end in a .zip extension. The bundled files format is PKZip 2.04g compatible. The file can be unbundled (unzipped) using the Unbundle A Model routine found in the Bundle submenu of the File menu list, or it may be unzipped using any compatible file compression program.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
75
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Connectivity Report...
The interconnectivity of a model may be displayed and printed using the Connectivity Report screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Command Buttons And Icons...

Close - Select this command button to close the report screen. Find - Select this icon to execute a routine that finds a record in the report by node name. When selected, the Find dialog box will appear. In the dialog box, enter the desired node name, then select the Search command button to find the record. To find another occurrence of the node name, select the Find Next command button. Go To - Select this icon to execute a routine that displays a specific record number at the top of the report. When selected, the Go To dialog box will appear. In the dialog box, enter the record number to be retrieved, then click the Continue command button to go to the corresponding record. Maximize Window Size - Select this icon to cause the reports window size to be increased to fill the GASWorkS display screen.
Normalize Window Size - Select this icon to cause the reports window size to be normalized or reduced to its standard size.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
76
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Print - Select this icon to execute a routine that prints the contents of the report. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box, make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then select the Print command button to proceed with printing.
Controls...
Scroll Bars - The horizontal scroll bar (the bar directly beneath the viewing screen) is used to move the display right and left. The report contents may be wider than the display window, the horizontal scroll bar allows viewing of the off-display portions of the report. The vertical scroll bar (the bar directly to the right of the viewing screen) is used to move up and down in the report. The vertical bar allows the report to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider. The scroll bars may be adjusted by moving the bars "slider" with the mouse, or by clicking on the arrow symbols associated with the specific bar. Large changes in the display can be made by clicking on the desired bar, either before or after the slider's position.
Usage Notes...
! The number of columns in the report will vary according to the largest number of connected nodes. ! If the report is too wide to print, reduce the column widths by adjusting their width using the mouse, set the printer to use landscape mode, and reduce the printer font size. If no adjustment is made to the reports width, the report will be printed on multiple pages.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
77
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Customer Data Report...

When selected, the Standard Report routine creates several report sections, one each for the contents of the header, customer, node, and pipe data files. The unique features associated with the customer section of the Standard Report are presented below:

Ascending Sort - Select this icon to sort the records in ascending order based on the Link ID number values.
Clear - Select this icon to clear the current selection set. When selected, all reportable customer records will be displayed in the report.
Close All Reports - Select this command button to close all sections of the standard report. Close This Report - Select this command button to close the customer report while leaving any other sections of the standard report open. Descending Sort - Select this icon to sort the records in descending order based on the Link ID number values.
Delete Customer - Select this icon to delete the currently selected customer record.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
78
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Delete Current Selection - Delete the currently selected records.
Extract Current Selection - Extracts (copies) the currently selected records into a new or existing model.
Find - Select this icon to find a record in the report by Link ID Number. When selected, the Find dialog box will appear. In the dialog box enter the desired Link ID Number, then select the Search or Find Next command button to find the record. Find Customer In GDI - Select this icon to find and flag the currently selected customer record in the GDI. This icon is only displayed if the GDI is open before the report is opened.
Go To - Select this icon to display a specific record number at the top of the report. When selected, the Go To dialog box will appear. In the dialog box enter the record number to be retrieved, then click the Continue command button to go to the corresponding record. Maximize Window Size - Select this icon to cause the reports window size to be increased to fill the GASWorkS display screen.
Oops (Undelete) - Select this icon to undelete a recently deleted customer record.
Print - Select this icon to print the contents of the report. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box, make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then select the Print command button to proceed with printing. Restore - Select this icon to restore the display of all of the columns. When selected all of the columns associated with the report will be displayed.
Select - Select this icon to create a selection set of customers which meet a specified selection criteria. When selected, the Selection Specification dialog box will appear, enter the desired selection criteria, perform the selection, then select the Close command button to create the corresponding selection set.
79
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Set - Select this icon to specify which columns to display in the report. When selected, the Columns dialog box will appear. Select (check) the heading names associated with the data items to be displayed, then select the Close command button to update the changes in the report. Undo - Select this icon to undo a recent data change.
Edit Controls...
Edit Box/List - Values shown in the report may be edited by clicking in the data cell associated with the desired value. When a data cell is clicked, an edit box or list will be displayed depending on the item type. To enter a new value, type it in the edit box, then press the ENTER (5) key, or click another cell to save the change - or, select an item from the list.
Report Controls...
Usage Notes...
! In addition to using the Set command to specify which columns are to be displayed, the report can also be modified by adjusting or "collapsing" a column. To adjust a column, place the mouse cursor on the vertical line separating the desired column from the next adjacent column. The cursor will change appearance. While holding down the left mouse button, drag the column line to the new desired position. To collapse a column, follow the procedures outlined above, except that when dragging the column line, drag it all the way to the left - the column will then be collapsed. ! To make the customer report activate (the window on the top of the report stack), click on any visible portion of report's screen, or select the report from the Window menu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
80
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
! Normally the report contains more information than will fit on the printer. If this condition occurs when trying to print, a warning will appear. When the warning appears, select the desired option. To print a report that is too wide for the printer, try using the following suggestions: Eliminate some of the uninteresting columns from the report using the Set command, or by manually collapsing undesired columns. Reduce the width of the displayed columns by dragging the vertical column separators as previously described above. Set the printer page orientation to Landscape. Set the printer font to a proportional font like Arial Narrow, and set the font size to a smaller font. If no change is made to the reports width, the report will be printed on multiple pages. ! The Report item in the facility settings controls which features are included in the report. Only customers attached to pipes that are assigned Facility Types that are allowed to be reported, are included in the report. The facility settings can be viewed and changed using the Facility Settings item found in the Edit menu list, or the Report Options item found in the Report menu list. ! If an attribute file is attached, the contents of the file will be displayed in the attribute portion of the report. Depending on the type of file attached, the attribute data values may or may not to be allowed to be edited. ! Only data items associated with customers attached to pipes that are assigned Facility Types that are active can be edited in the report. The facility settings can be viewed and changed using the Facility Settings item found in the Edit menu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
81
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Data Check...
The Data Check routine is controlled through the Data Check Specification screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Pipe Data Items...

Connectivity - If this option is selected (checked), it indicates that the model connectivity will be included in the data check. Minimum (Data Fields) - A group of data fields used to specify the minimum (entered) value for the adjacent data item. Type an appropriate value in the edit box. Maximum (Data Fields) - A group of data fields used to specify the maximum (entered) value for the adjacent data item. Type an appropriate value in the edit box. Pipe Data - If this option is selected (checked), it indicates that the pipe data values will be included in the data check. Pipe Properties Table - If this option is selected (checked), it indicates that a check will be performed to ensure that each Size/Type value found in the pipe data, exists in the appropriate Look-Up Table.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
82
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Node Data Items...
Check For Large Flow Balance Errors - If this option is selected (checked), it indicates that large node errors will be reported. Minimum (Data Fields) - A group of data fields used to specify the minimum (entered) value for the adjacent data item. Type an appropriate value in the edit box. Maximum (Data Fields) - A group of data fields used to specify the maximum (entered) value for the adjacent data item. Type an appropriate value in the edit box. Node Data - If this check box is selected (checked), it indicates that the node data values will be included in the data check.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
83
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Customer Data Items...
Customer Data - If this check box is selected (checked), it indicates that the customer data values will be included in the data check. Minimum (Data Fields) - A group of data fields used to specify the minimum (entered) value for the adjacent data item. Type an appropriate value in the edit box. Maximum (Data Fields) - A group of data fields used to specify the maximum (entered) value for the adjacent data item. Type an appropriate value in the edit box.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
84
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Other Data Items...
Only Include Facilities Set To Report - If this option is selected (checked), only features associated with Facilities Types that are set for reporting, will be included in the data check. Graphically Flag Items With Errors - If this option is selected (checked), flag symbols are placed on features that contain errors. The flags can be viewed in the GDI. Use the Clear Error Flags GDI command to turn the error flags off.
Command Buttons...
Check - Select this command button to execute the data check routine. A message will appear when the check is complete. If errors are encountered, a prompt will appear to display the error report. Select the appropriate response. Close - Select this command button to close the Data Check screen without performing the check.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
85
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Usage Notes...
! The Data Check routine allows the model data to be screened for out-of-bounds, connectivity, and general errors. The routine does not perform any corrections of the data, it only identifies the errors it encounters and creates a report of its findings. Some of the checks performed, are described in the following table: Check Type Connectivity Reported Errors Pipes with bad node record numbers. Node connected to more than four pipes. Node connected to more than six pipes. Node not connected to any pipe. Node connected to itself. Redundant pipes. Dead-end node with zero load value. Customer Missing attribute file (if assigned). Corrupt supply main assignment. Invalid dimensional units. Positive Per Unit Load value. Out-of-bounds values. Values that either exceed the specified maximum value, or are less than the specified minimum value. Warning if Status set to off. Multiple customers at the same location. Invalid Link ID value. Node Missing or empty node data file. Redundant node names. Out-of-bounds values. Values that either exceed the specified maximum value, or are less than the specified minimum value. Both pressure and load values known or unknown. Invalid dimensional units.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
86
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Check Type
Reported Errors Multiple nodes at the same location. Warning if Status is set to off for Base or External Load.
Pipe
Missing or empty pipe data file. Missing Property Tables. Invalid From or To Node record numbers. Size/Type not found in the Property Tables. Multiple Size/Type matches in the Property Tables. Out-of-bounds values. Values that either exceed the specified maximum value, or are less than the specified minimum value. Invalid pipe flow equation value. Warning if Status set to off. Invalid dimensional units. Large diameter to length ratio. Elevation difference greater than length value. Invalid equivalent length value. Invalid regulator or compressor set pressure. Unusual known/unknown settings at the outlet of regulators and compressors. Invalid compressor efficiency value. Invalid or zero valve opening setting. Invalid well count, equation coefficient or exponent value. Unsupported hydraulic type. Invalid or redundant Link ID value.
! If errors are encountered during the check, a message will appear. If the error message appears, select the Yes command button to view the report.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
87
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
! To view or print the error report at other times, select the Data Check item from the Reports menu list. ! When the Pipe Property Table option is selected, the check routine will search the Pipe Property Table for each Size/Type (diameter) value found in the pipe data file. If the value is not found, an error will be generated. If the value is found, the check routine will check the Inside Diameter value to see if it falls within the specified Diameter Minimum and Maximum limits. If actual inside diameter values are entered for the Size/Type value, instead of Size/Type codes, do not select the Pipe Properties Table option.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
88
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Data Check Report...

Errors encountered during the Data Check routine are written to a file known as the Data Check file. The file contains a log of the errors which were encountered during the check. The contents of the file can be viewed using the Data Check Report screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:

Close - Select this command button to close the report screen. Copy To Clipboard - Select this icon to copy the contents of report to the Windows clipboard. Once copied the contents may be pasted to another application.
Maximize Window Size - Select this icon to cause the reports window size to be increased to fill the GASWorkS display screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
89
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Print - Select this icon to execute a routine that prints the contents of the report. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box, make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then select the Print command button to proceed with printing.
Controls...
Scroll Bar - The vertical scroll bar (the bar directly to the right of the viewing screen) is used to move up and down in the report. The vertical bar allows the report to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider. The scroll bar may be adjusted by moving the bars "slider" with the mouse, or by clicking on the Arrow symbols associated with the specific bar. Large changes in the display can be made by clicking on the desired bar, either before or after the slider's position.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
90
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Default Data Values...

The default data values are used to initially populate the pipe and node data values when creating a new model or adding new features to an existing model. These values are set using the Default Data Values screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Hydraulic Data Items...

Allow Pipe Sizing - This item specifies the default pipe sizing option. This setting is used to indicate which pipes are to be sized when the Calculate Pipe Sizes option is selected during a solution. Select (check) the option to indicate that the pipes should be sized. Or, unselect (uncheck) the option to indicate the pipes should not be sized. Node Base Load - This item specifies the default node base load value. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Use a negative value to indicate a demand (flow leaving the system). Or, use a positive value to indicate a supply (flow entering the system). If customer features will be used with the model, set the default load value to zero.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
91
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Select the Value Is Unknown option adjacent to the label as appropriate. Select (check) the option to indicate that the value is unknown. Or, unselect (uncheck) the option to indicate that the value is known. Node Elevation - This item specifies the default node elevation value. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Node Pressure - This item specifies the default node pressure value. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Adjacent to the Pressure label are the know/unknown settings, click on the desired setting. Select the Value Is Unknown option adjacent to the label as appropriate. Select (check) the option to indicate that the value is unknown. Or, unselect (uncheck) the option to indicate that the value is known. Node Temperature - This item specifies the default node (gas flowing) temperature value. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Adjacent to the Temperature label are the know/unknown settings, click on the desired setting. Select the Value Is Unknown option adjacent to the label as appropriate. Select (check) the option to indicate that the value is unknown. Or, unselect (uncheck) the option to indicate that the value is known. Pipe Efficiency - This item specifies the default pipe efficiency value. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Pipe Equation - This item specifies the default pipe flow equation. Select the desired value from the list. Pipe Size/Type - This item specifies the default pipe size/type (diameter) value. Enter the desired value by selecting it from the list, or type the desired value in the data field. If the value represents an actual inside diameter value, ensure that the value corresponds to the current dimensional unit.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
92
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Gas Properties Data Items...
Heating Value - This item specifies the default Heating Value. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Specific Gravity - This item specifies the default Specific Gravity value. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Specific Heat Ratio - This item specifies the default Specific Heat Ratio value. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Viscosity - This item specifies the default Viscosity value. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit.
Select the Values Are Unknown option as appropriate. Select (check) the option to indicate that the values are unknown. Or, unselect (uncheck) the option to indicate that the values are known.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
93
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Dimensional Units...
Dimensional Units - These items specify the dimensional unit for the associated data item. Select the desired value from the list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
94
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Miscellaneous Data Items...
Node Increment - This item specifies the node name/number increment. Type the desired value in the edit box, or select the desired value from the list. Pipe Facility Type - This item specifies the default Facility Type. Select the desired value from the list. Pipe Sizing Group - This item specifies the default Sizing Group. Select the desired value from the list.
Command Buttons...
Apply All Values - Select this command button to apply all of the current default values to all of the pipes and nodes in the currently open model. This routine is useful when a new model is created using the wrong default data values and settings.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
95
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Apply Displayed Values Only - Select this command button to apply the current default values associated with the currently displayed data tab, to all of the pipes and nodes in the currently open model. This routine is useful when only a specific set of the default values need to be set or changed (for example, to reset the dimensional units). Close - Select this command button to close the Default data screen and save the currently displayed settings. Cancel - Select this command button to close the Default data screen without saving changes. Calculate Properties From Composition - Select this command button to calculate the gas properties from a known composition. When selected, the Gas Properties Calculation screen will be displayed, enter the appropriate data, calculate the property values, select the Apply command button to apply the new values and return to the Default Data screen. Retrieve Settings - Select this command button to retrieve previously saved settings. When selected, the File Selection dialog box will appear. Enter the desired name, then select the Continue command button to apply the saved settings and return to the Default Data screen. Save Settings - Select this command button to save the current settings to a data file for use at a later time. When selected the File Selection dialog box will appear. Enter the desired name, then select the Continue command button to return to the Default Data screen.
Usage Notes...
! The default data values are used to initially populate the pipe and node data items when a new feature is added. Select default values that are most commonly used for the system being modeled. These values and settings may need to be changed from time to time depending on the nature of the current model. ! Any of the default values may be overridden as the new features are entered (if the Query New Feature Entry option is selected), or after the data has been entered using any of the data editing features. ! Customer default data is handled different from the pipe and node data. When a new customer is added, the data associated with the last customer in the database is used to populate the appropriate data fields for the new customer. When creating a new model And manually entering customer features, remember to set the data for the first customer to appropriate values, before adding additional customers.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
96
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Facility Settings...
The facility items and settings associated with a model are managed using the Facility Descriptions report. The features associated with the report are presented below:

Add Record - Select this icon to add a new record to the end of the facility list. After the new record is added, enter new data by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value, or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change. Apply - Select this command button to close the report, apply and save any changes. Cancel - Select this command button to close the report without saving any changes. Delete Record - Select this icon to delete the currently selected record.
Insert Record - Select this icon to insert a new record just before the current record location. After the new record is inserted, enter new data by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
97
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Move A Record - Select this icon to move the currently selected record to a new position in the facility list.
Open Facilities List - Select this icon to open a previously saved facilities list.
Save Facilities List - Select this icon to save the currently displayed facilities list to a file other than the current model. Once saved the list can be opened and used with other models.
Save As Default - Select this command button to save as the default used when creating a new model.
Edit Controls...
Report Controls...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
98
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Usage Notes...
! The report lists the facility types associated with the current model or opened file, and their associated settings. The settings control how the data features associated with specific type are handled by the various report, display, edit, and solution routines. The settings are described in the following table: Setting Display Solve Description... Indicates whether data features associated with the Facility Type will be displayed in the GDI work area. Indicates whether data features associated with the Facility Type are included in the solution process. Be careful when excluding features from the solution process, a non-solvable configuration may result when excluding portions of the piping system. Indicates whether data features associated with the Facility Type will be included in the various report routines. Indicates whether data features associated with the Facility Type can be changed using the various edit routines. Generally all features associated with a non-active Facility Type, are excluded from the edit routines. The exception is, that if the Ignore Facility Settings On Mass Update preference is selected, all records will be included in changes made by the Mass Update routine. Indicates the color to use to display pipes associated with the Facility Type, when the pipe color is set to Facility Table. Indicates the line style to use to display pipes associated with the Facility Type, when the pipe line style is set to Facility Table. Indicates the line width to use to display pipes associated with the Facility Type, when the pipe line width is set to Facility Table.
Report Active
Color Line Style Line Width
! To set a color value, click in the associated data cell. Click The Select A Color... item from the data list. The Color Selection dialog box will be displayed. Select a color, then select the OK command button to close the dialog box and set the color. ! Facility Types are primarily assigned to pipe data features. The node and customer features inherit the Facility Type of the pipe that they are associated with or assigned to. ! Nodes can be associated with several pipe features, and each pipe potentially could possess different Facility Types and settings. In these cases the node handling varies according to the routine. If at least one associated pipe possess a Facility Type that allows a process, then the node is allowed in any associated activities. For example, if at least one pipe is set to display, the node is displayed - if at least one pipe is set to report, the node is reported, etc.
99
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
File Selection...
GASWorkS uses two types of file selection dialog boxes - one type is used for accessing model (header) files, one is for accessing support and other file types. The general features of the File Selection dialog boxes are described below:
Data Items...
Filename - This item specifies the name of the file to be used. A list of the most previously used files can be accessed by clicking on the arrow symbol adjacent to the edit box. The filename can be entered by various means - type the desired name in the edit box, select the desired name from the last used files list, or use the Drives, Directories, and Files menu lists to select the file. If the name is typed, include the path and extension. Names longer than the field will be scrolled to the left. Use the Right and Left Arrow keys to view the off-display contents. Extension values will vary according to the file type. Access to a models files is managed through the model's header file. To access the model files, include the ".hdr" extension on the filename.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
100
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Drives - This item specifies the disk drive to look in. Select the desired drive from the list. When a drive is selected, the directories contained on that drive will be listed in the Directories list box. Directories - This item specifies the directory (folder) on the selected disk drive to look in. Select the desired directory from the list. When a directory has been selected, any files matching the specified extension or search pattern will be displayed in the Files list box. Files - This item lists matching files found in the selected directory (folder) on the selected disk drive. Select the desired file from the list. When a file has been selected, two methods may be used to proceed. The first, press the ENTER (5) key to display the selected file in the Filename data field. The name may then be modified if desired. When satisfied with the filename value, click the Continue command button or press the ENTER (5) key to proceed. The second way to proceed is to double click on the desired file. This method will cause the highlighted file to be immediately selected, and the File Selection dialog box to be closed. File Statistics - This item displays various information about the currently selected (highlighted) file. The contents of the display will vary depending on the type of selected file. This item is only displayed for model file selection. Preview - This item displays a graphic preview of the selected file. This item is only displayed for model file selections.
Command Buttons...
Continue - Select this command button to accept the selected file and close the File Selection dialog box. Cancel - Select this command button to cancel the file selection and close the File Selection dialog box. Selecting this button will also cancel the routine that invoked the dialog.
Usage Notes...
! Depending on the routine invoking the dialog box, the response to errors which may occur while selecting a file will vary. If the routine requires a new file name and an existing file name is selected, the dialog will prompt whether the file is to be overwritten. If the routine requires the name of an existing file and the name of a non-existent file is specified, the dialog will respond with either a warning that the file does not exist, or will prompt whether the file should be created depending on the nature of the calling routine. ! Wild card characters may be entered in the Filename data field, to alter the contents of the Files list box. Valid characters are "*" for multi-character replacement, and "?" for single character replacement.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
101
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
! Drive, Directory, and Filename values must correspond to the standard DOS format. That is, drive letters must be followed by a colon ":". Directories must be separated by a back slash "\". Extensions must be proceeded by a dot ".". ! When manually entering a value in the Filename data field, include the drive, full path name, filename, and extension values. ! The name of the currently model is displayed near the top of the GASWorkS interface screen. ! If an existing file is chosen to be overwritten, the file is not actually destroyed, it is sent to the Windows Recycle Bin.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
102
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Find Dialog Box...

The Find routine is used by many of the data and report screens to locate a record based on a search string. The features of the Find dialog box are described below:
Data Items...
Search Value - This item specifies the value to search for. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. The title of this field and the meaning of the value varies depending on the item being search for, and which routine opened the dialog box.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the Find dialog box without performing a search. Find Next - If this command button is enabled, select it to search for another occurrence of a previously specified search string. Search - Select this command button to begin the search.
Usage Notes...
! When executed the first time, searching begins from the start of the file, for a record matching the search criteria. If a match is found, the matching record is made current. To find other occurrences, re-execute the Find routine and select the Find Next command button. If no match is found, a warning will appear. Click the OK button to clear the warning. ! When the Find Next button is selected, searching begins at the last matching record, then searches to the end of the file. If no match is found, the search begins again at the beginning of the file and continues until a match is found, or the entire file has been searched. ! The searched value varies depending on the data screen or report invoking the Find routine. For pipe data, both the From or To Node names are searched. For node data, the node name values are searched.
103
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Gas Properties...
GASWorkS provides a routine for calculating the Heating Value, Specific Gravity, Specific Heat Ratio, and Viscosity based on a gas composition. The routine can be accessed from several locations - from the Analysis menu list, from the Default Data screen, or from the Node Data screen. The features associated with the Gas Properties screen are described below:
Data Items...
Gas Composition (Components) - This group of items represent the individual components (expressed in mole percent) found in the gas mixture. The total of the individual mole percent values must equal one hundred (100). Enter the appropriate values by typing them in the corresponding data field.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
104
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Heating - This item displays the calculated Heating Value. The adjacent list represents the dimensional unit for the heating value. Select the desired dimensional unit value from the list. Heating Value Method - This item indicates which method to use for the Heating Value calculation. Select the desired method from the list. Specific Gravity - This item displays the calculated Specific Gravity value. The Specific Gravity as used by GASWorkS represents the relative density or weight of the gas mixture compared to dry air (dry air has a specific gravity of one (1.000). The Specific Gravity is a dimensionless number. Specific Heat Ratio - This items displays the calculated Specific Heat Ratio value. The Specific Heat Ratio as used by GASWorkS represents the ratio of the constant volume Specific Heat Value to the constant pressure Specific Heat Value for the gas mixture. The Specific Heat Ratio is a dimensionless number. Viscosity - This item displays the calculated Viscosity value. The adjacent list represents the dimensional unit for the Viscosity value. The Viscosity as used by GASWorkS refers to the absolute or dynamic viscosity of the gas mixture. Select the desired dimensional unit value from the list.
Command Buttons...
Apply - The function of this button varies depending on the source that opened the screen. If the screen was accessed from the Analysis menu, selecting this button applies the calculated gas properties values to all of the nodes in the current model. If the screen was accessed from the Default Data screen, selecting this button will apply the calculated values to the default gas properties. If the screen was accessed from the Node Data screen, selecting this button will apply the calculated values to the currently selected node. Calculate - Select this button to calculate the various gas property values. Clear - Select this command button to clear all of the currently displayed values. This button is useful when calculating values for a new composition. Close - Select this command button to close the screen. Open - Select this command button to retrieve a previously saved gas properties file. Print - Select this command button to print the contents of the screen. Save - Select this command button to save the contents of the screen to a gas properties file.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
105
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Usage Notes...
! Some of the options to the solution routine require that a single gas properties file be saved for the model. This screen can be used to create the required file - select the Save command button and use the model name for the gas properties file. ! The combined sum of the mole percent values of all of the individual components must equal one hundred (100.00). Use the "Other" data field to enter any remainder required to force a perfect total. The "Other" data field can also be used to accommodate a component not available in the Component list. The "Other" data value has no influence on the calculated values, it is only used to allow for a perfect composition total. ! The gas property values are calculated at the models currently set base conditions.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
106
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Header Data Report...

When selected, the Standard Report routine creates several report sections, one each for the contents of the header, customer, node, and pipe data files. The unique features associated with the header section of the Standard Report are presented below:

Close All Reports - Select this command button to close all sections of the standard report. Close This Report - Select this command button to close the header report while leaving any other sections of the standard report open. Maximize Window Size - Selecting this icon will cause the reports window size to be increased to fill the GASWorkS display screen.
Normalize Window Size - Selecting this icon will cause the reports window size to be normalized or reduced to its standard size.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
107
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Print - Select this icon to execute a routine that prints the contents of the report. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box, make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then select the Print command button to proceed with printing. View/Edit Notes - Select this icon to cause the Model Notes edit and viewing screen to be displayed. When the screen is displayed, edit the notes as desired, then select the Close command button on the Notes screen to save the changes. The Model Notes screen is described later in the manual.
Controls...
Scroll Bar - The vertical scroll bar (The bar directly to the right of the viewing screen) is used to move up and down in the report. The vertical bar allows the report to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider. The scroll bar may be adjusted by moving the bar's "slider" with the mouse, or by clicking on the Arrow symbols associated with the specific bar. Large changes in the display can be made by clicking on the desired bar, either before or after the slider's position.
Usage Notes...
! To make a specific section of the Standard report active, click on any visible portion of the desired section's screen - or, select the desired report from the Window menu list. ! The Header report screen may be maximized, minimized, or resized to assist in viewing. ! The header data cannot be edited from the report screen. Use the Solve data screen to edit the header data. ! To locate the location of the node with the largest error on the graphic display, double click in the data cell containing the Largest Error Node label or value. If the GDI is open, a flag will be placed at the nodes location.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
108
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Mass Update...
Mass changes can be made to the model data. This type of change is referred to as a mass update. The Mass Update routine is controlled using the Update Specification screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Set - This item specifies the data item to be changed. Select the desired item from the list. Equal To - This item specifies the new value for the selected Set item. Enter the desired value by either typing the value in the edit box, or select the value from the list. The characteristics of this item change depending on the Set item value. For some items the Equal To item will display an edit box (for typing a value), and for some items the Equal To item will display a drop-down list box (for selecting a value). Where - This item specifies the data item to be used as the search item during the query selection. Select the desired item from the list. Is - This item specifies the search operator to be used during the query selection. The search operator specifies the relation between the Where and To values, except in the case of the All operator. When the All operator is selected, the values of the Where and To values are ignored - in this case the change is applied to all data features associated with the selected Set item. Select the desired value from the list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
109
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
To - This item specifies the value to be used as the check value during the query selection. Enter the desired value by either typing the value in the edit box, or select the value from the list. The characteristics of this item changes depending on the Set item value. For some items the To item will display an edit box for typing a value, and for some items the To item will display a drop-down list box for selecting a value. Saved Specification - This item lists previously saved query specifications. Select the desired specification from the list.
Command Buttons...
Apply - Select this command button to make the change. Close - Select this command button to close the screen. Restore - Select this command button to execute the Undo command and restore the data values just prior to the executed change. Delete Displayed Specification - Select this command button to delete the specification currently displayed in the saved specification list. Save Current Specification - Select this command button to save the specification currently displayed in the Where, Is, To edit boxes.
Usage Notes...
! If the Allow Undo preference is selected, erroneous changes to the model data can be undone by immediately selecting the Restore command button after the change is made. ! The meanings of the search operators are: Operator = <> < Action Equal To - All Set items with a Where value that is equal to the To value will be changed. Not Equal To - All Set items with a Where value that is not equal to the To value will be changed. Less Than - All Set items with a Where value that is less than the To value will be changed. Applies To Both numeric and string values. Both numeric and string values. Numeric values only.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
110
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Numeric values only. Numeric values only.
> <=
Greater Than - All Set items with a Where value that is greater than the To value will be changed. Less Than Or Equal To - All Set items with a Where value that is less than or equal to the To value will be changed. Greater Than Or Equal To - All Set items with a Where value that is greater than or equal to the To value will be changed. All items associated with the selected Set item will be changed. All items which end with the specified Ends With value will be changed. All items which contain the specified Like value will be changed. All items contained in the specified maximum group will be changed. All items contained in the specified minimum group will be changed. All items which do not contain the specified Not Like value will be changed. All items which start with the specified Starts With value will be changed.
>=
Numeric values only.
All Ends With Like Max Min Not Like Starts With
Any String values only. String values only. Numeric values only. Numeric values only. String values only. String values only.
! Use the Diameter item to allow a pipe size (actual inside diameter) to be typed. Use the Size/Type item to select a pipe size from the values contained in the Pipe Property Table. Or, use the Size/Type (Unlisted) item to type a Size/Type value not included in the Pipe Property Table. ! Certain items allow a color value to be set. To set the color value for an item, select the Click To Select Color... item from the Equal To data list, the Color Selection dialog box will appear. Select the desired color, then select the OK command button to close the Color screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
111
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Model Notes...
Notes and reference information about an analysis or model may be kept using the Model Notes feature. The notes are accessed through the Model Notes edit screen the features associated with the screen are described below:
Command Buttons And Controls...

Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without saving any changes. Close - Select this command button to close the screen and save any changes. Scroll Bar - The vertical scroll bar (The bar directly to the right of the edit area) is used to move up and down in the notes. The vertical bar allows the notes to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider. Print - Select this command button to print the contents of the model notes. When selected, the Print Control dialog box will be displayed. Enter the appropriate settings, then select the Print command button to print the contents.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
112
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Usage Notes...
! The notes can be edited by using basic text edit functions to type in the desired contents. The editor supports standard Windows cut and paste commands (CTRL-C , CTRL-X, and CTRL-V) as well as the other standard editing commands controlled by the Enter, Backspace, Delete, and Arrow keys. The editor will automatically wrap the text if the line is longer than the available viewing space. To cause a specific line break, press the ENTER (5) key at the end of the desired line. The TAB keys do not function within the editor.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
113
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Node Data Report...

When selected, the Standard Report routine creates several report sections, one each for the contents of the header, customer, node, and pipe data files. The unique features associated with the node section of the Standard Report are presented below:

Ascending Sort - Select this icon to sort the records in ascending order based on the node name values.
Clear - Select this icon to clear the current selection set. When selected, all reportable node records will be displayed in the report.
Close All Reports - Select this command button to close all sections of the standard report. Close This Report - Select this command button to close the node report while leaving any other sections of the standard report open. Descending Sort - Select this icon to sort the records in descending order based on the node name values.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
114
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Find - Select this icon to find a record in the report by node name. When selected, the Find dialog box will appear. In the dialog box enter the desired node name, then select the Search or Find Next command button to find the record. Find Node In GDI - Select this icon to find and flag the currently selected node record in the GDI. This icon only appears if the GDI is open when the report is opened.
Go To - Select this icon to display a specific record number at the top of the report. When selected, the Go To dialog box will appear. In the dialog box enter the record number to be retrieved, then click the Continue command button to go to the corresponding record. Maximize Window Size - Selecting this icon will cause the reports window size to be increased to fill the GASWorkS display screen.
Print - Select this icon to print the contents of the report. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box, make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then select the Print command button to proceed with printing. Restore - Select this icon to restore the display of all of the columns. When selected all of the columns associated with the node report will be displayed.
Select - Select this icon to create a selection set of nodes which meet a specified selection criteria. When selected, the Selection Specification dialog box will appear, enter the desired selection criteria, perform the selection, then select the Close command button to create the corresponding selection set. Set - Select this icon to specify which columns to display in the report. When selected, the Columns dialog box will appear. Select (check) the heading names associated with the data items to be displayed, then select the Close command button to update the changes in the report. Undo - Select this icon to undo a recent data change.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
115
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Edit Controls...
Report Controls...
Scroll Bars - The horizontal scroll bar (The bar directly beneath the viewing screen) is used to move the display right and left. The report contents may be wider than the display window, the horizontal scroll bar allows viewing of the off-display portions of the report. The vertical scroll bar (The bar directly to the right of the viewing screen) is used to move up and down in the report. The vertical bar allows the report to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider. The scroll bars may be adjusted by moving the bars "slider" with the mouse, or by clicking on the arrow symbols associated with the specific bar. Large changes in the display can be made by clicking on the desired bar, either before or after the slider's position.
Usage Notes...
! Unused (extra) node names may appear in the node report depending on when the report is viewed. This is normal - the unused nodes will be removed from the node data file during the solution process. ! In addition to using the Set command to specify which columns are to be displayed, the report can also be modified by adjusting or "collapsing" a column. To adjust a column, place the mouse cursor on the vertical line separating the desired column from the next adjacent column. The cursor will change appearance. While holding down the left mouse button, drag the column line to the new desired position. To collapse a column, follow the procedures outlined above, except that when dragging the column line, drag it all the way to the left - the column will then be collapsed. ! To make the node report activate (The window on the top of the report stack), click on any visible portion of the report's screen, or select the report from the Window menu list. ! The dimensional unit for the Atmospheric Pressure is automatically set to the same unit as the Base Pressure unit.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
116
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
! The report contains more information than will fit on the printer. If this condition occurs when trying to print, a warning will appear. When the warning appears, select the desired option. To print a report that is too wide for the printer, try using the following suggestions: Eliminate some of the uninteresting columns from the report using the Set command, or by manually collapsing undesired columns. Reduce the width of the displayed columns by dragging the vertical column separators as previously described above. Set the printer page orientation to Landscape. Set the printer font to a proportional font like Arial Narrow, and set the font size to a smaller font. If no change is made to the reports width, the report will be printed on multiple pages. ! The Report item in the facility settings controls which features are included in the report. Only nodes attached to pipes that are assigned Facility Types that are allowed to be reported, are included in the report. The facility settings can be viewed and changed using the Facility Settings item found in the Edit menu list, or the Report Options item from the Report menu list. ! Only data items associated with nodes attached to pipes that are assigned Facility Types that are active can be edited in the report. The facility settings can be viewed and changed using the Facility Settings item found in the Edit menu list. ! The displayed base load value represents the unadjusted base load. The displayed external load value represent the adjusted value. The displayed total load value represents the sum of the adjusted base, adjusted external, and fixed external load values.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
117
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Path Settings...
The default directory locations for the various files associated with the GASWorkS model and support files is controlled using the Path Settings specification screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Current Setting - These items specify the current setting for the associated file type. Use the Drive and Directory items to change the current setting. Select the desired tab to display the associated setting. Drive - This item lists the available disk drives. Select a drive from the list. Directories - This item lists the directories associated with the selected drive. Select a directory from the list. The last open folder indicates the selected directory.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without saving the current settings. Close - Select this command button to close the screen and save the current settings.
118
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Usage Notes...
! The path settings establish the default location of the various GASWorkS model and support files. The model file path can be overridden when selecting a file using the File Selection dialog box. All other paths indicate locations used by GASWorkS to find the necessary support files. These directories can only be changed using the Path Settings routine. ! The License path indicates where the valid license file is located. In general, the default (as installed) location should be used, except where a network installation is used. In that case follow the supplemental network installation instructions for correctly setting License directory. ! The path and preference settings can be saved using the Save Current Settings item from the Preferences submenu of the File menu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
119
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Pipe Data Report...

When selected the Standard Report routine creates several report sections, one each for the contents of the header, customer, node, and pipe data files. The unique features associated with the pipe section of the Standard Report are presented below:

Ascending Sort - Select this icon to sort the records in ascending order based on the From Node name values.
Clear - Select this icon to clear the current selection set. When selected, all reportable pipe records will be displayed in the report.
Close All Reports - Select this command button to close all sections of the standard report. Close This Report - Select this command button to close the pipe report while leaving any other sections of the standard report open. Descending Sort - Select this icon to sort the records in descending order based on the From Node name values.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
120
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Delete Pipe - Select this icon to delete the currently selected pipe record.
Delete Current Selection - Delete the currently selected records.
Extract Current Selection - Extracts (copies) the currently selected records into a new or existing model.
Find - Select this icon to find a record in the report by node name. When selected, the Find dialog box will appear. In the dialog box enter the desired From or To Node name, then select the Search or Find Next command button to find the record. Find Pipe In GDI - Select this icon to find and flag the currently selected pipe record in the GDI. This icon is only displayed if the GDI is open before the report is opened.
Go To - Select this icon to display a specific record number at the top of the report. When selected, the Go To dialog box will appear. In the dialog box enter the record number to be retrieved, then click the Continue command button to go to the corresponding record. Maximize Window Size - Select this icon to cause the reports window size to be increased to fill the GASWorkS display screen.
Oops (Undelete) - Select this icon to undelete a recently deleted pipe record.
Print - Select this icon to print the contents of the report. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box, make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then select the Print command button to proceed with printing. Restore - Select this icon to restore the display of all of the columns. When selected all of the columns associated with the report will be displayed.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
121
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Select - Select this icon to create a selection set of pipes which meet a specified selection criteria. When selected, the Selection Specification dialog box will appear, enter the desired selection criteria, perform the selection, then select the Close command button to create the corresponding selection set. Set - Select this icon to specify which columns to display in the report. When selected, the Columns dialog box will appear. Select (check) the heading names associated with the data items to be displayed, then select the Close command button to update the changes in the report. Undo - Select this icon to undo a recent data change.
Edit Controls...
Report Controls...
Scroll Bars - The horizontal scroll bar (The bar directly beneath the viewing screen) is used to move the display right and left. The report contents may be wider than the display window, the horizontal scroll bar allows viewing of the off-display portions of the report. The vertical scroll bar (The bar directly to the right of the viewing screen) is used to move up and down in the report. The vertical bar allows the report to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider. The scroll bars may be adjusted by moving the bars "slider" with the mouse, or by clicking on the arrow symbols associated with the specific bar. Large changes in the display can be made by clicking on the desired bar, either before or after the slider's position.
Usage Notes...
! In addition to using the Set command to specify which columns are to be displayed, the report can also be modified by adjusting or "collapsing" a column. To adjust a column, place the mouse cursor on the vertical line separating the desired column from the next adjacent column. The cursor will change appearance. While holding down the left mouse button, drag the column line to the new desired position. To collapse a column, follow the procedures outlined above, except that when dragging the column line, drag it all the way to the left - the column will then be collapsed.
122
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
! To make the pipe report activate (The window on the top of the report stack), click on any visible portion of the report's screen, or select the report from the Window menu list. ! The report contains more information than will fit on the printer. If this condition occurs when trying to print, a warning will appear. When the warning appears, select the desired option. To print a report that is too wide for the printer, try using the following suggestions: Eliminate some of the uninteresting columns from the report using the Set command, or by manually collapsing undesired columns. Reduce the width of the displayed columns by dragging the vertical column separators as previously described above. Set the printer page orientation to Landscape. Set the printer font to a proportional font like Arial Narrow, and set the font size to a smaller font. If no change is made to the reports width, the report will be printed on multiple pages. ! The Report item in the facility settings controls which features are included in the report. Only pipes assigned Facility Types that are allowed to be reported, are included in the report. The facility settings can be viewed and changed using the Facility Settings item found in the Edit menu list, or the Report Options item from the Report menu list. ! If an attribute file is attached, the contents of the file will be displayed in the attribute portion of the report. Depending on the type of file attached, the attribute data values may or may not be able allowed to be edited. ! Only data items associated with pipes that are assigned Facility Types that are active can be edited in the report. The facility settings can be viewed and changed using the Facility Settings item found in the Edit menu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
123
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Preference Settings...
Various GASWorkS program behaviors can be set using the Preference Settings specification screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Allow Undo Of Graphic/Data Changes - Selecting this item allows graphic and data changes to be reversed (undone) using the Undo command. Select (check) this item to implement this behavior. If this item is not selected, erroneous changes must be manually corrected. Automatically Display GDI Command List - Selecting this item causes the GDI Command List to be automatically displayed each time the mouse pointer is passed over its associated icon. Select (check) this item to implement this behavior. If this item is not selected, the Command List icon must be selected to display the Command list. Automatically Open GDI - Selecting this item causes the GDI to be automatically opened each time a model is opened or GASWorkS is opened. Select (check) this item to implement this behavior. Automatically Save At Timed Increments - Selecting this item causes the model data in memory to be saved to the associated disk file at User specified increments. Select (check) this item to implement this behavior.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
124
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Automatic Save Increment - When the Automatically Save At Timed Increments option is selected, this item specifies the time increment between automatic saves. Enter a value by typing it into the edit box. The value should be expressed in terms of minutes. Display Reminders - Selecting this item will cause additional prompts to appear during certain commands and routines providing reminders to the User. Select (check) this item to implement this behavior. Ignore Facility Settings On Mass Update - Selecting this item will cause all data features to be included in the mass update routines. Select (check) this item to implement this behavior. If this item is not selected, only items associated with Facilities set to active, will be included in the mass update routines. Save Model Data Before Solving - Selecting this item will cause the current model data to be saved to disk before the solution is executed. Show Pop-Up Menu On GDI Right Mouse Click - Selecting this item will cause the Pop-Up GDI menu list to be displayed when the right mouse button is clicked and no command is executing, while working in the GDI. Show Tooltips - Selecting this item will cause tooltips to be displayed when the mouse pointer is rested over an icon, menu item, command button, or data entry field or list. Select (check) this item to implement this behavior. Use Command Alias File - Selecting this item will cause command alias values to be read from the Command Alias File. When this item is selected, alias values are read from the command alias file, and can then be used by typing them on the Command Line. Select (check) this item to implement this behavior.
Command Buttons...
Usage Notes...
! When the Automatically Save At Timed Increments preference is selected. The model will be saved at time increments as specified by the Automatic Save Increment. ! The path and preference settings can be saved using the Save Current Settings item from the Preferences submenu of the File menu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
125
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Project Specification...
The Project Specification screen is displayed when the New Project menu item is selected from the File menu list. The screen allows several settings to be specified when creating a new model. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Attach A Linked Customer Attribute File - Selecting this item will cause a linked customer attribute file to be created and attached to the new model. When selected the adjacent file list will be enabled. The list contains available database definitions. Select a definition from the list. Attach A Linked Pipe Attribute File - Selecting this item will cause a linked pipe attribute file to be created and attached to the new model. When selected the adjacent file list will be enabled. The list contains available database definitions. Select a definition from the list. Background Files - Displays a list of attached background files. Select the Select From Existing DXF Files command button to attach files.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
126
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Default Settings - Specifies the default settings file to be associated with the new model. Select a previously saved file from the list, or select Default to use the settings associated with the most previously open model. Facility Settings - Specifies the facility settings file to be associated with the new model. Select a previously saved file from the list, or select Default to use the currently saved default file. Header Template - Specifies the name of an existing header file to use as a template for creating the new model. Only header files associated with models contained in the current Model Files Path are displayed. Select a name from the list, or select Default to use the currently saved default file. Model Name - Specifies the name for the new model. Type the desired name or select the Select From Existing Models command button to select an existing model name. Pipe/Main Sizing Table - Specifies the Pipe Properties table to use when calculating pipe sizes in the solution routine. Select a table from the list. Preference Settings - Specifies the preference settings file to be associated with the new model. Select a previously saved file from the list, or select Default to use the current path and preference settings. Service Sizing Table - Specifies the Pipe Properties table to use when calculating service sizes. Select a table from the list. This option only appears on certain versions of the software.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without creating a new model. Continue - Select this command button to close the screen and create a new model based on the specified settings. Retrieve - Select this command button to open an existing specification file. Save - Select this command button to save the current settings to a specification file. Select From Existing DXF Files - Select this command button to open the File Selection dialog box and select an existing DXF image filename. Select From Existing Models - Select this command button to open the File Selection dialog box and select a model filename.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
127
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Usage Notes...
! Only DXF style background image files may be attached using the Project Specification. To attach other type background files, use the Background Settings menu item from the Graphics menu list, after the model has been created and opened. ! When one of the Attach A Linked Attribute File items are selected, an appropriate linked database file will be attached to the model when it is created. See the Attribute Data section later in this manual for more information on working with linked attribute files. ! A Default Settings file can be created using the Default Data Values data screen. Select the Default Settings menu item from the Utilities menu list to open the screen. See the data screen description for the Default Data Values screen for more information on creating and saving a file. If the Default item is selected for the Default Settings, the values associated with the most recently open model will be used. ! A Facility Settings file can be created using the Facility Settings report screen. Select the Facility Settings menu item from the Edit menu list to open the screen. See the data screen description for the Facility Settings screen for more information on creating and saving a file. If the Default item is selected for the Facility Settings, the values associated with the most recently open model will be used. ! A Preference Settings file can be created using the Save Current Settings item from the Preferences submenu of the File menu list. If the Default item is selected for the Facility Settings, the values associated with the most recently open model will be used.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
128
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Property Table Selection...

The various Property Tables used by GASWorkS can be set using the Property Table Selection screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Current Property Path - This item displays the current Property Table path setting. The path can be changed by selecting the Change Path Setting command button. Desired Tables - This group of items specifies the currently selected Property Tables. Select a table from the list. The contents of each list represents the tables found in the Current Property Path.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
129
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Command Buttons...
Usage Notes...
! When moving a model from one machine to another, the Property Table may not be valid on the new machine, and may not contain the same information as the previous tables. When moving a model to another machine it is recommended that the model is first bundled using the Bundle A Model item from the Bundle submenu of the File menu list, using the Include Property Tables option. Move the bundled file and unbundle it using the UnBundle A Model item from the Bundle submenu of the File menu list, this will move both the model and property tables.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
130
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Print Control - (long form)...

GASWorkS uses two printer control screens. The long form appears when the "Print" icon is selected from the standard report screens. The Print Control box allows various printer specifications to be set by the User. The features associated with the (long) Print Control box are described below:
Data Items...
Bottom Margin - This item specifies the distance from the bottom of the page to the bottom of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit. Collate Pages - When this item is selected, it indicates that copies will be collated. That is, the copies will be grouped together - the header report - the node report pages 1, 2, 3... - the pipe report pages 1, 2, 3... - the customer report pages 1, 2, 3...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
131
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
(Font) Name - This item specifies the name of the font to be used when printing the report. The value is set using the Font dialog box. Click in the data field to open the Font dialog box. Select the desired settings in the dialog box, then select the OK command button to save the changes and close the Font dialog box. (Font) Size - This item specifies the size of the font to be used when printing the report. The value is set using the Font dialog box. Click in the data field to open the Font dialog box. Select the desired settings in the dialog box, then select the OK command button to save the changes and close the Font dialog box. The size is expressed in printer points. One printer point is approximately equal to 1/72 of an inch. Grid Format - When this option is selected, the report will be printed using a grid (spreadsheet) style format. When selected the additional options located below the Grid Format option are enabled. Include Items - This group of options indicates which reports to print. Landscape Orientation - When this option is selected, the report will be printed in landscape orientation on the page. Left Margin - This item specifies the distance from the left side of the page to the left side of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit. Number Of Copies - This item specifies the number of copies to be printed. Enter a value greater than zero. Print Dimensional Units - When this option is selected, the dimensional units for data items which can be assigned individual units, will be included in the printed report. Un-select this setting to suppress the printing of all of the dimensional unit values. This option is only available when the Grid Format option is selected. Print Grid Lines - When this option is selected, grid lines will be printed on the report. Printing grid lines enhances the readability of the report, but their inclusion also increases the print time. This option is only available when the Grid Format option is selected. Print Page Numbers - When this option is selected, page numbers will be included in the printed report. Print Record Numbers - When this option is selected, it indicates that record numbers will be included in the printed report. This option is only available when the Grid Format option is selected. Printer - This item specifies the currently selected printer. To change the selection, select a printer from the list or select the Printer Setup command button. Record Format - When this option is selected, the report will be printed using a record (document) style format.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
132
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Right Margin - This item specifies the distance from the right side of the page to the right side of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit. Top Margin - This item specifies the distance from the top of the page to the top of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit.
Command Buttons...
Print - Select this command button to proceed with printing the report. Printer Setup - Select this button to open the Printer Setup dialog box. The contents of the dialog box will vary depending on the selected printer and the configuration of the computer system. Make any desired setting changes, then select the OK command to return to the print control dialog box. Cancel - Select this command button to cancel the print routine. Depending on the status of the current print activities, the print routine may not terminate immediately.
Usage Notes...
! The dimensional unit for the margin values are set by selecting the Set Report Options item from the Report menu list. ! Report contents can be printed to PDF format if a third-party PDF printer is installed. To print to a PDF printer, select the PDF printer name from the printer list, select the Print command button, enter a filename when prompted, the contents will be printed to the selected filename.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
133
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Print Control - (short form)...

GASWorkS uses two printer control screens. The short form appears when the "Print" icon is selected from one of the non-standard report screens. The Print Control box allows various printer specifications to be set by the User. The features associated with the (short) Print Control box are described below:
Data Items...
Bottom Margin - This item specifies the distance from the bottom of the page to the bottom of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit. (Font) Name - This item specifies the name of the font to be used when printing the report. The value is set using the Font dialog box. Click in the data field to open the Font dialog box. Select the desired settings in the dialog, then select the OK command button to save the changes and close the Font dialog box.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
134
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
(Font) Size - This item specifies the size of the font to be used when printing the report. The value is set using the Font dialog box. Click in the data field to open the Font dialog box. Select the desired settings in the dialog, then select the OK command button to save the changes and close the Font dialog box. The size is expressed in printer points. One printer point is approximately equal to 1/72 of an inch. Landscape Orientation - When this option is selected, the report will be printed in landscape orientation on the page. Left Margin - This item specifies the distance from the left side of the page to the left side of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit. Printer - This item specifies the currently selected printer. To change the selection, select a printer from the list or select the Printer Setup command button. Right Margin - This item specifies the distance from the right side of the page to the right side of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit. Top Margin - This item specifies the distance from the top of the page to the top of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit.
Command Buttons...
Print - Select this command button to proceed with printing the report. Printer Setup - Select this button to open the Printer Setup dialog box. The contents of the dialog box will vary depending on the selected printer and the configuration of the computer system. Make any desired setting changes, then select the OK command to return to the print control dialog box. Cancel - Select this command button to cancel the print routine. Depending on the status of the current print activities, the print routine may not terminate immediately.
Usage Notes...
! The dimensional unit for the margin values are set by selecting the Set Report Options item from the Report menu list. ! Report contents can be printed to PDF format if a third-party PDF printer is installed. To print to a PDF printer, select the PDF printer name from the printer list, select the Print command button, enter a filename when prompted, the contents will be printed to the selected filename.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
135
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Query Specification...
The Select routine found in the Standard report, the Color By Query routine, and the Flag Items routines found in the GDI allow selection of data features based on a User specified selection criteria. These selection sets are created using the Query Specification screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
(Where) Left Item - This item specifies which data item is to be used as the search item during the query selection. Select the desired item from the list. (Is) Middle Item - This item specifies the search operator to be used during the query selection. The search operator specifies the relation between the Where and To values, except in the case of the All operator. When the All operator is selected, the values of the Where and To fields are ignored - in this case all data features associated with the specified Where item are selected. Select the desired value from the list. (To) Right Item - This item specifies the value to be used as the check value during the query selection. Enter the desired value by either typing the value in the edit box, or select the value from the list. The characteristics of this item changes depending on the Where item value. For some items, an edit box will be displayed (for typing a value), and for some items a drop-down list box will be displayed (for selecting a value). Specification List - This item displays previously saved query specifications. To use a previous specification, select the desired specification from the list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
136
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Command Buttons...
Close - Select this command button to close the screen. Delete Displayed Specification - Select this command button to delete the specification currently displayed in specification list. Perform Query - Select this command button to perform the query. Save Current Specification - Select this command button to save the specification currently displayed in the Where, Is, and To data fields.
Usage Notes...
! The meanings of the search operators are: Operator = <> < > <= >= Action Equal To - Finds all records with an item value that is equal to the specified value. Not Equal To - Finds all records with an item value that is not equal to the specified value. Less Than - Finds all records with an item value that is less than the specified value. Greater Than - Finds all records with an item value that is greater than the specified value. Less Than Or Equal To - Finds all records with an item value that is less than or equal to the specified value . Greater Than Or Equal To - Finds all records with an item value that is greater than or equal to the specified value. Finds all records associated with the specified Where item. Finds all records that end with the specified Equal To value. Finds all records with an item value that contains the specified Equal To value. Applies To Both numeric and string values. Both numeric and string values. Numeric values only. Numeric values only. Numeric values only. Numeric values only.
All Ends With Like
Any String values only. String values only.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
137
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Applies To Numeric values only. Numeric values only. String values only. String values only.
Operator Max Min Not Like Starts With
Action Finds a specified number of records which posses the highest item values. Finds a specified number of records which posses the lowest item values. Finds all records that do not contain the specified Equal To value. Finds all records that start with the specified Equal To value.
! Use the Diameter item to allow a pipe size to be typed. Use the Size/Type item to select a pipe size from the values contained in the Pipe Properties Table. Or, use the Size/Type (Unlisted) item to type a Size/Type value not listed in the Pipe Properties Table.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
138
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Renumbering Specification...
A routine is provided that allows the node numbers to be renamed/renumbered based on a User specified starting number and increment value. The routine is controlled using the Renumbering specification screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Increment Value - This item specifies the increment between node numbers. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Starting Number - This item specifies the value to start the numbering from. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field.
Command Buttons...
Close - Select this command button to close the screen. Renumber - Select this command button to perform the renumbering. A message box will appear when the process is complete.
Usage Notes...
! The renumbering is performed as follows: The starting node number is assigned to the first node found in the node data file. The starting number is increased by the increment value and this number is assigned to the next node in the file. This process is continued until all of the nodes have been renumbered.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
139
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Report Options...
The number of decimal places displayed by the various reports and data screens, along with various other settings, are set using the Report Options screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Decimals Tab...
Number Of Decimals To Report - This item specifies the number of decimal places to display for the associated parameter. To set the number, click in the data cell adjacent to the affected item, a data list will be displayed. Select the desired value from the list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
140
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Facility Tab...
Facilities List - This items specifies which Facility Types to include in the report activities. To include a type in the various report routines, select (check) the item. To exclude a type from the report routines, unselect (uncheck) the item. The contents of the list will vary depending on the facility types associated with the current model.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
141
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Other Tab...
Sort All Reports When Opened - This item indicates whether the Standard customer, node, and pipe reports are automatically sorted when they are opened. Select an appropriate value. Pressure Drop Per (Length) - This item specifies the unit value to be used to calculate the "Pressure Drop Per Unit Length" values. Type the desired value into the data field. Printer Dimensional Units - This item specifies which dimensional unit to apply to the printer settings used by the print control dialog boxes. Exception Report Options - This item specifies which exceptions to report when an Exceptions Report Is Include in the Solution Log. Select (check) the desired options.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the data screen without saving any changes.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
142
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Close - Select this command button to close the data screen and save any changes. Save As Default - Select this command button to save the current settings as the default values used when creating a new model.
Usage Notes...
! The value of the Number of Decimals is used to indicate the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal identifier (point) when displaying the associated value. ! The Pressure Drop Per Unit Length value is calculated by dividing the product of the linear pressure drop and the length of the pipe segment, by the Pressure Drop Per (Length) value. ! The options associated with the exceptions report are listed in the following table. Option Low Flow Pipes Zero Flow Pipes Large Node Errors Zero Pressure Nodes Negative Pressure Nodes Large Pressure Nodes Regulators With Low Inlet Pressure Regulators With Back Flow Compressors With High Inlet Pressure Description When this option is selected, pipes with flows less than the convergence tolerance are reported. When this option is selected, pipes with no (zero) flows are reported. When this option is selected, nodes with errors greater than the convergence tolerance are reported. When this option is selected, nodes with zero pressure values are reported. When this option is selected, nodes with pressure values less than zero are reported. When this option is selected, nodes with unusually high pressure values are reported. When this option is selected, regulator type elements with inlet pressure values below their set pressure are reported. When this option is selected, regulator type elements with flow towards the outlet node, or away from the inlet node are reported. When this option is selected, compressors with inlet pressures greater than the set pressure are reported.
Note: The exception options only apply when the Include Exceptions In Solution Log option is selected in the Solution options. The exception report can be used to troubleshoot a model that is not converging or as a quick double check for model validity.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
143
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Run File Data...

GASWorkS provides access to the run file data through the Run File Data screen. The features of the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Design Factor - This item specifies the value of the design factor to be used during the solution of the specified model. Enter the desired value by typing it in the edit box. If this value is non-zero, it will replace the value assigned to the model. This item can be useful when solving a system of models for various load scenarios. Model Name - This item specifies the name of the model to be solved. Select the desired name from the list. The contents of the list represent the models contained in the directory (folder) containing the current run file. Output Model Name - This item specifies the name of the model to save the results of the solution to. Select or type the desired name. Run Sequence - This item specifies the order in which the model is to be solved. For example, if the value of this item was 3, the model identified by the Model Name item would be solved third in the solution sequence. Models are solved in the order listed in the report. Use the Move Record command to change the order of the model list.

Add Record - Select this icon to add a new record to the end of the run file list. After the new record is added, enter new data by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value, or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change.
144
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Cancel - Select this command button to close the report without saving any changes. Close - Select this command button to close the report and save any changes. Delete Record - Select this icon to delete the currently selected record.
Insert Record - Select this icon to insert a new record just before the current record location. After the new record is inserted, enter new data by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change. Maximize Window Size - Select this icon to cause the reports window size to be increased to fill the GASWorkS display screen.
Move A Record - Select this icon to move the currently selected record to a new position in the model list.
Open Run File - Select this icon to open a previously saved Run File.
Save Run File - Select this icon to save the contents of the currently displayed Run File to a file other than the current model. Once saved the list can be opened and used with other models.
Edit Controls...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
145
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Report Controls...
Usage Notes...
! The Design Factor specified in the run file replaces the value contained in the associated model's header data. However if the value is left empty or set to zero, the solution process will use the corresponding value found in the associated model's header data. ! The results of the analysis can be saved to a model different than the source model. This is helpful when you may want to use a base model and run it at different design factors. By specifying a different output model name, the original base model is not affected. ! Additional information about using the Run File feature is contained in Miscellaneous section of this Manual.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
146
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Solution Data...
GASWorkS provides access to the various solution options and data values through the Solution data screen. The screen is described below:
Solution Data Items...

Atmospheric Pressure Method - This item lists the various methods available for calculating the atmospheric pressure values used in the solution. The atmospheric pressure is used to convert gauge pressure values to absolute pressure values needed in the calculations. To select a calculation method, click on the desired item in the list to highlight it. A description of the available calculation methods are contained in the Appendix. Compressibility Method - This item lists the various methods available for calculating the compressibility factors used in the solution. The compressibility factor is used to compensate for the deviation of gas behavior from the ideal gas law, at elevated pressures. Generally, this deviation can be ignored for systems operating at pressures less than 200 Psig. To select a calculation method, click on the desired item in the list to highlight it. A description of the available calculation methods are contained in the Appendix.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
147
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Convergence Tolerance - This item specifies the maximum acceptable node error for the solution. Type the desired value in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the selected dimensional unit. See the Usage Notes for suggestions on selecting an appropriate convergence tolerance. Design Factor - This item specifies a multiplication factor to be applied to the node loads during the solution. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. See the Usage Notes for additional details. Divergence Limit - This item specifies the value of the maximum number of consecutive diverging or same value iterations allowed during the solution. If the number is exceeded, the solution will be terminated. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. See the Usage Notes for additional details. Maximum Iterations - This item specifies the maximum permissible number of iterations the solution can make before ending. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. See the Usage Notes for additional details. Solution Options - This item lists the various solution options to be included during the solution process. The available options and their affect on the solution are listed in the Usage Notes.
Pipe Sizing Control Items...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
148
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Note: See the Usage Notes, Miscellaneous section, and the On-Line Help for additional information the Pipe Sizing routine and the affect of the various data items and options on the sizing process. Condition Nodes - This item specifies up to ten condition node names. If no condition nodes are identified, only the overall system pressure will be used. Enter appropriate node names by typing the desired value in the edit box. Condition Pressure - This item represents the required pressure value for the associated condition node location. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Enter a value by typing it in the edit box. Pressure Units - This item specifies the dimensional unit for the condition and system pressures. Select the appropriate value from the list. System Pressures - This item specifies the value of the overall system pressure requirement. Enter a value by typing it the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Pressure Values Are - This item specifies whether the check (condition and system) pressure values represent maximum or minimum values. Click on the button adjacent to the appropriate option. Velocity - This item specifies the maximum allowable velocity. Enter a value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Optimize By - This item specifies whether pipe size or pipe cost will be used as the selection basis during the optimize routine. When the size option is selected, smaller size pipes will always be used before larger size pipes. When the cost option is selected, lower cost pipes will always be selected before higher cost pipes. Click on the button adjacent to the appropriate option. Pass Limit - The item specifies the number of passes that the optimize routine is allowed to execute. If the limit is reached before the routine is complete, the routine will be stopped and the current pipe sizes will be saved. To restart the optimize routine after the pass limit as been reached, re-solve the model remembering to unselect the Reset Diameters To Minimum Size option. Path Processing - This item specifies the type of path processing method that will be used during the optimize routine. During the optimize routine, the lowest pressure node is found (when check values are minimums). Then a path is determined along the pipes feeding into the low pressure node, back to the source of supply. The size of pipes along this path are increased. The path processing item specifies how the path is created and how the pipes are selected for a size increase. Select a method from the list. Reset Diameters To Minimum Size - When this option is selected, the size for all of the pipes where the Allow Size Calculation option is selected, will be set to the minimum allowed value.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
149
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Other Settings...
Base Pressure - This item specifies the pressure basis for the volume measurement. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Base Temperature - This item specifies the temperature basis for the volume measurement. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Diameter Path Factor - This item specifies the diameter factor (exponent) to use when an applicable path processing method is used during the pipe sizing routine. This item will only be enabled when the Flow Only processing method is selected. Length Path Factor - This item specifies the length factor (exponent) to use when an applicable path processing method is used during the pipe sizing routine. This item will only be enabled when the Flow Only or Flow - Pressure Drop processing methods are selected. Lower Dampening - This item specifies the lower dampening factor for the solution. Type the desired value in the edit box. The influence of the lower dampening factor is described in the Usage Notes.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
150
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Pressure Drop Path Factor - This item specifies the pressure drop factor (exponent) to use when an applicable path processing method is used during the pipe sizing routine. This item will only be enabled when the Flow - Pressure Drop processing method is selected. Upper Dampening - This item specifies the upper dampening factor for the solution. Type the desired value in the edit box. The influence of the upper dampening factor is described in the Usage Notes. Heat Exchange Parameters... The contents of this section varies depending on the selected calculation method. Calculation Method - This item specifies the method to be used to calculate the heat exchange between the flowing gas and the surrounding environment. The available methods are described in the Usage Notes. Select a method from the list. Include Joule-Thomson Effect For Pipes - When this option is selected, the Joule-Thomson effect (cooling due to pressure drop) will be estimated for each pipe segment. The remaining contents of the Heat Exchange vary depending on the selected calculation method. The contents are described in the following:
Convection Only Method: This method only considers convection heat transfer between the gas stream and the pipe wall. This method would be useful when the pipe is exposed to the atmosphere, submerged in a liquid, or buried in soil with a high transfer rate - locations where the surrounding environment can act as a large heat sink and can essentially maintain a constant wall temperature on the pipe.
Wall Temperature - This item specifies the temperature of pipe wall. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
151
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Convection & Conduction Method: This method is useful when considering a buried pipe that may or may not have insulating material applied to it. Convection between the gas stream and pipe wall, conduction through the pipe wall, insulation, and soil (environment) are considered. An environmental influence zone may be specified using the Influence Factor. If no insulation is present the thickness may be set to zero.
Ambient Temperature - This item specifies the temperature at the outside of the influence zone. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Environment Conductivity - This item specifies the thermal conductivity of the environment within the influence zone. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Influence Factor - This item specifies the influence zone size of the environment. The pipe outside diameter is multiplied by the specified factor to determine the thickness of the influence zone thickness of the environment surrounding the pipe. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Insulation Conductivity - This item specifies the thermal conductivity of the insulation material. If no insulation is present, set the value to zero. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Insulation Thickness - This item specifies the thickness of any insulation applied to the exterior of the pipe. If no insulation is present set the value to zero. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Pipe Conductivity - This item specifies the thermal conductivity of the pipe material. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
152
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Overall Transfer Coefficient Method: This method is useful when the value of the overall heat transfer coefficient is known or can be estimated. The heat transfer is based on the specified coefficient.
Ambient Temperature - This item specifies the temperature at the outside edge of the of the environment associated with the specified coefficient value. For example if pipe is buried, the environment would be the soil surrounding the pipe, the ambient temperature might represent the soil temperature near the surface or at the edge of the influence zone. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit. Transfer Coefficient - This item specifies the value of the overall heat transfer coefficient. Enter an appropriate value by typing it in the edit box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the displayed dimensional unit.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
153
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Model Notes...
Notes - This item allows access to the model notes. Enter or revise the notes as appropriate by typing in the edit box. The Model Notes may consist of a description of the model and analysis. Special characters can be used. The maximum length for the Notes is approximately 32,000 characters. See the Model Notes data screen description for additional details.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the Solution data screen without performing the solution and without saving any changes to the data values. Close - Select this command button to close the Solution data screen without performing the solution, and save any changes. Solve - Select this command button to perform the solution. When selected, the Solution Log screen will appear. When the solution is complete, select the Close command button to close the Solution Log screen and return to the GASWorkS editing environment.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
154
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Solve & Calculate Pipe Sizes - Select this command button to perform the solution and calculate pipe sizes. When selected the Solution Log screen will appear. When the solution is complete, select the Close command button to close the Solution Log screen and return to the GASWorkS editing environment. This command serves the same function as selecting the Calculate Pipe Sizes option and then selecting the Solve command button.
Usage Notes...
! The design factor is used to adjust the node loads in the model. Depending on the individual node settings, the known node loads are multiplied by the design factor to calculate the load values to be used in the analysis. The design factor is expressed as a decimal. For example, to enter a factor representing fifty percent, input .5. The design factor is only applied to nodes where the "Adjust By Design Factor" option has been selected. The design factor is not applied to the external load values, unless the Apply Design Factor To External Loads option is selected prior to the solution. ! The divergence limit identifies the number of consecutive diverging or equivalent error iterations that will be allowed before the solution procedure is terminated. During the solution procedure, node errors normally continue to decrease as the solution procedure progresses. Sometimes when solving a model, the node errors might increase for a few iterations, then begin to decrease again. However, when trying to solve a model containing an error, or when a model is "running-out-of-gas", the node errors may continue to increase or stay the same, never allowing the solution to reach a state of balance. The divergence limit causes the solution procedure to be automatically terminated when this occurs. ! The lower dampening factor is used to stop adjustment of certain node pressures. Often several nodes in the model are balanced, while only a few nodes require further adjustment. The nodes where the pressure adjustment value is less than the current pressure value multiplied by the lower dampening factor will not be adjusted any further. The lower dampening factor can influence the quality of the solution. However if the factor is properly chosen, it can decrease the number of iterations required to reach a solution, with only a negligible influence upon the overall quality of the solution. Generally the lower dampening factor should be set to zero (0). ! The maximum iteration value limits the number of times that GASWorkS will attempt to reach a solution within the specified tolerance. The number of iterations required to reach a solution varies with each model, and with the value of the convergence tolerance. If a solution is not reached within the specified number of iterations, GASWorkS will provide a message warning that the solution has not been completed. The solution can be rerun and the maximum number of iterations increased as required.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
155
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
! The convergence tolerance represents the maximum allowable imbalance of the solution results. If a solution is attained for a tolerance of .01 Mcfh, it can be said that the solution results are within +/- .01 Mcfh of the exact solution for that particular model. The value of the tolerance is generally determined based on the magnitude of the total expected system flows. The acceptable tolerance for a particular model depends on the intended use of the results. For very tight results use a convergence tolerance of about one tenth of one percent (one-thousandth) of the total expected system flow. For example, if the total system flow is expected to be of the magnitude of 10 Mcfh the convergence tolerance might be .01 Mcfh. For less accurate results, use a convergence tolerance of about one percent of the total expected system flow. ! The Upper Dampening Factor is used to modify the calculated adjustment for large node errors. The modification will be applied to errors greater than the Upper Dampening Factor multiplied by the Convergence Factor. The Upper Dampening Factor generally does not influence the quality of the solution. However, it can prevent a solution from being reached if improperly chosen. Enter a large number (for example 10000) to disable the Upper Dampening Factor. Generally the factor should be entered as zero (0). ! See the Miscellaneous section for suggestions on handling various convergence problems and solution errors. ! There are various options available during the solution process. Each option is described in the following table: Option Apply Design Factor To External Loads Calculate Diversity Description Causes the external loads to be multiplied by the design factor when calculating the node loads during the solution. Causes the IGE Diversity calculations to performed during the solution. Selecting this option will cause the load associated with non-diversified customers to be applied to the downstream node of the supplying main, regardless of the node application setting. Causes the gas property values to be calculated based on the mixed flow rates. Causes the sizes of the pipes allowed to be sized (optimized) to be calculated. Causes the average temperature to be calculated for each node where the temperature is set as unknown. Causes a flag symbol to be placed at the location of the node with the largest error. The flag will be placed after the solution is finished.
Calculate Gas Mixing Calculate Pipe Sizes (Optimize) Calculate Temperature Values Flag Large Error Node Upon Completion
Bradley B. Bean, PE
156
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Description Causes the node elevation differences to be ignored when calculating node pressures. However, the correct atmospheric pressure values will be used. Causes a check for unusual conditions to be performed when the data is being saved after the solution. Any problems that are found are referred to as exceptions and are included in the Solution Log report. The exceptions included in the check are controlled by the Report Options found in the Report menu list. Causes the unknown pressure values to be set to zero before solving the model. This option is advised when using the pipe sizing or calculate diversity options. Causes one-way segments (meeting certain criteria) to be excluded from the trial and error (iterative) portion of the solution. The solution for these type of segments is explicit and does not require iteration to solve. If the model contains any one-way segments, choosing this option will increase the solution speed. A listing of facility types - indicating which facility types to include in the solution process. Causes the color-by-range color coding to be updated upon completion of the solution. The current range and color criteria is used to update the GDI display. Identifies which facility types to include in the solution process.
Option Ignore Elevation Differences
Include Exceptions In Log Report
Reset Unknown Node Pressures To Zero Smart Processing Of One-Way Segments
Solve Facilities... Update Color Coding
Solve...
! During the optimization routine, certain pressure requirements are checked to determine if the pipes are properly sized. These pressure requirements can be set in two manners. A pressure may be specified at a particular location in the system (referred to as a condition node), and an overall pressure may be set for the entire model. See the Miscellaneous section for additional information using the Pipe Sizing routine and the affect of the various data items and options have on the sizing process. ! The base pressure and temperature are used to establish the basis for a standard volume (For example, a standard cubic foot or cubic meter) of gas as used by the current model.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
157
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Solution Log...
During solution of a model, GASWorkS displays the Solution Log screen. The screen allows control of the solution and viewing of the solution's progress. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Command Buttons And Controls...

Cancel - Select this command button to terminate the solution process. When selected, the solution will be terminated - however, depending on the current solution activities, the process may not terminate immediately. This button is disabled after the solution is complete. Close - Select this command button to close the Solution Log and return to the GASWorkS editing environment. This button is disabled during the solution process. Scroll Bars - The horizontal scroll bar (The bar directly beneath the status area) is used to move the display right and left. The log may be wider than the display window, the horizontal scroll bar allows viewing of the off-display portions of the log. The vertical scroll bar (The bar directly to the right of the status area) is used to move up and down in the log. The vertical bar allows the log to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
158
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
The scroll bars may be adjusted by moving the bars "slider" with the mouse, or by clicking on the arrow symbols associated with the specific bar. Large changes in the display can be made by clicking on the desired bar, either before or after the slider's position. Solution Status - This item provides a scrollable display of the solution log. To browse the display, adjust the vertical scroll bar adjacent to the display area.
Usage Notes...
! If the Include Exceptions In Log Report option is selected prior to the solution, any exceptions found while saving the solution results will be reported at the end of the solution log. If there are more exceptions than can be contained in the log, the reported exceptions will be truncated. An end of section message will be reported at the end of the exceptions section. ! The contents of the Solution Log may be printed by selecting the Solution Log item from the Report menu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
159
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Solution Log Report...

During the solution, a log of the solution activities will be created. The log is maintained in a report known as the "Solution Log". The Solution Log may be viewed while the solution routine is active, or may be viewed or printed at other times using the Solution Log Report. The report's features are described below:

Bradley B. Bean, PE
160
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Print - Select this icon to execute a routine that prints the contents of the report. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then click the Print command button to proceed with printing.
Controls...
Scroll Bars - The vertical scroll bar (The bar directly to the right of the viewing screen) is used to move up and down in the report. The vertical bar allows the report to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider. The scroll bar may be adjusted by moving the bars "slider" with the mouse, or by clicking on the Arrow symbols associated with the specific bar. Large changes in the display can be made by clicking on the desired bar, either before or after the slider's position.
Usage Notes...
! If the Include Exceptions In Log Report option is selected prior to the solution, any exceptions found while saving the solution results will be reported at the end of the solution log. If there are more exceptions than can be contained in the log, the reported exceptions will be truncated. An end of section message will be reported at the end of the exceptions section.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
161
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Summary Report...
The Summary Report includes several specialized report sections, they include a summary of the regulator and compressor data, hoop stress values, pipe lengths, supply nodes, and system components. The User may indicate which sections they wish to include in the report. The report routine consists of two screens, the first is the Summary Report Options which is used to select the desired report sections. The second is the Summary Report screen which displays the contents of the report. The options screen is described later in this manual. The features of the report screen are described below:

Bradley B. Bean, PE
162
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Print - Select this icon to execute a routine that prints the contents of the report. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then click the Print command button to proceed with printing.
Controls...
Scroll Bars - The vertical scroll bar (The bar directly to the right of the viewing screen) is used to move up and down in the report. The vertical bar allows the report to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider. The scroll bar may be adjusted by moving the bars "slider" with the mouse, or by clicking on the Arrow symbols associated with the specific bar. Large changes in the display can be made by clicking on the desired bar, either before or after the slider's position.
Usage Notes...
! The Summary Report Options screen description provides additional information about the Summary Report contents.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
163
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Summary Report Options...

The Summary Report includes several specialized report sections, they include a summary of the regulator and compressor data, hoop stress values, pipe lengths, supply nodes, and system components. The User may indicate which sections they wish to include in the report. The report routine consists of two screens, the first is the Summary Report Options which is used to select the desired report sections. The second is the Summary Report screen which displays the contents of the report. The report screen is described in a previous section of this manual. The features of the options screen are described below:
Data Items...
Compressor Summary - This item indicates whether compressor data is to be included in the report. The compressor section reports various data about the compressors found in the system. Select (check) this option to include this section in the report. Pipe Summary - This item indicates whether a pipe summary is to be included in the report. The pipe summary section reports pipe footage, inch-diameter values, and cost values grouped by diameter value. Select (check) this option to include this section in the report. Regulator Data - This item indicates whether regulator data is to be included in the report. The regulator section reports various data about the regulators found in the system. Select (check) this option to include this section in the report. Supply Nodes - This item indicates whether a summary of the supply nodes is to be included in the report. The supply nodes section lists each node with a positive load value, along with its load and pressure values. Select (check) this option to include this section in the report.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
164
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
System Summary - This item indicates whether a system summary is to be included in the report. The system summary section reports the number of nodes, pipes, known and unknown values, and total flow into and out-of the system. Select (check) this option to include this section in the report.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the Summary Report Options screen without creating the report. Report - Select this command button to create the report and open the Summary Report screen.
Usage Notes...
! The Summary Report provides a summary of various data items contained in the model. The report can be customized to include various User specified items. The available options are described in the table below: Option Compressor Data Features Calculates Compression Ratio, Estimated Outlet Temperature, Estimated Power Requirements, and Estimated Fuel Consumption. Displays From Node and To Node, Compressor Type, Flow Rate, Flow Mode, Inlet Pressure, Outlet Pressure, Compression Ratio, Inlet Temperature, Outlet Temperature, Required Power, Rated Power, and Fuel Consumption. Pipe Summary Displays total Length, Diameter-Length, and Cost values. Displays each unique diameter found in the model. Displays Length summary grouped by diameter. Displays Diameter-Length summary by diameter. Displays Cost summary by diameter. Regulator Data Calculates estimated Valve Coefficient, Differential Pressure, Outlet Temperature, and Coefficient Ratio. Displays From Node and To Node, Regulator Type, Flow Rate, Flow Mode, Inlet Pressure, Outlet Pressure, Differential Pressure, Minimum Differential Pressure, Inlet Temperature, Outlet Temperature, Estimated Valve Coefficient, Published Valve Coefficient, and Coefficient Ratio.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
165
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Option Supply Nodes
Features List all Nodes with a positive load value. Displays Node Name, Pressure, and Load Values for supply Nodes.
System Summary
Data feature count. Known and Unknown Pressures (count). Known and Unknown Loads (count). Total Known and Unknown Values (count). Total Flow into and out-of the system. Customer feature summary. Miscellaneous model and non-model data summary.
! The dimensional unit of certain displayed items are fixed, values for these items are summarized below: Displayed Value Total Flow Into System Total Flow Out Of System Length (Pipe Summary) Cost Differential Pressure (Regulators) Minimum Differential Pressure (Regulators) Power Requirements Fuel Consumption Dimensional Units Set to Load Units of the first node in the model Set to Load Units of the first node in the model Set to Length Units of the first pipe in the model None Set to Pressure Units of the associated record in the Regulator Property Table Set to Pressure Units of the associated record in the Regulator Property Table Set to Power Units of the associated record in the Compressor Property Table Set to Consumption Units of the associated record in the Compressor Property Table
Bradley B. Bean, PE
166
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
! The Estimated Valve Coefficient calculated in the Regulator data represents the following parameter: Flow Equation Grove Rockwell Universal Estimated Valve Coefficient Cv - Valve Capacity Factor "K" Factor - Regulator Constant Cg (Regulating) - Gas Sizing Coefficient
Bradley B. Bean, PE
167
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
XY Calculation Specification...
A routine is provided that allows estimated coordinate values to be automatically calculated for a model which contains no coordinate information. The routine is controlled using the XY Calculation Specification screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Starting Node Name - This item specifies the node to begin the calculations from. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. The name must correspond to a node found in the currently open model.
Command Buttons...
Calculate - Select this command button to perform the calculation. A message box will appear when the calculations are complete. Close - Select this command button to close the screen.
Usage Notes...
! The starting coordinate value cannot be specified by the User. If desired, the model can be shifted after the coordinate calculation is complete, using the XY Shift routine found in the GDI command list. ! Before performing the calculation, ensure that the GDI coordinate units are appropriately set. Select the Settings item from the Graphics menu list to set the coordinate units.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
168
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
! The estimated coordinates are calculated as follows. The specified starting node is assigned a location of 1000000, 1000000. A trace is begun at the starting node and connected pipes are processed in the following order. The end coordinates for the first pipe found are calculated by extending a line east a distance equal to its length value. The next pipe is assigned a direction of south, the next west, the next north, and their end coordinates are calculated based on their length values. If more than four pipes are connected, the fifth and sixth pipes are assigned a direction of southeast and southwest respectively. Once the first node has been processed, the remaining nodes are processed in a similar fashion until all node locations have been estimated. ! The image created by this routine is often unsightly. After the routine is complete, the node and pipe features can be moved to look a little better using the various GDI edit commands.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
169
GASWorkS 9.0
Data Screens
Bradley B. Bean, PE
170
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
GRAPHIC DATA INTERFACE
Bradley B. Bean, PE
171
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
This section provides instructions for using the GASWorkS Graphical Data Interface (GDI). A substantial number of the GASWorkS features and commands are accessed through the GDI. Each of these GDI features along with the associated data screens are described in this section. The GDI provides graphical access to the model data. The GDI can be used to create a graphical representation of the model which can be used to view, edit, and manipulate the GASWorkS model data. The GDI is not intended to be a "CAD" system, however it does provide some CAD type features. For more sophisticated graphics needs we recommend using a true drafting/design, mapping, or GIS-AM/FM product. Data from these applications may then be shared with GASWorkS using one of its many import routines. The On-Line Help system provides an extensive collection of examples and how-to tips for performing a variety of tasks using the GDI. The remainder of the section describes the various features associated with the GDI...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
173
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
GDI Window Description...

The GDI features are accessed through the Graphics Data Interface screen. The features associated with the GDI, and its layout are described below:
With the exception of the Command Line, the features associated with the GDI window may only be accessed by use of the mouse. If your computer system is not equipped with a mouse or compatible pointing device, you will not be able to use the GDI. The GDI screen contains several functional areas. The left side of the screen contains a group of icons representing the GDI toolbar headings. A "fly-out" toolbar will appear when the mouse pointer is passed over each of the headings. The various GDI tools are grouped together on a specific toolbar. For example, tools for changing the scale and position of the displayed image are grouped on the View toolbar. The tools (commands) are accessed through the icons displayed on the toolbars. Not all commands are available from a toolbar - additional commands are accessed through the GDI Command List, or by typing the command on the Command Line. The meaning and function of each of the commands and icons are described later in this section.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
174
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
The central portion of the screen contains the "work area". The work area is the portion of the screen where the image is displayed and manipulated. The appearance of the image in the display can be modified by panning (moving right to left, and up or down), and by zooming (enlarging or reducing) the image. Additionally, the color, size, and style of the features displayed in the work area can be manipulated by the User. The portion of the GDI window directly above the work area is used to enter information needed by the various GDI commands, and to prompt the User for the required action. When a value is required, an entry field will appear in the command area. Data is entered by typing in the provided entry field, then pressing the ENTER (5) key. The portion of the GDI window directly below the work area contains the Command Line (lower panel) and displays the coordinates for the current mouse position or a brief description of the tool icons (upper panel). When the mouse pointer is moved or placed over an icon, a description of the icon's function is displayed in the icon description area. The coordinate values represent the current (scaled) position of the mouse pointer. Commands may be executed by typing their identifying name value, abbreviation or alias on Command Line. Along the right side of the screen several display panel tabs are displayed. Each panel can contain a different view of the model. Select a tab to change to the associated view. Different graphic settings may be set for each tab, however facility display settings are common for all tabs. There are several special icons displayed on the GDI screen. They are described below: Cancel - Located in the upper left of the GDI window, this icon executes the Cancel command. When selected, the command currently being used will be terminated and canceled, or if the image display is currently being repainted, the repaint routine will be terminated. Undo - Located in the upper left of the GDI window, this icon executes the Restore command. When selected, the command will undo the most previous graphic or data change, if the Allow Undo preference has been selected. If the Allow Undo preference is not selected, this command has no affect. The Allow Undo preference can be set using the Options menu item from the Preferences submenu of the File menu list. Tool Pallette - Located in the upper right corner of the GDI window, this icon controls the display of the Tool Palette. When selected, the display of the Tool Palette will be toggled on or off. During command execution, the Tool Palette is hidden so that the entire work area is visible. When the command is completed, the Tool Palette is again displayed. During a command the Tool Palette may be made visible by moving the mouse pointer over this icon. Command List - Located in the upper right corner of the GDI window, this icon controls the display of the Command List. When selected, the Command List will be displayed. The Command List displays a list or treed grouping of the commands available in the GDI. Once a command is selected and executed, the Command List is hidden so that the entire work area is visible.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
175
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Two methods are available for controlling the display of the Command List. One method requires the Command List icon to be clicked to display the list. The other method displays the list when the mouse pointer is placed over the associated icon. The desired method can be selected using the Options item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list. Solve - Located in the lower right of the GDI window, this icon displays the state of the model and allows the solution to be executed. The icon indicates whether the model is balanced (balanced scale) or unbalanced (unbalanced scale). When a change is made to the model data, the model is considered to be unbalanced. This icon can also be used to execute the Solve command. When selected, the Solution Data screen will appear. Scroll - Located in the lower left of the GDI window, this icon is used to move the GDI image up or down, or right or left using the scroll icon. This process of moving the image is referred to as panning or scrolling. The amount that the image moves when the scroll icon is selected, is determined by the value of the Horizontal and Vertical Pan Change values. The pan values are set by selecting the Settings routine from the Graphics menu list. To pan the image right, click the portion of the scroll icon that contains the arrow symbol that points right. To pan the image up, click the portion of the scroll icon that contains the arrow symbol that points up. The GDI supports coordinate values ranging from 0 to 9999999. The Shift Model Coordinates command can be used to shift, scale, and rotate an image's coordinate values if they fall outside the allowable range. The dimensional unit of the coordinates are set by selecting the Settings item from the Graphics menu list.. When a new pipe is added, its length value is calculated based on the graphical length between its From Node, To Node, and vertex coordinates. The User may override the calculated value by manually entering the desired length value. Node names are automatically assigned during new pipe entry. The User may override the assigned name by manually entering the desired value. The node increment (difference between new node name/numbers) is controlled by a setting in the Default Data. Select the Default Values item from the Utilities menu list to access the default settings. Depending on the zoom scale, certain items may or may not be displayed. The display of text is controlled by a User specified setting. The display of features like the customer symbols, node symbols, and flow arrows is automatically controlled by the GDI, depending on how their size value is set. Symbol sizes can be specified in one of two methods - absolute or relative. With the absolute method symbol size value is expressed in terms of the coordinate units. As the model image is enlarged or reduced, the display of the symbols is resized accordingly. With the relative method, a factor expressed as a percentage, is used to specify the symbol size. The factor is applied to the diagonal distance across the GDI work area. The result is that the symbol size is always displayed at the same size - regardless of the zoom scale. When an absolute size is used, and the image is zoomed to a scale where the symbols would appear very small, they are not displayed. As the magnification of the image is increased, the symbols will eventually appear.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
176
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Descriptions of the various toolbars, commands, and icons are presented in the remainder of this section.
GDI Toolbars...
Construction Commands - Contains commands used for adding and deleting pipe features.
Edit Commands - Contains commands used for editing pipe and node features.
View Commands - Contains commands used for zooming and panning the GDI image.
Model Data Commands - Contains commands used for viewing and changing pipe and node data values.
Display Commands - Contains commands used for control of the display of data text, feature colors, symbols, and the background image.
Attribute Valve Commands - Contains commands used for manipulating attribute style valves.
Customer Commands - Contains commands used for manipulating customer features.
User Text Commands - Contains commands used for manipulating User text features.
User Graphic Commands - Contains commands used for manipulating User graphic symbol and line features.
Window Control Commands - Contains commands used for controlling the GDI window.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
177
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Utility Commands - Contains commands used for performing various utility commands such as plotting and tracing.
GDI Commands & Icon Descriptions...

The GDI commands (tools) can be executed in three manners - by selecting the command from the GDI Command List, by clicking on the icon which represents the command, or by typing the command name on the Command Line. Command List Method... The Command List presents the commands in two different formats, one is an alphabetical list, the other is a grouped list in a treed format. To select a command from the Command List, display the Command List by clicking on the Command List icon. Select the desired display method, by selecting the appropriate tab. Use the mouse to scroll through the list until the desired command is displayed, click on the command name. When the grouped list is displayed, click on a toolbox to display the commands contained in a specific grouping. When the alphabetic list is displayed, a command can be found by typing the unique portion of the command name, as the command is typed, the command name which matches the typed characters will be displayed at the top of the command list. When the desired command is displayed, press the ENTER (5) key.
Command Line Method... The Command Line allows commands to be executed by typing the command name, an abbreviation for the command, or an alias for the command. Command names and abbreviations are listed later in this section. Instructions on creating User defined alias values is provided later in this Manual. To execute a command from the Command Line, type the name, abbreviation, or alias in the Command Line entry box, then press the ENTER (5) key to execute the command. Commands can be entered in lower, upper, or proper case and can contain spaces in their syntax. For example, the Add Pipe Command can be entered as ADDPIPE, addpipe, or Add Pipe.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
178
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Icon Method... To select a command using its icon, position the mouse pointer over the associated toolbar, the toolbar will be expanded. On the expanded toolbar (or Tool Palette if it is displayed), position the mouse pointer over the desired icon, then press the left mouse button. To re-execute the most previously executed command, press the ENTER (5) key, or press the right or middle mouse button while the mouse pointer is positioned over the GDI work area. The On-Line Help system contains numerous examples and how-to tips for using the various GDI commands. Refer to the appropriate help topic to review detailed information about using each of the commands. The various methods available for entering coordinates are described later in this section and in the On-Line Help system. If the Query During New Feature Entry option is selected, the following events will occur when a pipe is added. If one or both of the nodes do not already exist, a data screen will appear to allow entry of the new node data values. When both nodes have been entered, the pipe data screen will appear to allow entry of the new pipe's data values. The Query During New Feature Entry option is set by selecting the Settings item from the Graphics menu list. The various data screens and dialog boxes which appear during the execution of certain commands are described later in the section. The commands contained in the GDI are listed on the following pages. If the command does not have an associated icon, the command can only be executed by selecting it from the GDI command list, or by typing it on the Command Line. Add Pipe - Adds a new two point style pipe feature to the model. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear for the From Node coordinates, then a prompt will appear for the To Node coordinates. Toolbar: Construction Commands Command Line: AP, ADDP, ADDPIPE, PIPE
Add Arc Pipe - Adds a new arc style pipe feature to the model. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear for the From Node coordinates, then a prompt will appear for the To Node coordinates. After both nodes have been entered, adjust the pipes curvature by moving the mouse pointer. Toolbar: Construction Commands Command Line: AAP, ADDARC, ADDARCPIPE, ARC
Bradley B. Bean, PE
179
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Add Attribute Valve - Adds an attribute valve to a pipe feature. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the pipe to add the valve to, and the location of the new valve. Toolbar: Attribute Valve Commands Command Line: AAV, ADDAV, ADDATTRIBUTEVALVE
Add Auto Customer - Adds a customer feature and automatically assigns the customer to the main nearest the customer location. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear for the new customer location. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: AAC, AUTOCUST, ADDAUTOCUSTOMER
Add Branch Customer - Adds a branch style customer feature. A branch customer can only be added to an existing non-branch customer. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the branch customer location, the trunk customer, and the tap location. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: ABC, ADDBRANCH, ADDBRANCHCUSTOMER, BRANCH
Add Compressor - Adds a compressor type pipe feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear for the compressor From and To Node locations. After both nodes have been entered, additional prompts will appear to complete the process. Note: When entering a compressor the From Node must represent the upstream (suction) side of the compressor and the To Node must represent the downstream (discharge) side of the compressor. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar Command Line: ADDCOMP, ADDCOMPRESSOR, COMP
Add Customer - Adds a customer feature. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear for the customer location and for identification of the main supplying the customer. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: AC, ADD, ITCHIEST, ADD CUSTOMER, CUSTOMER
Bradley B. Bean, PE
180
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Add Duplicate Customer - Adds a new customer by duplicating an existing customer. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the customer to be duplicated. A new customer will be placed at the same location with same data values. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar Command Line: AAUP, ADD UP, ADDDUPCUST, ADDDUPLICATECUSTOMER, DUPLICATE
Add Hydraulic Valve - Adds a valve type pipe feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear for the valve From and To Node locations. After both nodes have been entered, additional prompts will appear to complete the process. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar Command Line: AV, ADDVALVE, VALVE
Add Legend As Text - Converts the current color legend into User style text and places the text in a User specified location. The legend must be converted to text to be printed. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on command line
Add Multiple Attribute Valves - Adds multiple attribute valves. Executing this command will cause the Add Attribute Valves command to be repeated until the ESC key is pressed or the right mouse button is clicked. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Add Multiple Customers - Adds multiple customer features. Executing this command will cause the Add Customer command to be repeated until the ESC key is pressed or the right mouse button is clicked. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Add Multiple Auto Customers - Adds multiple customer features and automatically assigns the supply main. Executing this command will cause the Add Auto Customer command to be repeated until the ESC key is pressed or the right mouse button is clicked. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
181
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Add Multiple 2-Point Pipes - Adds multiple 2-point style pipe features. Executing this command will cause the Add Pipe command to be repeated until the ESC key is pressed or the right mouse button is clicked. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Add Multiple Polyline Pipes - Adds multiple polyline style pipe features. Executing this command will cause the Add Polyline Pipe command to be repeated until the ESC key is pressed or the Cancel icon is selected. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Add Polyline Pipe - Adds a new polyline style pipe feature to the model. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear for the From Node coordinates, then a prompt will appear to enter either the To Node coordinates or the coordinates of the next vertex. When the To Node point has been entered, press the ENTER (5) key or click the right mouse button to end the pipe entry. Toolbar: Construction Commands Command Line: APP, ADDPOLY, ADDPOLYLINEPIPE, POLYPIPE
Add Polyline Service Customer - Adds a new customer feature with a polyline style service line. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the pipe supplying the customer, the location of the service line tap, the service line route, and the customer location. When the final point (customer location) has been entered, press the ENTER (5) key or click the right mouse button to end the service line entry. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: APS, ADDPOLYS, ADDPOLYLINESERVICE, POLYSERVICE
Add Polyline Pipe Vertex - Adds a new vertex to an existing polyline or 2-point style pipe feature. Executing this command will cause prompts to appear to identify the pipe to be modified and the location of the new vertex. Toolbar: Edit Commands Command Line: APV, ADDPVTX, ADDPIPEVERTEX
Bradley B. Bean, PE
182
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Add Regulator - Adds a regulator type pipe feature. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear ro identify the regulator From and To Node locations. After both nodes have been entered, additional prompts will appear to complete the process. Note: When entering a regulator, the From Node must represent the upstream (high pressure) side of the regulator and the To Node must represent the downstream (low pressure) side of the regulator. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar Command Line: ADDREG, ADDREGULATOR, REGULATOR
Add Service Line Vertex - Adds a new vertex to an existing polyline or 2-point style customer service line. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the customer to be modified and the location of the new vertex. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: ASV, ADDSVTX, ADDSERVICEVERTEX
Add Unassigned Customer - Adds a customer feature, but does require a supply main assignment. Executing this command will cause a prompt to be displayed to identify the customer location. The customer can be assigned at another time using the Reassign Customer command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Add User Graphic Line - Adds a User Graphic Line feature. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the line style, width, and location. Toolbar: User Graphic Commands Command Line: AGL, ADDLINE, ADDGRAPHICLINE, LINE
Add User Graphic Symbol - Adds a User Graphic Symbol feature. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the symbol style, size, location, and rotation. Toolbar: User Graphic Commands Command Line: AGS, ADDSYM, ADDGRAPHICSYMBOL, SYMBOL
Bradley B. Bean, PE
183
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Add User Text - Adds a User Text feature. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the text location, height, rotation, and value. Toolbar: User Text Commands Command Line: AT, ADDT, ADDTEXT, ADDUSERTEXT, TEXT
Add Well - Adds a well type pipe feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear for the valve From and To Node locations. After both nodes have been entered, additional prompts will appear to complete the process. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar Command Line: AW, ADDWELL, WELL
Adjust Arc - Adjusts the radius of an existing arc style pipe element. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to be displayed to identify the arc pipe to be adjusted, and the new radius. Note: When using the Semicircle option, S=-1 creates a counterclockwise semicircle, S=0 creates a semicircle in the same direction as the original arc, S=1 creates a clockwise semicircle. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Arrange Tool Palette - Opens the Tool Palette for User manipulation. See the Tool Palette screen descriptions for further details on arranging the contents of the palette. Executing this command will cause the tool palette to be displayed in edit mode. Select the Close icon (in the lower right corner of the Tool Palette) to close the tool palette and exit edit mode. Once closed the tool palette can be resized and moved. Toolbar: Utility Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Assign Attribute Valves - Assigns (or reassigns) attribute valves contained in the valve index file to the associated main. Matches are made geographically, a valve is assigned to the pipe nearest its location. Executing this command will cause all unassigned valves to be assigned to the pipe nearest the valves location. This command is useful when importing attribute valves from an outside source. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Bradley B. Bean, PE
184
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Assign Customer Service Lines - Automatically assigns customers to a supply pipe (main). Executing this command will cause a prompt to be displayed to select whether all customer service line locations should be determined, or only service lines for customers that are unassigned. GASWorkS will process the selected customer types, find the main nearest the customer location, and assign the customer to that main. A 2-point service line will be placed from the customer symbol location to a perpendicular (where possible) tap location on the assigned pipe. This command is useful when importing customer features from an outside source. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Break Flagged Intersections - Automatically breaks intersections at flagged locations. Use the Flag Unbroken Intersections Command to find and flag unbroken intersections. Executing this command will cause the header pipe at each flagged intersection to be tapped and the lateral pipe to be connected to the new tap. This feature is useful for cleaning up pipe data imported from an outside source. Note: See the Help Guide for considerations for using this command Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Calculate Delta P (Linear) - Calculates the pressure difference between a pair of selected node points. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to be displayed to identify the node points. The linear absolute pressure difference between the two points will be calculated and displayed. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: CALCDP, CALCULATEDELTAP
Calculate Delta P (Squared) - Calculates the difference of squared pressures between a pair of selected node points. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to be displayed to identify the node points. The difference in squared absolute pressures between the two points will be calculated and displayed. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - CALCDP2, CALCULATEDELTAP2
Calculate Efficiency - Calculates the efficiency along the flow path between a pair of selected node points. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to be displayed to identify the node points, and the desired pressure difference. An iterative series of calculations will be performed to compute the pipe efficiency value, along the flow path between the selected nodes, required to match the specified pressure values.
185
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Note: There should only be pipe type hydraulic elements between the selected nodes and all pipes should be assigned the same pipe flow equation. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: CALCE, CALCULATEEFFICIENCY
Calculate XYs From Lat/Long - Calculates estimated planar XY coordinates for model features whose original coordinates are in latitude and longitude. Executing this command will cause new XY coordinate values to be calculated for the customer, node, and pipe features, based on current coordinate values and certain calculation assumptions. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Calibrate Digitizing Tablet (2-Point) - Calibrates the digitizing tablet for use with the GDI using a twopoint registration method. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to be displayed to enter the required registration points. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Calibrate Digitizing Tablet (X-Point) - Calibrates the digitizing tablet for use with the GDI using a multipoint registration method. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to be displayed to enter the required registration points. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Cancel - Cancels the currently executing GDI command, or stops the image display if it is currently being repainted. Executing this command causes the execution of any running command to be terminated. This command can also be used to interrupt the GDI display drawing (repaint) process before it is complete. Toolbar: None - Located in the upper left corner of the GDI screen. Command Line: C, CAN, CANCEL
Clear All Flags - Clears all customer find and error flags from the display. Toolbar: None. Command Line: CLEARALL, CLEARALLFLAGS
186
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Clear All Customer Flags - Clears all customer find and error flags from the display. Toolbar: None. Command Line: CLEARALLCFLAG, CLEARALLCUSTFLAG
Clear All Node Flags - Clears all node find and error flags from the display. Toolbar: None. Command Line: CLEARALLNFLAG, CLEARALLNODEFLAG
Clear All Pipe Flags - Clears all pipe find and error flags from the display. Toolbar: None. Command Line: CLEARALLPFLAG, CLEARALLPIPEFLAG
Clear Customer Find Flag - Clears the customer "find" flag. Executing this command will cause the display of the flag identifying a found customer to be turned off. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: CFLAG, CLEARFLAG, CLEARCUSTFLAG, CUSTFLAG
Clear Customer Item Flags - Clears the customer "item" flags. Executing this command will cause the display of the customer item flags to be turned off. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar. Command Line: CIFLAG, CLEARCIFLAG, CLEARCUSTITEMFLAG, CUSTIFLAG
Clear DXF Find Flag - Clears the DXF text find flag. Executing this command will cause the display of the flag identifying a found DXF text location to be turned off. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar. Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Clear Error Flags - Clears Data Check error" flags. Executing this command will cause the display of the error flags to be turned off. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar. Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
187
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Clear Intersection Flags - Clears the unbroken intersection identification flag. Executing this command will cause the display of flags identifying unbroken intersections to be turned off. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar. Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Clear Node Find Flag - Clears the node find flag. Executing this command will cause the display of the flag identifying a found node to be turned off. Toolbar: Data Edit Commands Command Line: NFLAG, CLEARNFLAG, CLEARNODEFLAG, NODEFLAG
Clear Node Item Flags - Clears the node "item" flags. Executing this command will cause the display of the node item flags to be turned off. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar. Command Line: NIFLAG, CLEARNIFLAG, CLEARNODEITEMFLAG, NODEIFLAG Clear Pipe Find Flag - Clears the pipe find flag. Executing this command will cause the display of the flag identifying a found pipe to be turned off. Toolbar: Data Edit Commands Command Line: PFLAG, CLEARPFLAG, CLEARPIPEFLAG, PIPEFLAG
Clear Pipe Item Flags - Clears the pipe "item" flags. Executing this command will cause the display of the pipe item flags to be turned off. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar. Command Line: PIFLAG, CLEARPIFLAG, CLEARPIPEITEMFLAG, PIPEIFLAG
Clear Supply Flags - Clears the supply node flags. Executing this command will cause the display of flags identifying supply nodes to be turned off. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar. Command Line: SFLAG, CLEARSFLAG, CLEARSUPPLYFLAG, SUPPLYFLAG
Clear User Text Find Flag - Clears the User Text find flag. Executing this command will cause the display of the flag identifying a found text item to be turned off.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
188
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar. Command Line: TFLAG, CLEARTFLAG, CLEARTEXTFLAG, TEXTFLAG
Close Graphics Window - Closes the Graphics Data Interface window. Executing this command will cause the GDI window to be closed. The GDI window cannot be closed when a command is running. Use the Cancel command to terminate a running command. Toolbar: Graphic Window Controls Command Line: CLOSE
Convert Arc To Polyline Pipe - Converts an arc style pipe element to a polyline style element. Executing this command will cause a prompt to be displayed to identify the pipe feature to be processed. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: A2P, ARCPOLY, CONVERTARCTOPOLYLINE
Convert All Arcs To Polyline Pipes - Converts all arc style pipe elements to polyline style elements. Executing this command will cause all arc style pipe elements to be converted to polyline style elements. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Copy Customer - Adds a new customer by making a copy of an existing customer. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the base customer to be copied and new location. A new customer is placed at the selected location, with the same data values as the identified base customer. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar Command Line: CC, COPYC, COPYCUST, COPYCUSTOMER
Copy User Text - Adds a new text feature by making a copy of an existing text item. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base text item to be copied and new location. A new text item is placed at the selected location, with the same data values as the identified base text item. Toolbar: None - Not available on a toolbar Command Line: CT, COPYT, COPYTEXT, COPYTEXT
Bradley B. Bean, PE
189
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Create Branch Customer - Creates branch and trunk style customers from two existing customer features. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the branch customer, the trunk customer, and the tap location. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: CREATEBRANCH, CREATEBRANCHCUSTOMER
Delete All Attribute Valves - Deletes all attribute valves from the model. Executing this command will cause all attribute valves to be deleted from the model. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Delete All Customers - Deletes all customers from the model. Executing this command will cause all customers to be deleted from the model. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Delete Attribute Valve - Deletes an attribute valve from a pipe feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the valve to be deleted. Toolbar: Attribute Valve Commands Command Line: DAV, DELAV, DELETEATTRIBURVALVE
Delete Customer - Deletes a customer feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the customer to be deleted. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: DC, DELC, DELCUST, DELETECUST, DELETECUSTOMER
Delete Legend Text - Deletes legend text. Executing this command will cause the legend text to be deleted. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None- Not available on the Command Line.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
190
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Delete Pipe - Deletes a pipe element. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the pipe to be deleted. If a pipe is erroneously erased, it may be retrieved by immediately executing the Oops Pipe command. Toolbar: Construction Commands Command Line: DP, DELP, DELETEPIPE, DELPIPE
Delete Polyline Vertex - Deletes a vertex from a polyline style pipe feature. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to select the pipe to delete the vertex from, and to identify the vertex to be deleted. If a vertex is erroneously deleted, immediately use the Undo command to restore the deleted vertex. Toolbar: Edit Commands Command Line: DPV, DELPVTX, DELETEPIPEVERTEX
Delete Saved View - Deletes a saved view. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the name of the view to remove from the view list. Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Delete Service Line Vertex - Deletes a vertex from a polyline style service line. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to select the customer to delete the vertex from, and to identify the vertex to be deleted. If a vertex is erroneously deleted, immediately use the Undo command to restore the deleted vertex. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: DSV, DELSVTX, DELETESERVICEVTX
Delete User Graphic Line - Deletes a User Graphic Line feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to select the line to be deleted. Toolbar: User Graphic Commands Command Line: DGL, DELLINE, DELETEGRAPHICLINE
Bradley B. Bean, PE
191
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Delete User Graphic Symbol - Deletes a User Graphic Symbol feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to select the symbol to be deleted. Toolbar: User Graphic Commands Command Line: DGS, DELSYM, DELETEGRAPHICSYMBOL
Delete User Text - Deletes a User text feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to select the text item to be deleted. Toolbar: User Text Commands Command Line: DT, DELT, DELTEXT, DELETETEXT Delete Zero Length Pipes - Deletes all pipes with a zero length value. Executing this command will cause all pipes with zero length values from the model. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Display Attribute Valves - Turns the display of the attribute valve symbols on or off. Executing this command will cause the display of the Attribute Valve symbols to be turned on or off, depending on their current status. Depending on the zoom scale of the image and the symbol size, the symbols may or may not be visible. Toolbar: Attribute Valve Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Display Attribute Valve Text - Turns the display of the attribute valve numbers on or off. Executing this command will cause the display of the Attribute Valve numbers to be turned on or off, depending on their current status. Toolbar: Attribute Valve Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Display Background Image - Turns the display of the background image on or off. Executing this command will cause the display of the background images to be turned on or off, depending on the current status. Toolbar: Display Controls Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Bradley B. Bean, PE
192
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Display Crosshairs - Turns the display of the full screen Crosshairs on or off. Executing this command will cause the display of full screen Crosshairs to be turned on or off, depending on their current status. Toolbar: Graphic Window Controls Command Line: CROSSHAIRS
Display Customer Symbols - Turns the display of the customer symbols on or off. Executing this command will cause the display of the customer symbols to be turned on or off, depending on their current status. Depending on the zoom scale of the image, the symbols may or may not be visible. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Display Flow Arrows - Turns the display of the flow direction arrows on or off. Executing this command will cause the display of the Flow Arrow symbols to be turned on or off, depending on their current status. Depending on the zoom scale of the image and arrow size, the symbols may or may not be visible. Toolbar: Display Controls Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Display Color Legend - Turns the display of the Color Legend on or off. Executing this command will cause the display of the Color Legend to be turned on or off, depending on its current status. Once displayed the legend may be repositioned. The legend will remain displayed until turned off. During commands, the Legend will be hidden so that the entire work area is visible. Move the mouse pointer over the Legend icon to redisplay a hidden legend window. Toolbar: Display Controls Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Display Node Symbols - Turns the display of the node symbols on or off. Executing this command will cause the display of the Node symbols to be turned on or off, depending on their current status. Depending on the zoom scale of the image and symbol size, the symbols may or may not be visible.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
193
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Toolbar: Display Controls Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Display Pipe Symbols - Turns the display of the piping symbols on or off. Executing this command will cause the display of the pipe symbols to be turned on or off, depending on their current status. Symbols will be displayed for valve, regulator, compressor, and well type pipe elements. Depending on the zoom scale of the image and symbol size, the symbols may or may not be visible. Toolbar: Display Controls Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Display Tool Palette - Turns the display of the Tool Palette on or off. Executing this command will cause the display of the Tool Palette to be turned on or off, depending on its current status. During command execution, the Tool Palette is hidden so that the entire work area is visible. When the command is completed, the Tool Palette is again displayed. During a command execution, the Tool Palette may be made visible by moving the mouse pointer over this icon. Toolbar: None - Located in the upper right corner of the GDI screen Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Display User Graphics -Toggles the display of the User Graphic features. Executing this command will cause the display of the User graphic items to be turned on or off, depending on their current status. Toolbar: User Graphics Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Display User Text - Toggles the display of the User Text features. Executing this command will cause the display of the User Text items to be turned on or off, depending on their current status. Toolbar: User Text Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Display Vertex Symbols - Toggles the display of the Vertex symbols. Executing this command will cause the display of the Vertex symbols (symbols at the vertices of polyline pipe and service lines) to be turned on or off, depending on their current status.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
194
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Edit Attribute Valve Data - Allows access to an attribute valve's data values. Executing this command will cause the Attribute Valve Data screen to be displayed. The data changes will be saved when the Close command button is selected. Toolbar: Attribute Valve Commands Command Line: EAV, EDITAV, ADITATTRIBUTEVALVE
Edit Customer Data - Allows access to a customer's data values. Executing this command will cause a data screen to appear which allows access to the various model and attribute data associated with the customer. The data changes will be saved when the Close command button is selected. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: EC, EDITC, EDITCUSTOMER
Edit Customer Pipe Data By Pipe Selection - Allows access to the data values of customers assigned to a selected pipe. Executing this command will cause the multi-customer data screen to appear. Select a customer from the list to access its data. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Edit External Load - Changes the external load value for a selected node feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the node to be modified and to enter the new external load value. Note: Use of this command may corrupt the automatic external load accounting. Particular care should be taken when using this command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Edit External Load (Fixed) - Changes the fixed external load value for a selected node feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the node to be modified and to enter the new fixed external load value.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
195
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Note: Use of this command may corrupt the automatic external load accounting. Particular care should be taken when using this command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Edit Multiple Customers - Allows changes to be made to a graphically selected group of customer features. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to allow selection of the features to be changed. Once the group has been selected, the Multiple Edit Specification screen will appear so that the desired changes may be applied. Note: Features can be selected by individually clicking on each feature, by drawing a window around the desired features, or a combination of both. To draw a selection window, hold down the SHIFT key, place the mouse pointer at the desired location of the first corner, then click the left mouse button. Move the mouse to the other corner, a dashed box will be displayed, hold down the SHIFT key and select the second corner location. If a feature that is already selected, is selected again, it will be removed from the selection set. Click the right mouse button when the selection is complete. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line Edit Multiple Nodes - Allows changes to be made to a graphically selected group of node features. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to allow selection of the features to be changed. Once the group has been selected, the Multiple Edit Specification screen will appear so that the desired changes may be applied. Note: Features can be selected by individually clicking on each feature, by drawing a window around the desired features, or a combination of both. To draw a selection window, hold down the SHIFT key, place the mouse pointer at the desired location of the first corner, then click the left mouse button. Move the mouse to the other corner, a dashed box will be displayed, hold down the SHIFT key and select the second corner location. If a feature that is already selected, is selected again, it will be removed from the selection set. Click the right mouse button when the selection is complete. Toolbar: Data Edit Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Edit Multiple Pipes - Allows changes to be made to a graphically selected group of pipe features. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to allow selection of the features to be changed. Once the group has been selected, the Multiple Edit Specification screen will appear so that the desired changes may be applied.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
196
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Note: Features can be selected by individually clicking on each feature, by drawing a window around the desired features, or a combination of both. To draw a selection window, hold down the SHIFT key, place the mouse pointer at the desired location of the first corner, then click the left mouse button. Move the mouse to the other corner, a dashed box will be displayed, hold down the SHIFT key and select the second corner location. If a feature that is already selected, is selected again, it will be removed from the selection set. Click the right mouse button when the selection is complete. When using a selection window, only pipes whose nodes fall within the window will be selected. Toolbar: Data Edit Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Edit Node Data - Allows access to a node's data values and display of its calculated values. Executing this command will cause the Node Data screen to be displayed. The data screen may be used to make changes to the node data. The new values will be saved when the Close command button is selected. Toolbar: Data Edit Commands Command Line: EN, EDITN, EDITNODE
Edit Pipe Customer Count - Changes the customer count for a selected pipe. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the desired pipe, and to enter its new customer count value. Note: Use of this command may corrupt the automatic external load accounting. Particular care should be taken when using this command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Edit Pipe Data - Allows access to a pipe's data values, and display of its calculated values. Executing this command will cause the Pipe Data screen to be displayed. The data screen may be used to make changes to the pipe data. The new values will be saved when the Close command button is selected. Toolbar: Data Edit Commands Command Line: EP, EDITP, EDITPIPE
Edit User Graphic Line - Allows access to the various values used to define a Graphic Line feature. Executing this command will cause the User Graphic Line Data screen to be displayed. the new values will be saved when the Close command button is selected.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
197
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Toolbar: User Graphic Commands Command Line: EGL, EDITLINE, EDITGRAPHICLINE
Edit User Graphic Symbol - Allows access to the various values used to define a Graphic Symbol feature. Executing this command will cause the User Graphic Symbol Data screen to be displayed. the new values will be saved when the Close command button is selected. Toolbar: User Graphic Commands Command Line: EGS, EDITSYM, EDITGRAPHICSYMBOL
Edit User Text - Allows access to the various values used to define a User Text feature. Executing this command will cause the Text Data screen to be displayed. The new values will be saved when the Close command button is selected. Toolbar: User Text Commands Command Line: ET, EDITT, EDITTEXT
Find Customer - Finds and flags a customer based on a User input value. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear requesting the search style and search value. Search styles can be by Record Number, Internal ID Number, Link ID Number, Address, or Attribute Value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Customer Flag command. Note: If a alphanumeric search item is selected, the case and syntax must be identical for a match. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: FC, FINDC, FINDCUSTOMER
Find Customer By Address - Finds and flags a customer based on a User input address value. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to specify the desired search value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Customer Flag command. Note: This command is only available when an attribute database is attached, and the Address field is assigned. The case and syntax must be identical for a match. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FCAD, FINDCADD, FINDCUSTOMERADDRESS
Bradley B. Bean, PE
198
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Find Customer By Attribute - Finds and flags a customer based on a User input attribute value. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to specify the attribute item to check , and to specify the match value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Customer Flag command. Note: This command is only available when an attribute database is attached. If a alphanumeric search item is selected, the case and syntax must be identical for a match. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FCATT, FINDCATT, FINDCUSTOMERATTRIBUTE
Find Customer By Internal ID - Finds and flags a customer based on a User input internal ID value. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to specify the desired search value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Customer Flag command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FCID, FINDCID, FINDCUSTOMERID
Find Customer By Link ID - Finds and flags a customer based on a User input Link ID value. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to specify the desired search value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Customer Flag command. Note: The case and syntax must be identical for a match. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FCLINK, FINDCLINK, FINDCUSTOMERLINKID
Find Customer By Record Number - Finds and flags a customer based on a User input record number value. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to specify the desired search value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Customer Flag command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FCREC, FINDCREC, FINDCUSTOMERRECORD
Bradley B. Bean, PE
199
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Flag Customers With Bad Link ID Values - Finds and flags customers with bad link id values. Each customer whose link id value is not found in the assigned customer attribute file are marked. The marker flags are persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear All Customer Flags command Note: The Customer symbols must be displayed to display the flag locations. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FLAGBADCID
Flag Customers With Redundant Link ID Values - Finds and flags customers with redundant link id values. The marker flags are persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear All Customer Flags command Note: The Customer symbols must be displayed to display the flag locations. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FLAG2XCID
Find DXF Text - Finds and flags a DXF Text location for a User input value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Text Flag command. Note: If the term LIKE is entered before the value to be found, partial matches and dissimilar case occurrences may be found. Otherwise the case and syntax must be identical for a match. For example, if LIKE MAIN were entered as the search string, the value Main Street would potentially be found. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FDXF, FINDDXF, FINDDXFTEXT
Find Node - Finds and flags a node based on a User input value. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear requesting the search style and search value. Search styles can be by Record Number, or Name (Number) value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Node Flag command. Note: If a alphanumeric search item is selected, the case and syntax must be identical for a match. Toolbar: Data Edit Commands Command Line: FN, FINDN, FINDNODE
Bradley B. Bean, PE
200
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Find Node By Name - Finds and flags a node based on a User input name/number value. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to specify the desired search value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Node Flag command. Note: The case and syntax must be identical for a match. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FNAME, FINDNAME, FINDNODENAME
Find Node By Record Number - Finds and flags a node based on a User input record number. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until it is turned off using the Clear Node Flag command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FNR, FINDNREC, FINDNODERECORD
Find Pipe - Finds and flags a pipe based on a User input value. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear requesting the search style and search value. Search styles can be by Record Number, Internal ID Number, Link ID Number, Address, or Attribute value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Pipe Flag command. Note: If a alphanumeric search item is selected, the case and syntax must be identical for a match. Toolbar: Data Edit Commands Command Line: FP, FINDP, FINDPIPE
Find Pipe By Address - Finds and flags a pipe based on a User input address value. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to specify the desired search value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Pipe Flag command. Note: This command is only available when an attribute database is attached, and the Address field is assigned. The case and syntax must be identical for a match. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FPAD, FINDPIPEADDRESS
Bradley B. Bean, PE
201
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Find Pipe By Attribute - Finds and flags a pipe based on a User input attribute value. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to specify the attribute item to check , and to specify the match value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Pipe Flag command. Note: This command is only available when an attribute database is attached. If a alphanumeric search item is selected, the case and syntax must be identical for a match. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FPATT, FINDPATT, FINDPIPEATTRIBUTE
Find Pipe By Internal ID - Finds and flags a pipe based on a User input internal ID value. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to specify the desired search value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Pipe Flag command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FPID, FINDPID, FINDPIPEID
Find Pipe By Link ID - Finds and flags a pipe based on a User input Link ID value. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to specify the desired search value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Pipe Flag command. Note: The case and syntax must be identical for a match. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FPLINK, FINDPLINK, FINDPIPELINKID
Find Pipe By Record Number - Finds and flags a customer based on a User input record number value. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to specify the desired search value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Pipe Flag command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FPREC, FINDPREC, FINDPIPERECORD
Bradley B. Bean, PE
202
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Find User Text Value - Finds and flags a User Text location based on a User input value. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear requesting the search value. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear User Text Flag command. If this command is repeated using the same text value, the next occurrence of that value will be located and flagged. Note: The case and syntax must be identical for a match. Toolbar: User Text Commands Command Line: FT, FINDT, FINDTEXT
Flag Customers By Item Value - Finds and flags customers based on a User specified item value. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear requesting the search item and item value. Search items can be one of any of the model data items associated with a customer feature. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. Multiple matches may be found. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Customer Item Flag command. Note: The Customer symbols must be displayed to display the flag locations. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FLAGC, FLAGCUST, FLAGCUSTOMERITEM
Flag Nodes By Item Value - Finds and flags nodes based on a User specified item value. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear requesting the search item and item value. Search items can be one of any of the model data items associated with a node feature. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. Multiple matches may be found. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Node Item Flag command. Note: The Node symbols must be displayed to display the flag locations. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FLAGN, FLAGNODE, FLAGNODEITEM
Flag Pipes By Item Value - Finds and flags pipes based on a User specified item value. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear requesting the search item and item value. Search items can be one of any of the model data items associated with a pipe feature. If a match is found, a marker flag will be placed at the associated location. Multiple matches may be found. The marker flag is persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Pipe Item Flag command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FLAGP, FLAGPIPE, FLAGPIPEITEM
203
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Flag Supply Nodes - Finds and flags nodes with positive load values. Executing this command will causes GASWorkS to search for nodes where the total load value is positive (greater than 0). A supply flag will placed at each location where a supply node is found. The marker flags are persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Supply Flags command Note: The Node symbols must be displayed to display the flag locations. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: FLAGS, FLAGSUPPLY, FLAGSUPPLYNODE
Flag Unassigned Customers - Finds and flags customers which are not assigned to a supply main. Executing this command will cause GASWorkS to place flag symbols at the locations of all customers that are not assigned to a pipe/main. The marker flags are persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Customer Flags command. Note: The Customer symbols must be displayed to display the flag locations. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Flag Unbroken Intersections - Finds and flags intersections where the lateral pipe is not connected to the header pipe. Executing this command will cause GASWorkS to search for instances where a lateral pipe end is located very near a non-broken header pipe (tee connections where the header and lateral pipe are not connected). In some cases unconnected pipe ends that are very close to each other will be detected as an unbroken intersection. An intersection flag will be placed at each location where an unbroken intersection is found. The marker flags are persistent and will remain displayed until turned off using the Clear Intersection Flag command, or until manually turned off, individually by the User. The Intersection marker flags are saved when the model is closed. Note: Before executing this command, set the node sizes to an appropriate absolute value. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Go To XY Coordinates - Positions the upper left corner of the image at a User specified location. Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: G, GOTO, GOTOXY
Bradley B. Bean, PE
204
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Highlight DXF - Highlights a selected dxf entity and reports information about the selected feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the dxf entity to be highlighted. Select a feature and a message will appear listing information about the selected item. Highlighting a dxf entity is useful to identify which layer an entity is on or trying to determine and entities graphical type. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: HID, HILITD, HILITDXF, HIGHLIGHTDXF
Highlight Pipe - Highlights a selected pipe. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the pipe to be highlighted. Highlighting a pipe is useful to quickly mark pipes as they are checked or reviewed during the data check process. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: HIP, HILITP, HILITPIPE, HIGHLIGHTPIPE
Insert Compressor - Inserts a Compressor type element into an existing pipe element. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the pipe to insert the compressor into, the location of the compressor end points, and operating data. At least one end must be at an existing node location and at least one end must be a new (tapped) location along the pipe that the compressor is being inserted into. When adding a compressor the From Node must represent the upstream (suction) side of the compressor and the To Node must represent the downstream (discharge) side of the compressor. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: INSC, INSCOMP, INSERTCOMPRESSOR
Insert Regulator - Inserts a Regulator type element into an existing pipe element. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the pipe to insert the regulator into, the location of the regulator end points, and operating data. At least one end must be at an existing node location and at least one end must be a new (tapped) location along the pipe that the regulator is being inserted into. When adding a regulator the From Node must represent the upstream (high pressure) side of the regulator and the To Node must represent the downstream (low pressure) side of the regulator. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: INSR, INSREG, INSERT REGULATOR
Insert Valve - Inserts a Valve type element into an existing pipe element. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the pipe to insert the valve into, the location of the valve end points, and operating data. At least one end must be at an existing node location and at least one end must be a new (tapped) location along the pipe that the valve is being inserted into. The From Node and To Node order do not matter for Valve type elements.
205
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: INS, INVOLVE, INSERT VALVE,
Join Adjacent Pipes - Joins two adjacent pipe segments. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the pipes to be joined. During the join process the node common to both pipes will be removed. The new (combined) pipe will possess the hydraulic and graphic data associated with the first pipe that was selected. Toolbar: Edit Commands Command Line: J, JOIN, JOINPIPES Note: Arc style pipes cannot be joined. If one of the pipes to be joined is an arc style pipe, a prompt will appear to asking whether to convert it to a polyline. If the arc is converted, the two selected pipes can be joined, otherwise the command cannot proceed.
List File Versions - Displays a message box which lists the current versions of the various data, initialization, and configuration files associated with GASWorkS. Toolbar: None Command Line: LISTVERNO
Make User Text From Legend - See Add Legend As Text
Match Customer Graphic Properties - Assigns the graphic data values from one customer feature to another. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base customer and the customer or customers to assign the base values to. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: MCG, MATCHCUSTOMERGRAPHICS
Match Node Properties - Assigns both the graphic and hydraulic data values from one node feature to another. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base node and the node or nodes to assign the base values to. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: MNP, MATCHNODE, MATCHNODEPROPERTIES
Bradley B. Bean, PE
206
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Match Node Graphic Properties - Assigns the graphic data values from one Node feature to another. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base node and the node or nodes to assign the base values to. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: MNG, MATCHNODEGRAPHICS
Match Node Hydraulic Properties - Assigns the hydraulic data values from one node feature to another. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base node and the node or nodes to assign the base values to. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: MNH, MATCHNODEHYDRAULICS
Match Pipe Properties - Assigns both the graphic and hydraulic data values from one pipe feature to another. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base pipe and the pipe or pipes to assign the base values to. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: MPP, MATCHPIPE, MATCHPIPEPROPERTIES
Match Pipe Facility - Assigns the facility value from one pipe feature to another. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base pipe and the pipe or pipes to assign the base values to. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: MPF, MATCHFACILITY, MATCHPIPEFACILITY
Match Pipe Graphic Properties - Assigns the graphic data values from one pipe feature to another. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base pipe and the pipe or pipes to assign the base values to. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: MPG, MATCHPIPEGRAPHICS
Match Pipe Hydraulic Properties - Assigns the hydraulic data values from one pipe feature to another. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base pipe and the pipe or pipes to assign the base values to.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
207
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: MPH, MATCHPIPEHYDRAULICS
Match User Graphic Line Properties - Assigns the graphic data values from one Graphic Line feature to another. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base line and the line or lines to assign the base values to. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: MGL, MATCHLINE, MATCHGRAPHICLINE
Match User Graphic Symbol Properties - Assigns the graphic data values from one Graphic Symbol feature to another. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base symbol and the symbol or symbols to assign the base values to. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: MGS, MATCHSYMBOL, MATCHGRAPHICSYMBOL
Match User Text Properties - Assigns the graphic data values from one User Text feature to another. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the base text and the text item or items to assign the base values to. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: MT, MATCHTEXT
Maximize Graphics Window - Increases the size of the Graphic Data Interface window to fill the GASWorkS display area. Executing this command will cause the GDI window to be sized to maximum dimensions that will fit on the current computer display. Toolbar: Graphic Window Controls Command Line: MAX, MAXWIN, MAXIMIZEWINDOW
Measure Distance - Calculates a distance based on two User specified points. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the points to measure between. Similar to a polyline pipe or service, multiple points may be selected along a route. Right click the mouse, enter an E, or press the ENTER (5) key to end the prompt process and display a measure distance. Toolbar: Utility Commands Command Line: MD, DISTANCE, MEASURE, MEASUREDISTANCE
208
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Move Attribute Valve - Allows an attribute valve to be repositioned. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the valve to be moved and the new location. Toolbar: Attribute Valve Command Line: MAV, MOVEAVALVE, MOVEATTRIBUTEVALVE
Move Attribute Valve Text - Allows the text associated with an attribute valve to be repositioned. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the text to be moved, and to specify the new location and rotation. Toolbar: Attribute Valve Command Line: MAVT, MOVEVALVETEXT
Move Background Image - Moves a background image based on User selected points. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to be displayed to identify the image to be affected, the base point, and the new location. A prompt will appear to move the image, select an appropriate response. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Move Branch Service Tap - Allows the tap location associated with a branch customer feature to be repositioned. When selected, a series of prompts will appear to identify the affected customer, and to specify the new tap location. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: MBT MOVEBRANCH, MOVEBRANCHTAP
Move Customer Location - Allows a customer symbol to be relocated. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the customer to be moved and the new location. This command does not change the supply main assignment. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: MC, MOVEC, MOVECUSTOMER
Move Customer & Reassign Main - Allows a customer symbol to be relocated and the supply main to be reassigned. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the customer to be moved, the new location, and the new supply main.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
209
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Toolbar: None Command Line: MRC, MOVEREASSIGNCUST
Move Customer Text - Allows the text associated with a customer feature to be repositioned. When selected, prompts will appear to identify the text to be moved, and to specify the new location and rotation. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: MCT, MOVECTEXT, MOVECUSTOMERTEXT
Move Legend Text - Allows the legend text to be repositioned as a block. Executing this command causes a prompt to appear to identify the new location. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Move Node Location - Moves a node and any connected pipes. Executing this command causes a series of prompts to appear to identify the node to be moved, and the new location. The node's new position may be entered by coordinates or by positioning with the mouse. Toolbar: Graphic Edit Commands Command Line: MN, MOVEN, MOVENODE
Move Node Text - Allows the text associated with a node feature to be repositioned. Executing this command causes a series of prompts to appear to identify the node to move the text for, and to specify the new location and rotation for the text. Toolbar: Data Edit Commands Command Line: MNT, MOVENTEXT, MOVENODETEXT
Move Pipe End - Moves a pipe's end. Executing this command causes a series of prompts to appear to identify the pipe to be moved, the end to be moved, and the new location. The pipes's new position may be entered by coordinates or by positioning with the mouse. This command can be used to connect or to disconnect a pipe from a node. Toolbar: Graphic Edit Commands Command Line: MP, MOVEP, MOVEPIPE, MOVEPIPEEND
Bradley B. Bean, PE
210
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Move Pipe Text - Allows the text associated with a pipe feature to be repositioned. Executing this command causes a series of prompts to appear to identify the pipe to move the text for, and to specify the new location and rotation. Toolbar: Data Edit Commands Command Line: MPT, MOVEPTEXT, MOVEPIPETEXT
Move Pipe Vertex - Allows a vertex for a polyline style pipe feature to be repositioned. Executing this command causes a prompt to appear to identify the vertex to be moved, and to specify its new location. Toolbar: Graphic Edit Commands Command Line: MPV, MOVEPIPEVERTEX
Move Service Line Vertex - Allows a vertex for a polyline style service line to be repositioned. Executing this command causes a prompt to appear to identify the associated customer, the vertex to be moved, and to specify its new location. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: MSV, MOVESERVICEVERTEX
Move Service Tap Location - Allows a customer service line tap location to be repositioned. Executing this command causes a prompt to appear to identify the associated customer, and to specify the new tap location. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: MST, MOVETAP, MOVESERVICETAP
Move User Graphic Line - Allows a User Graphic Line end to be relocated. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the line to be moved, the end (or vertex) to be moved and the new location. Toolbar: User Graphic Commands Command Line: MGL, MOVELINE, MOVEGRAPHICLINE
Move User Graphic Symbol - Allows a User Graphic Symbol to be relocated. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to appear to identify the symbol to be moved, and the new location.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
211
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Toolbar: User Graphic Commands Command Line: MGS, MOVESYM, MOVEGRAPHICSYMBOL
Move User Text - Allows the placement of a User Text feature to be changed. Executing this command causes a prompt to appear to identify the text item to be moved, and to specify its new location. Toolbar: User Text Commands Command Line: MT, MOVET, MOVETEXT
Multiply Customer Loads - Multiplies all of the customer loads by a User specified value. Executing this command will cause GASWorkS to change the load value for all of the customers by the specified value. The existing load values are multiplied by the specified factor. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Multiply Node Loads - Multiplies all of the node loads by a User specified value. Executing this command will cause GASWorkS to change the base load value for all of the nodes by the specified value. The existing load values are multiplied by the specified factor. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Node Snap - See Snap Mode command.
Oops Customer (Undelete Customer) - The Oops Customer command can be used to restore (undelete) a customer feature that has been recently deleted. The command should be executed immediately following the accidental deletion. However, it can often be used even after several commands have been executed. A beep will be sounded if the command cannot retrieve the most recently erased customer feature. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: OOPSC, UNDELC, UNDELETECUSTOMER
Bradley B. Bean, PE
212
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Oops Pipe (Undelete Pipe) - The Oops Pipe command can be used to restore (undelete) a pipe element that has been recently deleted. The command should be executed immediately following the accidental deletion. However, it can often be used even after several commands have been executed. A beep will be sounded if the command cannot retrieve the most recently erased pipe element. Toolbar: Construction Commands Command Line: OOPSP, UNDELP, UNDELETEPIPE
Oops User Graphic Symbol/Line (Undelete Graphic) - The Oops User Graphic command can be used to restore (undelete) a graphic symbol or line that has been recently deleted. The command should be executed immediately following the accidental deletion. However, it can often be used even after several commands have been executed. A beep will be sounded if the command cannot retrieve the most recently erased graphic item. Toolbar: User Graphic Commands Command Line: OOPSG, UNDELG, UNDELETEGRPAHIC
Oops User Text (Undelete Text) - The Oops User Text command can be used to restore (undelete) a text item that has been recently deleted. The command should be executed immediately following the accidental deletion. However, it can often be used even after several commands have been executed. A beep will be sounded if the command cannot retrieve the most recently erased text item. Toolbar: User Text Commands Command Line: OOPST, UNDELT, UNDELETETEXT
Pan Image - Repositions the image based on a User specified displacement. Executing this command causes a series of prompts to appear to identify two locations. The first location identifies the reference point to be moved, the second location identifies the reference points new position. Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: P, PAN Paste CID - Adds a customer to a model similar to the Add Customer command, and assigns the contents of the Windows Clipboard to the Link ID value. This command is useful when manual assigning link values from and external database to a model. To efficiently use this command copy or cut the associated link id value from the external database before executing the command.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
213
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Toolbar: None Command Line: PASTECID, PASTECLINK
Paste CID Auto - Adds a customer to a model similar to the Add Auto Customer command, and assigns the contents of the Windows Clipboard to the Link ID value. This command is useful when manual assigning link values from and external database to a model. To efficiently use this command copy or cut the associated link id value from the external database before executing the command. Toolbar: None Command Line: PASTECIDAUTO, PASTECLINKAUTO
Plot - Executes the GDI plot routine. Executing this command causes the Plot Control dialog box to be displayed. Toolbar: Utility Commands Command Line: PLOT
Purge Customers - Deletes unassigned, invalid coordinate customers. Executing this command will cause all customers which are unassigned to a pipe and which possess invalid coordinate values, to be deleted. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Purge User Text - Deletes User Text items with invalid coordinate values. Executing this command will cause all User text items which possess invalid coordinate values, to be deleted. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Reassign Customer - Assigns a customer to another (different) supply main. Executing this command causes a series of prompts to appear to identify the affected customer, and the new supply main. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: RC, REASSIGN, REASSIGNCUSTOMER
Bradley B. Bean, PE
214
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Reassign Customer Pipe ID Numbers - Allows the assigned pipe ID number for a customer to be changed. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to allow the desired customer to be identified, and the new value to be entered. Note: Use of this command may corrupt the automatic external load accounting. Particular care should be taken when using this command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Redraw/Repaint Display - Repaint (redraw) the current screen image. Executing this command causes the model and background images to be redrawn in the GDI work area. If the Automatic Repaint option is not selected, this command is useful for updating the display after various display modifying commands are executed. Toolbar: Graphic Window Controls Command Line: RD, RP, REDRAW, REPAINT Reduce Nodes - Eliminates unneeded nodes. Executing this command will cause the pipes in the model to be searched for nodes that can be deleted. Based on User specified process values, nodes are removed where a node between two pipes of the same size is encountered. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Regenerate Model Data - Re-reads the model data and background images from the disk file. Executing this command causes the model data and background image data to be re-read from the associated disk file. This command is useful to restore the original model conditions without closing and reopening the model. Toolbar: Graphic Window Controls Command Line: RG, REGEN, REGENERATE
Report Customers With No Coordinates - Reports customers with invalid coordinates. Executing this command will cause GASWorkS to find and report all customers which possess invalid coordinate values Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Bradley B. Bean, PE
215
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Reset Colors - Resets the color of the model features to their saved values. Executing this command changes the color of all of the model features to currently saved values. This command is useful to restore the original colors after executing a trace or color coded query. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: RESET, RESETCOLORS
Reset Command List Location - Resets the position of the Command List to its default location. Executing this command will cause Command List to be repositioned to the default location. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Reset Customer Colors - Resets the color of the customer features to their saved values. Executing this command changes the color of all customer features to the currently saved values. This command is useful to restore the original colors after executing a trace or color coded query. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: RESETC, RESETCUSTOMERCOLORS
Reset Customer Pipe Link ID Assignments - Resets the pipe Link ID values assigned to the customers. Useful for repairing the link between the customer and pipe features. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available from the Command Line
Reset Node Colors - Resets the color of the node features to their saved values. Executing this command changes the color of all node features to the currently saved values. This command is useful to restore the original colors after executing a trace or color coded query. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: RESETN, RESETNODECOLORS
Reset Pipe Colors - Resets the color of the pipe features to their saved values. Executing this command changes the color of all pipe features to the currently saved values. This command is useful to restore the original colors after executing a trace or color coded query. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: RESETP, RESETPIPECOLORS
216
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Reset Pipe Link ID - Resets the pipe Link ID values. Useful for repairing the link between a linked attribute file and a model. If customers are included in the model execute the Reset Customer Pipe Link ID Assignments command after using this command. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available from the Command Line Resize Graphics Window - Resets the Graphic Data Interface window to its "normal" size. Executing this command will cause the size of the GDI window to be set to a predetermined height and width. Toolbar: Graphic Window Controls Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Save Current View - Saves the currently displayed view to the view list. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to specify the name for the saved view. Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Save Feature Colors - Saves the currently displayed/assigned model feature colors. Executing this command causes the current feature colors to be saved. This is useful for saving colors assigned as a result of a trace or color coded query. Note: This command can also be executed from the Set Colors screen. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: SAVECOLORS
Scale Background Image - Adjusts the scale factor required to make an image match a specified linear distance, based on a pair of known points on the image. Executing this command will cause a series of prompts to be displayed to identify the image to be affected, the known points, and the actual distance. The resulting adjustment factor will be calculated and displayed. A prompt will appear to automatically adjust the scale factor, select an appropriate response. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Bradley B. Bean, PE
217
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Scroll Control - The GDI image can be moved up or down, or right or left using this icon. This process of moving the image is referred to as panning. The amount that the image moves when the scroll icon is selected, is determined by the value of the Horizontal and Vertical Pan Change values. The pan values are set by selecting the Settings routine from the Graphics menu list. To pan the image right, click the portion of the scroll icon that contains the arrow symbol that points right. To pan the image up, click the portion of the scroll icon that contains the arrow symbol that points up. Toolbar: None - Located in the lower left corner of the GDI screen Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Segment A Pipe - Divides a selected pipe segment into a User specified number of individual segments. Useful for modifying pipe segments that have been entered in very long segments, into shorter segments. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available from the Command Line
Set Attribute Valve Color - Sets the display color for the attribute valve symbols. Executing this command causes the Color Selection dialog box to be displayed. To set a color - click on the desired color, then click the OK command button to apply the change. Toolbar: Attribute Valve Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Set Attribute Valve Size - Sets the display size of the attribute valve symbols. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear for entering the new size value. The size value can be set to an absolute value (in coordinate units) or to a relative value (in percent of the diagonal screen width). Toolbar: Attribute Valve Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Set Colors - Sets the colors for the displayed features. Executing this command will open the Display Colors dialog box. Toolbar: Display Controls Command Line: COLORS, SETCOLORS
Bradley B. Bean, PE
218
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Set Customer Color - Sets the display color for the customer symbols. Executing this command will cause the Color Selection dialog box to appear. To set a color - click on the desired color, then click the OK command button to apply the change. Toolbar: Customer Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Set Customer Size - Changes the default size setting for the customer symbols. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to enter the new size value. The size value can be set to an absolute value (in coordinate units) or to a relative value (in percent of the diagonal screen width). Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Set Pipe Symbol Size - Changes the default size setting for the pipe symbols. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to enter the new size value. The size value can be set to an absolute value (in coordinate units) or to a relative value (in percent of the diagonal screen width). Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Set Text Options - Provides access to the text display options. When selected, the Text Display Options screen will appear. Toolbar: Display Controls Command Line: TEXT, SETTEXT
Set User Graphic Symbol Size - Changes the default size setting for the User Graphic symbols. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to enter the new size value. The size value can be set to an absolute value (in coordinate units) or to a relative value (in percent of the diagonal screen width). Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line Set/Unset Intersection Flag - Changes the Intersection flag setting for a selected node. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to select as node. If the node is not currently marked with an Intersection flag, the node will be marked. If the node is currently marked, it will be unmarked. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - INTERSECTION FLAG, INTERSECT FLAG
219
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Set User Text Color - Sets the display color for the User Text features. Executing this command will cause the Color Selection dialog box to appear. To set a color - click on the desired color, then click the OK command button to apply the change. Text colors may also be individually set using the Edit Text command. Toolbar: User Text Commands Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Shift Model Coordinates - Allows the model coordinates to be shifted, scaled, or rotated based on User specified control values. Executing this command will cause the Shift Specification screen to be displayed. Select the Shift command button to change the coordinate values. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line
Show Route Profile - Allows a profile of various data values to be displayed along a selected route. Executing this command will cause the Profile Options screen to appear. Select the appropriate options to create and display the profile. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: PROFILE, SHOW PROFILE
Snap Mode - This icon is used to turn the node snap feature on and off. When selected (depressed), the node snap feature will be enabled (turned on). When Snap is turned on, a circle representing the snap target area will appear during coordinate entry. Node snapping attempts to force (snap) new coordinate selections to an existing node near the selected location. When a new node location is entered, GASWorkS will search for an existing node within the snap tolerance of the entered location. If a node is found, the coordinates for the existing node will be used, and the new line will be "snapped" to the existing node. If no node is found, a message will appear allowing you to use the selected location or to attempt to select another location. The snap tolerance is set by selecting the Settings item from the Graphics Menu list. Note: As an alternative to using node snap, the SHIFT key can be held down while the left mouse button is clicked when entering a node location, the pipe end will be automatically snapped to the nearest existing node regardless of the current Snap mode. Toolbar: Construction Commands Command Line: NODESNAP, SNAP
Bradley B. Bean, PE
220
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Snap Loose Pipe Ends - Automatically snaps pipe ends together where the ends fall within a User specified tolerance. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to specify the tolerance value, and whether to update pipe lengths. Pipe ends that fall within this tolerance will be snapped together. This command is useful for quickly correcting connectivity errors encountered on a new model created from one of the graphic import routines. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: SNAPPIPES
Solve - Indicates whether the model is "balanced", and provides access to the Solution Data screen. Executing this command cause the Solution Data screen to appear.
Note: A tilted scale symbol indicates that the model is unbalanced (changes have been made since the last solution). A level scale indicates that the model is balanced. Toolbar: None - Located in the lower right corner of the GDI screen Command Line: S, SOLVE
Swap Pipe Ends - Automatically exchanges the From and To Nodes for a pipe feature. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the affected pipe. This command is useful for quickly correcting regulators or compressors that have been input backwards. Toolbar: Graphic Edit Commands Command Line: SWAP, SWAPENDS, SWAPPIPEENDS
Tap Pipe - "Taps" (splits or breaks) a pipe segment. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify the pipe to be tapped, and the tap location. This command splits a pipe into two segments, updates the resulting pipe segments, and adds a new node at the tap location. Once tapped, a new pipe may be extended from the tap node. Note: If the CTRL key is held down while clicking the left mouse button (when selecting a From or To Node location), the tap routine is automatically executed using the current mouse pointer location to find the pipe to be tapped and the tap location. Note: If the desired tap location coincides with an existing node (pipe end) location, holding down the SHIFT key while pressing the left mouse button (when selecting the tap location), will cause existing node location to be used as the tap location, and will automatically connect the pipe end associated with existing node to the tap location.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
221
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Toolbar: Graphic Edit Commands Command Line: TP, TAP, TAPPIPE
Toggle Digitizing Tablet - Turns the digitizing tablet on or off. Executing this command causes coordinate entry from the digitizing tablet to be turned on or off, depending on the current status. The tablet must be calibrated before it can be turned on. If an attempt is made to turn the tablet on before it is calibrated, the tablet calibration routine will automatically be started. When the tablet is turned on, commands which expect a coordinate pair for input, will expect to receive the required coordinate values from the tablet. Toolbar: Utility Commands Command Line: TB, TABLET
Trace - Color codes features along a trace route. Executing this command causes the Trace Specification screen to be displayed. Toolbar: Utility Commands Command Line: T, TRACE
Trace & Update - Allows data values to be set for features found along a trace route. Executing this command causes the Trace Update Specification screen to be displayed. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: TU, TRACEUPDATE
Turn Off DXF Layer - Turns a specified layer in a DXF background off. Executing this command will cause a prompt to appear to identify a feature on the background image, associated with the desired layer. The layer associated with the selected feature will be turned off. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: DXFLAYER
Undelete Customer (Oops) - See Oops Customer. Undelete Pipe (Oops) - See Oops Pipe. Undelete User Graphics (Oops) - See Oops User Graphics. Undelete User Text (Oops) - See Oops User Text.
222
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Undo - Undoes a previous data or graphic change. Executing this command causes the most recent changes to be undone. The Allow Undo preference must be selected to allow this command to be functional. Note: Changes made by some commands cannot be undone, specifically feature additions (like adding a pipe or customer) cannot be undone. New features must to be deleted to remove them. Toolbar: None - Located near the upper left corner of the GDI screen. Command Line: UNDO Update Customer Count - Updates the customer count for all pipes. Executing this command will cause the customer count for all pipes to be updated based on proximity to the customer tap locations. This command is useful for correcting customer counts when the pipe customer counts become corrupt. Toolbar: None - Not available from a toolbar Command Line: None - Not available on the Command Line View Trace Report - Displays a previously created trace report. Executing this command allows a previously saved trace report to be retrieved and displayed. Toolbar: Utility Commands Command Line: None - Not available on Command Line
Zoom All - Redisplays the model schematic so that the entire image fits within the GDI work area. Executing this command causes the display to be zoomed to fit all of the model and background image in the GDI work area. Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: ZA, ZALL, ZOOMA, ZOOMALL, ZOOMFIT
Zoom By Scale - Reduces or enlarges the image by a User specified scale factor. Executing this command causes a prompt to display for identifying a factor to scale the current image by. Scale factors less than one reduce the image size. Scale factors greater than one enlarge the image size. Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: ZS, ZSCALE, ZOOMS, ZOOMSCALE
Zoom In - Enlarges the image size. Executing this command causes a prompt to display for identifying the center of the zoom area. The image will be centered about the selected point. The amount that the image size changes is determined by the value of the Zoom Factor value. The Zoom Factor is set by selecting the Settings item from the Graphics menu list.
223
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: ZI, ZIN, ZOOMI, ZOOMIN
Zoom Model - Redisplays the model schematic so that the entire model image fits within the GDI work area. Executing this command causes the display to be zoomed to fit all of the model (only) image in the GDI working area. Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: ZM, ZMDL, ZMODEL, ZOOMM, ZOOMMODEL
Zoom Next - Displays the next image in the image list. Executing this command causes the scale and position to be changed to the next image saved in the image list. Up to 10 images can be maintained in the image list, per Display Panel. Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: ZN, ZNEXT, ZOOMN, ZOOMNEXT
Zoom Out - Reduces the image size. Executing this command causes the display to be zoomed out. The amount that the image size changes is determined by the value of the Zoom Factor value. The Zoom Factor is set by selecting the Settings item from the Graphics menu list. Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: ZO, ZOUT, ZOOMO, ZOOMOUT
Zoom Previous - Displays the previous image in the image list. Executing this command causes the scale and position to be changed to the previous image saved in the image list. Up to 10 images can be maintained in the image list, per Display Panel. Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: ZP, ZPREV, ZOOMP, ZOOMPREVIOUS
Zoom To Saved View - Displays a previously saved view. Executing this command causes a prompt to display for identifying the view name. Use the Save Current View command to save a view Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: ZV, ZVIEW, ZOOMV, ZOOMVIEW
Bradley B. Bean, PE
224
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Zoom Window - Enlarges the image to fit in a User specified window. Executing this command cause a series of prompts to appear to define the zoom window. Select the first corner of the window by moving the mouse pointer to the desire position, then click the left mouse button. Select the opposite corner in a similar manner. A dashed box will appear while the second corner is being selected. Toolbar: View Controls Command Line: ZW, ZWIN, ZOOMW, ZOOMWINDOW
Bradley B. Bean, PE
225
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Mouse Events...
While working in the GDI, when no command is executing, clicking the left and right mouse buttons will cause certain actions to occur. The actions are described in the following table: Mouse Event Left Click SHIFT - Left Click CTRL - Left Click ALT - Left Click Right Click Resulting Action Causes the pipe nearest to the mouse pointer to be selected, then displays the Edit Pipe data screen. Causes the node nearest to the mouse pointer to be selected, then displays the Edit Node data screen. Causes the customer nearest to the mouse pointer to be selected, then displays the Edit Customer data screen. Causes the User Text item nearest to the mouse pointer to be selected, then displays the Edit Customer data screen. Causes the pipe nearest to the mouse pointer to be selected, then displays the Pop-Up GDI menu list. Select the desired action from the list, or close the menu without executing an action/command. Causes the node nearest to the mouse pointer to be selected, then displays the Pop-Up GDI menu list. Select the desired action from the list, or close the menu without executing an action/command. Causes the customer nearest to the mouse pointer to be selected, then displays the Pop-Up GDI menu list. Select the desired action from the list, or close the menu without executing an action/command. Causes the User Text item nearest to the mouse pointer to be selected, then displays the Pop-Up GDI menu list. Select the desired action from the list, or close the menu without executing an action/command.
SHIFT - Right Click
CTRL - Right Click
ALT - Right Click
Clicking the right mouse button when a command is executing, can cause various actions. If the command is a repeating command, generally right clicking the mouse exits the command. If the command requires a value entry, right clicking the mouse is the same as pressing the ENTER (5) key. If the command requires a feature selection, right clicking the mouse is the same as a left click. When the Show GDI menu option is selected, a pop-up menu will appear when the right mouse button is selected, and no command is executing. When display of the GDI menu is disabled, right clicking the mouse when no command is executing, will repeat the last command.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
226
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
When the Pop-Up GDI menu is displayed, it lists various commands that can be executed and actions that can be taken. Actions include repeating the last command, or canceling the menu. Two command lists are generally included. The basic command list includes the Pan and various Zoom commands. If a feature is selected, an extended menu list will also be included. The contents of the extend menu list will vary depending on the style used to display the menu. The extended list will include commands that are associated with the selected data feature. When an item in the extended list is selected, the command is executed and applied to the selected feature as appropriate. The display of the Pop-Up GDI menu can be turned off by selecting the Show GDI Menu On Right Mouse Click item from the Options list on the Graphics Settings screen. When the Auto Pan & Zoom option is selected in the Graphic Settings, certain mouse events will cause the GDI image to be zoomed or panned. To pan (move) the image when this option is selected, depress the left mouse button at a location that you want to move to a new location. While holding down the left mouse button, move the mouse pointer to the new location. Release the mouse button at the new location. The image will moved as appropriate. To zoom by a window (make a specified portion of the image larger) when this option is selected, depress the right mouse button at a location of the upper left corner of the desired zoom window. While holding down the right mouse button move the mouse pointer to the lower right corner of the zoom window. When the mouse button is released the image will be redrawn as appropriate. To zoom out (make the image smaller) when this option is selected, depress the right mouse button at a location in the lower left corner of the GDI display. While holding down the right mouse button, move the mouse pointer up and to the right. When the mouse button is released the image will be redrawn proportional to distance that the mouse pointer was moved compared to the diagonal display distance of the GDI display. The Auto Pan & Zoom feature can be turned on or off by selecting the Auto Pan & Zoom item from the Options list on the Graphics Settings screen .
Bradley B. Bean, PE
227
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Key Events...
While working in the GDI, certain key strokes will cause various actions to occur. The actions are described in the following table: Key Event CTRL-F CTRL-Z ENTER Resulting Action Causes the Find option list to be displayed - select an item from the list to execute the associated find command to be executed. Causes the Undo option list to be displayed - select an item from the list to execute the associated undo command to be executed. Causes the currently displayed prompt value to be accepted when a command is executing. Or, repeats the last command if no command is executing. Causes the current command to be canceled.
ESC
Bradley B. Bean, PE
228
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Entering Coordinates...
Many of the GDI commands require a location to be specified by coordinates. When a coordinate pair is required, the value can be entered using one of several methods. The methods are described in the following table: Entry Method By Default Entry Instructions The various Add Pipe commands remember the position of the last To Node value. When re-executing one of the Add Pipe commands, the last To Node's coordinate value will be displayed as the location for the new From Node, when the From Node coordinate prompt appears. To accept the value, press the ENTER (5) key, or press the right or middle mouse buttons. X and Y coordinate values can be entered by typing the desired X value, followed by a comma or space, followed by the Y value. Do not include a digit group separator when entering the coordinate values. For example: 1000,1000 or 1000 1000 Relative Angle & Distance In some cases, a location can be entered using a relative angle and distance. To use this method enter an "@" symbol, followed by the distance value, then the "<" symbol, followed by the angle value. For example: @500<90 The top of the screen represents an angle position of zero. Positive angles are measured clockwise from 12 oclock (North). In terms of angle measurements, North is at the top of the screen. The relative angle and distance method can be used with the Add Pipe commands or the Add User Graphic Line command to specify the Next End, To Node, or vertex location. Fixed Length & Selected Angle In some cases, a location can be entered using a fixed length and a graphically selected angle. To use this method enter an "@" symbol, followed by the distance value, followed by "<?". For example: @500<? A prompt will appear after the entry to allow graphical selection of the desired angle.
Coordinate Pair
Bradley B. Bean, PE
229
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Entry Method
Entry Instructions The Fixed length and selected angle method can be used with the Add Pipe commands or the Add User Graphic Line command to specify the Next End, To Node, or vertex location.
Node Name
The location of an existing node can be used by entering the nodes name (number) at the prompt. To use this method enter an "N" followed by the name of the node, or enter an "N" followed by a space and the name of the node to be used. For example: N REG1
Mouse Selection
Free-style locations can be entered by moving the mouse pointer or crosshairs to the desired position, then press the left mouse button to select the current position. A location can be snapped to an existing node location using the auto snap feature. The auto snap feature causes the coordinates of the nearest node to the mouse pointer or crosshairs to be used. To use the auto snap feature, hold down the SHIFT key while pressing the left mouse button. A location can be snapped to an existing node location using the node snap features. The node snap feature causes the coordinates of a node falling within the snap tolerance of the mouse pointer or crosshairs to be used. To use the node snap feature, turn on the Node Snap mode by clicking on the Node Snap icon located on the Construction toolbar. The node snap tolerance is set by selecting the Settings item from the Graphics menu list. If a WinTab compliant digitizing tablet is connected, coordinate values can be digitized using the GDI. Before the tablet can be used, it must first be calibrated using the Calibrate Digitizing Tablet command. Once calibrated, the tablet can be turned on or off using the Toggle Digitizing Tablet command, to either accept or ignore coordinates from the tablet. When the tablet is turned on, it will be automatically activated when a command is executed which requires the entry of a coordinate pair, and deactivated after the coordinate location has been digitized. See the OnLine Help system for complete details and examples on using a digitizing tablet with GASWorkS.
Snapped To An Existing Node (Using Auto Snap)
Snapped To An Existing Node (Using Node Snap)
Digitized
When entering coordinates for a new node's position, if an existing node is found within a distance equal to the Node Size value, the new node's coordinates are ignored and the existing node's coordinates are used. This prevents multiple nodes from being placed at the same location. Additionally, the Node Snap command described earlier in this section can be used to force node snapping when entering new coordinate values.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
230
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Attribute Valve Data Screen...

If attribute valve data is included in the model, the data associated with the Attribute Valve features is accessed through the Attribute Valve Data screen. The features associated with the data screen are described below:
Data Items...
Pipe ID - This item specifies the internal identification number of the pipe that the valve is associated with. The value is automatically assigned and cannot be directly changed by the user. Valve Number - This item specifies a number used to identify the valve. The number can be up to 20 alphanumeric characters. To enter a value, type the desired value in the edit box.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the data screen without saving any changes. Close - Select this command button to close the data screen and save any changes.
Usage Notes...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
231
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Background Image Settings...

The settings that control the display of the background image are accessed through the Background Image Settings screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items - General...

Attached Background Files - Displays the names of the currently attached background files. Select a name from the list to make changes to its display properties. The display of a file can be controlled by checking or un-checking the file in the list. If a check mark (U) is displayed next the filename, the contents of the file will be displayed. To turn the display of a specific file off, uncheck it in the list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
232
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - BMP File...

When a bitmap (BMP) style file is selected from the Filename list, the settings portion of the screen will contain the following data items:
Scale Factor (Coordinate To Pixel Ratio) - Specifies the number of coordinate units represented by one pixel. This value sets the scale for the image. See the Usage Notes for instructions on calculating this value. Type the appropriate value in the edit box. Or, select the Calculate Scale Factor command button to calculate a value. Insertion Point (Upper Left Coordinates) - These items specify the position of the upper left (northwest) corner of the image. The X value represents the horizontal coordinate value of the upper left corner. The Y value represents the vertical coordinate value of the upper left corner. Enter the appropriate values by typing them in the data field. The values are expressed in the current coordinate units. Use The Model Location For The Background File Location - This item indicates whether the image file is located in the same directory as the associated model. This item is useful when models are frequently shared or moved, eliminating the need to reset the image file location each time the model is moved. Click the check box to enter desired setting.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
233
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - DXF File...

When a DXF style file is selected from the Filename list, the settings portion of the screen will contain the following data items:
Convert Colors To Gray - This item indicates whether the DXF image will be displayed using its original colors or using a light gray color. To display in gray, click in the adjacent box until it is checked. To display in color, click in the adjacent box until it is empty. Layer List - Displays the name of the layers found in the selected DXF file. The Status item specifies whether the layer will be displayed (status On) or not (status Off). The Layer Names item lists the layers found in the DXF file, all layers will be listed regardless of their status in the original drawing file. Line Weight - This item specifies the width of the lines used to display the DXF image. The Line Weight is expressed in screen pixels. Type the desired value in the edit box. Origin Shift - This item specifies the amount to shift the image origin expressed in Coordinate Units. The X value specifies the amount to move the image in the east-west (horizontal) direction. The Y value specifies the amount to move the image in the north-south (vertical) direction. Type the desired values in the edit boxes. Scale Factor (Drawing Unit To Coordinate Ratio) - This item specifies the scale factor for the DXF image. The image coordinates are multiplied by the scale factor when the image is processed. The original image data is not changed, the changes are only made to the displayed image. Type the desired value in the edit box. Use The Model Location For The Background File Location - This item indicates whether the image file is located in the same directory as the associated model. This item is useful when models are frequently shared or moved, eliminating the need to reset the image file location each time the model is moved. Click the check box to enter desired setting.
234
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - SHP File...

When a Shape (SHP) style file is selected from the Filename list, the settings portion of the screen will contain the following data items:
Convert Colors To Gray - This item indicates whether the DXF image will be displayed using its original colors or using a light gray color. To display in gray, click in the adjacent box until it is checked. To display in color, click in the adjacent box until it is empty. Line Weight - This item specifies the width of the lines used to display the image. The Line Weight is expressed in screen pixels. Type the desired value in the edit box, or select a value from the list. Line Style - This item specifies the style used to display the lines in the image. Select the desired value from the list. Origin Shift - This item specifies the amount to shift the image origin expressed in Coordinate Units. The X value specifies the amount to move the image in the east-west (horizontal) direction. The Y value specifies the amount to move the image in the north-south (vertical) direction. Type the desired values in the edit boxes. Point Symbol Size - This item specifies the size of the symbols used to display the image. The size is expressed in coordinate units. Type the desired value in the edit box, or select a value from the list. Point Symbol Style - This item specifies the style used to display the symbols in the image. Select the desired value from the list. Scale Factor (Drawing Unit To Coordinate Ratio) - This item specifies the scale factor for the image. The image coordinates are multiplied by the scale factor when the image is processed. The original image data is not changed, the changes are only made to the displayed image. Type the desired value in the edit box.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
235
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Use The Model Location For The Background File Location - This item indicates whether the image file is located in the same directory as the associated model. This item is useful when models are frequently shared or moved, eliminating the need to reset the image file location each time the model is moved. Click the check box to enter desired setting.
Command Buttons...
Apply - Select this command button to close the data screen and apply any changes to the display. Attach BMP - Select this command button to attach a bitmap (BMP) file to the model. When selected, the File Selection dialog box will appear, select the desired file name and select the Continue command button to attach the file. Attach DXF - Select this command button to attach a Drawing Interchange File (DXF) to the model. When selected, the File Selection dialog box will appear, select the desired file name and select the Continue command button to attach the file. Attach SHP - Select this command button to attach a Shape File (SHP) to the model. When selected, the File Selection dialog box will appear, select the desired file name and select the Continue command button to attach the file. Calculate Scale Factor - Select this command button to open the Scale Factor calculation screen. Enter the appropriate values, select the Apply command button to apply the factor to the Background Image Specification. Or, select the Close command button to exit without applying the calculated value.
Cancel - Select this command button to close the data screen without saving any changes. Change Path For Selected File - Select this command button to change the path for the selected file. When selected the File Selection screen will appear, select or enter the appropriate location. Select the Continue command button to save the change. Close - Select this command button to close the data screen and save any changes. Remove - Select this command button to remove the currently highlighted background file from the model.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
236
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Save Settings For Selected File - Select this command button to save changes to the currently highlighted background file. Changes to a background files settings are not saved unless this command button is selected. Turn All Layers On/Off - Select this command button to turn all of the layers on or off for the selected DXF file. Once all of the layers are turned on or off, the settings for individual layers can be set as desired.
Usage Notes...
! A bitmap (BMP) style image can be used as a background in the Graphical Data Interface (GDI). The image file must adhere to Windows standard bitmap (BMP) file specifications. A bitmap file can contain a scanned image, or the raster output of a graphic application which supports the Bitmap format. ! A Drawing Interchange File (DXF) style image can be used as a background in the Graphical Data Interface (GDI). The image file must adhere to standard Drawing Interchange Format (DXF) file specifications. The file can contain the output of a CAD, or vector based drawing application that supports the DXF format. ! A Shape file style image can be used as a background in the Graphical Data Interface (GDI). The image file must adhere to standard Shape file specifications. A shape file can contain output from a GIS , or other application that supports the Shape file format. Shape files contain only one graphic type per file. For example a Shape file can contain only point type features, or only line type features. ! A file of another format can potentially be used as a background image by first converting the file to the a format supported by GASWorkS. ! Multiple files of varying type may be a attached to a model. ! The bitmap Scale Factor (Coordinate To Pixel Ratio) establishes the "scale" for bitmap style images. Bitmap images contain raster style images. Raster images are made up of small "dots" called pixels. The scale tells the GDI how many coordinates are represented by one pixel in the file. For example, the number of feet per pixel. To determine this value, divide the original drawing or map scale by the image resolution in dots per inch (dots per centimeter). For example, the Coordinate To Pixel Ratio for a 1 inch equal 2000 feet map scanned at 400 dots per inch would be, 2000 400 = 5 feet/pixel. The scale factor can be automatically calculated by selecting the Calculate Scale Factor command button. ! Before attaching a BMP file, ensure that the GDI Coordinate Units are set to match the Coordinate To Pixel Ratio. For example, if the Coordinate To Pixel Ratio is calculated as feet per pixel, the coordinate units should be set to feet, or the Coordinate To Pixel Ratio should be recalculated to accommodate the current coordinate units.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
237
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
! Before attaching a DXF file, ensure that the GDI Coordinate Units are set to match the coordinate values found in the DXF file, or use an appropriate Scale Factor to accommodate the current coordinate units. If more than one DXF file is attached, the coordinate values for all of the files must be expressed in the same units. ! For Shape files the line wight and style only apply to files containing line type features - the point size and style only apply to files containing point type features.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
238
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Bitmap Scale Factor...

When the Calculate Scale Factor command button on the Background Image Settings screen is selected, the Bitmap Scale Factor calculation screen will be displayed. The features associated with the screen are as follows:
Data Items...
Dimensional Units - These items specify the dimensional unit for the Resolution and Scale values. Select the desired value from the list. Image Resolution - This item specifies the resolution of the image contained in the file. Generally the resolution is expressed in the number of dots (pixels) per inch. To set a value, type the desired value in the edit box. Ensure that the value is expressed in terms of the specified dimensional unit. Image Scale - This item specifies the scale of the image. To set a value, type the desired value in the edit box. Ensure that the value is expressed in terms of the specified dimensional unit. Scale Factor - This item displays the calculated scale factor, based on the input resolution and scale values. The item is automatically set and cannot be directly changed by the User.
Command Buttons...
Apply - Select this command button to close the data screen and apply the calculated scale factor to the Background Image Specification screen. Close - Select this command button to close the data screen without applying the calculated scale factor.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
239
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Usage Notes...
! The bitmap Scale Factor (Coordinate To Pixel Ratio) establishes the "scale" for bitmap style images. Bitmap images contain raster style images. Raster images are made up of small "dots" called pixels. The scale tells the GDI how many coordinate units are represented by one pixel in the file - the width of the pixel in coordinate units. For example, the number of feet per pixel. To determine this value, divide the original drawing or map scale by the image resolution in dots per inch (dots per centimeter). For example, the Coordinate To Pixel Ratio for a 1 inch equal 2000 feet map scanned at 400 dots per inch would be, 2000 400 = 5 feet/pixel.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
240
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Color Legend...
When a data item is color coded using the Color By Range routine. A legend of the colors and associated ranges can be displayed using the Color Legend. The features associated with the screen are described as follows:
Data Items...
Color Ranges - These items represent the value ranges associated with each display color. These values are automatically assigned and cannot be changed by the User.
Usage Notes...
! The location of the color legend may be adjusted by dragging and dropping the legend at the desired location. ! The size of the color legend may be adjusted by dragging the edges or corners. ! The legend can be converted to User Text so that it can be plotted using the Add Legend Text GDI command.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
241
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Customer Data Screen...

If customer features are included in the model, the data associated with the features is accessed through the Customer Data screen. The features associated with the data screen are described as follows:
Data Items - Model Data Tab...

Customer Link ID Number - This item specifies an identification number used to link to an external database. When a linked database is attached, the number is automatically assigned. When any other type of external database is attached, the number is assigned by the User. The number should generally represents a value that is unique in the database. When no external database is attached, the number can be used to maintain any User desired alpha-numeric value. The value can be a combination of up to twenty alpha numeric characters. ID Number - This item refers to the customers unique internal (to GASWorkS) identification number. This value is automatically assigned and cannot be revised by the User.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
242
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Load Application - These options specify how to apply the customers load. From - indicates that the entire load will be applied to the external load value of the assigned pipes From Node. To - indicates that the entire load will be applied to the external load value of the assigned pipes To Node. Both - indicates that one-half of the load will be applied to the external load value of the assigned the pipes From and To Node. Diversified - indicates that the load will be applied to the pipes downstream node according to the associated IGE standard. Click in the button adjacent to the desired option. When the Diversified option is selected, the heating style type is enabled. Select an appropriate method from the list. Load Units - This item specifies the dimensional unit for the customers load. Select the desired value from the list. Per Unit Load - This item specifies the load for each customer unit. If no database is attached, the item may be manually input by the User. Otherwise, the item will be automatically assigned. To manually enter a load value, type the desired value in the edit box. If the load is manually entered, ensure that the value is consistent with the selected load unit. Enter the value as negative (-) to indicate a demand (flow leaving the system). Record Number - This item refers to the position of the record in the data file of the selected customer feature. This value is automatically assigned and cannot be revised by the User. Supplied By Branch From Customer ID - If the selected customer is a branch customer, this item displays the ID Number of the trunk customer to which the branch is attached. This value is automatically assigned and cannot be revised by the User. Supplies Branch Customer ID - If the selected customer is a trunk customer, this item displays the ID Number of the branch customer assigned to it. This value is automatically assigned and cannot be revised by the User. Supply Pipe (Main)Link ID - This item displays the Link ID number of the pipe (main) that supplies the customer - the pipe that the customer is assigned to. The customers load will be assigned to the external load of the pipes From and To Node as specified by the Load Application setting. This value cannot be changed by the User. If the assigned pipe does not have an assigned Link ID value, the record number of the assigned pipe will be displayed. Unit Count - This item specifies the total number of units (customers) that the selected individual customer represents. The value must be in the range of 1 to 32,000. Type the desired value in the edit box.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
243
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - Graphic Data Tab...

The Graphic Data contains settings used to control the display of the customer in the GDI work area.
Display Text Values - If this item is selected (checked), the selected data items for the customer will be displayed. To select this option, click in the adjacent box until a check mark (U) appears. To unselect this option, click in the adjacent box until the box is empty. Symbol Color - This item specifies the color used to display the symbol at the customers location. To set a color, select the Selected Color item from the list, then click in the color display box, or select the Select Symbol Color command button. Symbol Size - This item specifies the size of the symbol used to display the customers location. To set an individual size, type it in the edit box. Or to use the default size, select the Use Default Size option. The size can be entered either as an absolute value expressed in terms of the current coordinate units, or as a relative value expressed as percentage of the diagonal distance across the screen. Symbol Style - This item specifies the style of the symbol used to display the customers location. To set an individual style, select it from the list. Or to use the default style, select the Default item from the list. X Coordinate - This item specifies the customers horizontal location (east-west coordinate). To enter a value, type it in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current coordinate units.
244
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Y Coordinate - This item specifies the customers vertical location (north-south coordinate). To enter a value, type it in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current coordinate units.
Data Items - Attribute Data Tab...
Link To Attribute File - If an external database is attached, this item specifies whether the customer feature should be linked to the external database. If selected, the customer will be linked by matching the Link ID value. Select this option by placing a check mark (U) in the adjacent box. Pipe Facility Type - This item displays the assigned Facility Type of the pipe (main) that the customer is attached to. The customer inherits the same Facility Type as the assigned pipe (main). This value is automatically assigned and cannot be revised by the User. Attribute File Data... - If a linked or external database is attached, these items will display the values contained in the linked database record. If a linked database is attached, the values can be changed by the User. If the attached database is of another type, the values are view-only and cannot be changed. To edit a value, click in the cell containing the value to be changed - click another cell or press the ENTER (5) key to save the change.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
245
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the data screen without saving any changes. Close - Select this command button to close the data screen and save any changes. Close & Solve - Select this command button to close the data screen, save any changes, and execute the solution routine. Print - Select this command button to print the data associated with the current customer. Select Symbol Color - Select this command button to set the customer display color. The Color Selection dialog box will appear. Select the desired color, then select the OK command button to set the color and return to the data screen.
Usage Notes...
! If an external database is attached, the Link ID is used to make a match between the selected data feature and the corresponding record in the database. The first record in the database, with a matching Link ID value, is displayed in the Attribute Data list. ! See the Working With External Databases topic for more information on using an external database. ! The Customer Data Screen can be accessed through the various command methods, or by placing the mouse pointer near the desired customer and pressing the left mouse button while holding down the CTRL key. ! The total load value associated with the customer, is computed by multiplying the Unit Count by the Per Unit Load value.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
246
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Graphic Line Data Screen...

If User Graphics are present, the graphic line data can be accessed through the Graphic Line Data screen. The features associated with the data screen are as follows:
Data Items...
Facility Type - This item specifies the facility type to associate with the selected feature. To set a type, select a value from the list. Length - This item displays the length of the line in length units. This value is automatically assigned and cannot be revised by the User. Line Color - This item specifies the color used to display the line. To set a color, click in the color display box, or select the Set Line Color command button. Line Style - This item specifies the style of the line used to display the graphic line. To set a style, select it from the list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
247
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Line Width - This item specifies the width of the line used to display the graphic line. To set a width, type it in the edit box. The value must be greater than 0. The value is expressed in terms of screen pixels. Pattern Spacing - This item specifies the spacing of the symbols in certain non-continuous line styles. To set a value, type it in the edit box. The value must be greater than 0 and is expressed in coordinate units. X Coordinate - This item specifies the horizontal location (east-west coordinate) of the start of the line. To enter a value, type it in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current coordinate units. X2 Coordinate - This item specifies the horizontal location (east-west coordinate) of the end of the line. To enter a value, type it in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current coordinate units. Y Coordinate - This item specifies the vertical location (north-south coordinate) of the start of the line. To enter a value, type it in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current coordinate units. Y2 Coordinate - This item specifies the vertical location (north-south coordinate) of the end of the line. To enter a value, type it in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current coordinate units.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the data screen without saving any changes. Close - Select this command button to close the data screen and save any changes. Select Line Color - Select this command button to set the display color. The Color Selection dialog box will appear. Select the desired color, then select the OK command button to set the color and return to the data screen.
Usage Notes...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
248
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Graphic Settings...
The GDI control variables may be set using the Graphic Settings data screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items - Options...

An item is selected when a check mark (U) appears next to the associated item. Select the option by clicking in the adjacent box until it is checked. To unselect the option, click in the adjacent box until it is empty. Automatic Repaint - Selecting this item will cause the display to be automatically repainted after various commands are executed (including the Solve command).
Bradley B. Bean, PE
249
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Automatic Zoom On Find - Selecting this item will cause the display to automatically zoom and pan so that the selected features location is centered in the display, when using one of the Find commands. Display Flow Once Per Polyline Pipe - Selecting this item will cause the flow arrow symbol to be displayed only once per polyline type pipe. If the item is not selected, a symbol will be placed on each segment of the polyline. Display Panel Outlines - Selecting this item will cause an outline of the portion of the image displayed on the non-current display panels, to displayed on the current tab display. Display Running Length - Selecting this item will cause the graphic length of a pipe being added, to be displayed as the vertices and To Node locations are being selected. The length will be displayed in the coordinate panel to the right of the XY coordinate values. Display Solid Pipe Symbols - Selecting this item will cause the piping symbols to be filled with the current symbol color. Display Vertex Symbols - Selecting this item will cause symbols to be placed at the location of vertices along a polyline type pipe or service line. Display XXXX Facility - Depending on the number of Facility Types associated with the model, a series of items will be displayed, allowing certain Facilities Types to be displayed or not. If a Facility Type is selected for display all features associated with that type will be displayed. If a Facility Type is not selected, none of the features associated with that type will be displayed. Ignore Pipes Outside The Display - When this item is selected, pipes where the From and To Node locations are outside the display, are not displayed. Selecting this item can help prevent the display of stray lines when zooming in. Selecting this item will also reduce the time required to repaint the image. Query During New Feature Entry - Selecting this item will cause the appropriate data screen to be displayed when a new feature is entered. Show GDI Tooltip - Selecting this item will cause the display of tooltip for the GDI (drawing) screen to be displayed. Suppress Flow Arrow Where Flow Is Less Than Convergence Tolerance - Selecting this item will cause the display of flow arrows to be suppressed on pipes where the flow value is less than the convergence tolerance. Feature Highlight Color - Indicates the color to use to identify (highlight) selected features. To use the default value select (check) the Use Default Color item. To set a color, uncheck the Use Default Color item, then click in the color box. The Color Selection dialog box will appear. Select the desired color, then select the OK command button to set the color and return to the data screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
250
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - Settings...

To change a setting value, click in the data cell adjacent to the item label. If the item is associated with an item list, select a value from the list. If the item is not associated with a list, type a value, then press the ENTER (5) key or select another cell to save the change. Coordinate Units - This item specifies the dimensional unit to be used for the GDI coordinate values. Select the desired unit from the list. The dimensional unit for the pipe lengths and the coordinate units can be different values. The length and coordinate values will be automatically converted as necessary to ensure consistency . Customer Symbol Size - This item specifies the default size of the symbol to be used to display the customer features. The size can be expressed as an absolute value in coordinate units, or as a value relative to the diagonal distance across the GDI work area, expressed as a percentage. Type the desired value in the edit box. Customer Symbol Style - This item specifies the default symbol to be used to display the customer features. Select the desired symbol from the list. Flow Arrow Symbol Size - This item specifies the size of the symbol to be used to display the pipe flow arrows. The size can be expressed as an absolute value in coordinate units, or as a value relative to the diagonal distance across the GDI work area, expressed as a percentage. Type the desired value in the edit box. Flow Arrow Symbol Style - This item specifies the symbol to be used to display the pipe flow arrows. Select the desired symbol from the list. Node Snap Ratio - This item specifies the Node Snap Ratio. The value is expressed as a factor. The node Snap Ratio is used to control the sensitivity of the Node Snap command. See the Usage Notes for a description of this setting's use. Type the desired value in the edit box. Node Symbol Size - This item specifies the size of the default symbol to be used to display the node features. The size can be expressed as an absolute value in coordinate units, or as a value relative to the diagonal distance across the GDI work area, expressed as a percentage. Type the desired value in the edit box. Node Symbol Style - This item specifies the default symbol to be used to display the node features. Select the desired symbol from the list. Pipe Line Style - This item specifies the default line style to be used to display the pipe segments. Select the desired style from the list. Pipe Line Width - This item specifies the default line width to be used to display the pipe segments. The width value is expressed in screen pixels. Type the desired value in the edit box.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
251
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Pipe Symbol Size - This item specifies the size of the symbol to be used to display the pipe symbols (for non-pipe hydraulic types). The size can be expressed as an absolute value in coordinate units, or as a value relative to the diagonal distance across the GDI work area, expressed as a percentage. Or, enter a zero (0) to indicate that symbol size will be determined by the distance between the From and To Nodes. Type the desired value in the edit box. Refresh Increment - This item specifies how often the display should be updated when the image is being repainted. The value is expressed as a percentage of the image contents. The smaller the value, the more often the display will be updated. The larger the value the less often the display will be updated. If the value is set at 100, the display will not be updated until the image is completely repainted. Type the desired value between 1 and 100 in the edit box. Scroll/Pan Change - Horizontal - This item specifies the amount to change the image when panning the image horizontally (right or left) using the Scroll icon. The value is expressed as a percentage of the horizontal image extent. Type the desired value in the edit box. Scroll/ Pan Change - Vertical - This item specifies the amount to change the image when panning the image vertically (up or down) using the Scroll icon. The value is expressed as a percentage of the vertical image extent. Type the desired value in the edit box. Supply Flag Symbol Size - This item specifies the size of the flag symbol to be used to identify supply nodes. The size can be expressed as an absolute value in coordinate units, or as a value relative to the diagonal distance across the GDI work area, expressed as a percentage. Type the desired value in the edit box. User Graphic Symbol Size - This item specifies the default size of the User Graphic Symbols. The size can be expressed as an absolute value in coordinate units, or as a value relative to the diagonal distance across the GDI work area, expressed as a percentage. Type the desired value in the edit box. Zoom Ratio - This item specifies the Zoom Ratio. The value is expressed as a factor. The Zoom Ratio is used to control the sensitivity of the Zoom In and Zoom Out commands. See the Usage Notes for a description of this setting's use. Type the desired value in the edit box.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without saving any changes. Close - Select this command button to close the screen, save any changes, and apply the new settings to the current display. Save As Default - Select this command button to the save the current settings as the default values to use when creating a new model.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
252
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Usage Notes...
! The Node Snap Ratio is used to adjust the sensitivity of the Node Snap Command. The product of the Node Snap Ratio and the Node Size is referred to as the snap tolerance. When adding a new pipe or measuring a distance, if Node Snap is selected, the GDI will attempt to find an existing node within the snap tolerance of a selected point. A warning will be displayed if a node is not found. ! The Zoom ratio is used to indicate the magnitude of change in image size which occurs when either the Zoom In or Zoom Out commands are used. For example, if the Zoom Ratio is set at two, the Zoom In command will increase the size of the image by two times. Conversely, at a Zoom Ratio of two, the Zoom Out command will decrease the size of the image by two times.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
253
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Graphic Symbol Data Screen...

If User Graphics are present, the graphic symbol data can be accessed through the Graphic Symbol Data screen. The features associated with the data screen are as follows:
Data Items...
Facility Type - This item specifies the facility type to associate with the selected feature. To set a type, select a value from the list. Rotation - This item specifies the rotation of the symbol. The value is expressed in degrees clockwise from 12 oclock (North). In terms of angle measurements North is at the top of the screen. To set a value, type it in the edit box. Not all symbols can be rotated. For those symbols, the rotation value is ignored. Symbol Color - This item specifies the color used to display the symbol. To set a color, click in the color display box, or select the Set Symbol Color command button. Symbol Size - This item specifies the size of the symbol to be displayed at the specified location. The size can be expressed as an absolute value in coordinate units, or as a value relative to the diagonal distance across the GDI work area, expressed as a percentage. To set an individual size, type the desired value (greater than 0) in the edit box. To use the default size, select (check) the adjacent check box.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
254
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Symbol Style - This item specifies the style of the symbol used to be displayed at the specified location. To set a style, select it from the list. X Coordinate - This item specifies the horizontal location (east-west coordinate) of the center of the symbol. To enter a value, type it in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current coordinate units. Y Coordinate - This item specifies the vertical location (north-south coordinate) of the center of the symbol. To enter a value, type it in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current coordinate units.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the data screen without saving any changes. Close - Select this command button to close the data screen and save any changes. Select Symbol Color - Select this command button to set the symbol display color. The Color Selection dialog box will appear. Select the desired color, then select the OK command button to set the color and return to the data screen.
Usage Notes...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
255
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Multiple Edit Specification...

In the GDI, multiple pipes, nodes, and customers can be edited using one of the multiple edit commands. When one of these commands is used, the desired changes are assigned using the Multiple Edit Specifications screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Equal To - This item specifies the new value for the specified data item. Depending on the selected Set item, the Equal To item may display an edit box, or a data list. Either select the desired item from the list, or type the desired item in the edit box. Set - This item specifies the specific data item to be changed. Select the desired item from the list.
Command Buttons...
Apply - Select this command button to make the specified change. Close - Select this command button to close the screen. Close & Solve - Select this command button to close the screen, and execute the Solution routine.
Usage Notes...
! Several changes can be made to the selected features by changing the Set and Equal To assignment, and repeatedly selecting the Apply command button. ! If a change is inadvertently made, and the Allow Undo preference has been selected, immediately select the Undo icon to restore the original values.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
256
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
! Features can be selected by individually clicking on each feature, by drawing a window around the desired features, or a combination of both. To draw a selection window, hold down the SHIFT key, place the mouse pointer at the desired location of the first corner, then click the left mouse button. Move the mouse to the other corner, a dashed box will be displayed, hold down the SHIFT key and select the second corner location. If a feature that is already selected, is selected again, it will be removed from the selection set. Click the right mouse button when the selection is complete. When using the selection window to select pipe features, only pipes where both the From and To node fall within the selection window, will be included. ! In addition to being able to change or set specific values, several commands may also be executed from the Multiple Edit Specification. The commands start with the Cmd prefix. The available commands are listed in the following table. Command Description Customer Features Delete Selected Customers Extract Selected Customers Move Customer Locations Reassign Supply Main Remove Service Lines (Unassign Customers) Stack Customers Summarize Selected Customers Executing this command will cause the selected customers to be deleted. Erroneously deleted customers can be restored using the Oops Customer command. Executing this command will cause the selected customers to be copied to a another model. The User will be prompted for various processing options during execution of the command. Executing this command will cause the selected customers to be moved to a new location. The customers will be moved by a User specified displacement. The relative configuration of the selected customers will not be changed. Executing this command will cause the selected customers to be reassigned to a new pipe/main. Executing this command will cause the selected customers to be unattached from their current supply main(s), and their service lines to be eliminated. The selected customers will be unassigned after completion of the command. Executing this command will cause the selected customers to be stacked directly upon each other at a specified location. Executing this command will cause a summary of various data values to be created for the selected customers.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
257
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Node Features
Command
Description
Clear Intersection Flag Summarize Selected Nodes
Selecting this command will cause any displayed intersection flags to be removed. Selecting this command will cause a summary of various data values to be created for the selected nodes. Pipe Features
Copy Selected Pipes
Executing this command will cause the selected pipes, and optionally customers to be copied to a new location in the current model. The User will be prompted for various processing options during execution of the command. Executing this command will cause the selected pipes to be deleted. Erroneously deleted pipes can be restored using the Oops Pipe command. Executing this command will cause the selected pipes to be copied to a another model. The User will be prompted for various processing options during execution of the command. Selecting this command will cause a summary of various data values to be created for the selected pipes.
Delete Selected Pipes Extract Selected Pipes
Summarize Selected Pipes
Bradley B. Bean, PE
258
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Node Data Screen...

In the GDI, the node data is accessed using the Node Data screen. The screen appears when the Edit Node Data command is selected, or may appear when a new node feature is added using one of the construction or edit commands. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items - Hydraulic Tab...

Adjust Base Load By Design Factor - When this item is selected (checked), the nodes base load value will be multiplied by the Design Factor during the solution process. The original data value is not changed by this setting, the load value is only modified during the solution calculation. Adjust External Load By Design Factor - When this item is selected (checked), the nodes external load value will be multiplied by the Design Factor during the solution process. The original data value is not changed by this setting, the load value is only modified during the solution calculation. Base Load - This item specifies the node's base load. If the value is known, type it in the data field - ensure that the value is consistent with the displayed load unit. If the value is unknown, select the check box adjacent to the load units field. Initially the field is populated with the default load value. If the model has been recently solved and the load is unknown, the item will contain the calculated load value for the node. See the Usage Notes for additional information on the base and external load values.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
259
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Base Load Status - This item specifies whether the base load value is consider On or Off during the solution process. If the status is set to Off the value is assumed to be zero (0) during the solution calculation. The original data value is not changed by this setting. Dimensional Units - These items are used to display and set the value of the various dimensional units. To activate a list, click the arrow symbol adjacent to the box. A list of available unit names will appear. Make a selection by clicking on the desired name. Elevation - This item specifies the node's height above sea level. Type the appropriate value in the data field. The value must be consistent with the displayed elevation unit. Initially, the field is populated with the default elevation value. External Load Status - This item specifies whether the external load value is consider On or Off during the solution process. If the status is set to Off the value is assumed to be zero (0) during the solution calculation. The original data value is not changed by this setting. Node Name - This item specifies a unique name or number for the selected node. The name may contain up to forty alphanumeric characters. The name is automatically assigned when a new node is added, however the User can change the name to any desired value. The name must be unique to the model. To change the name, type the new value in the edit box. A warning will appear if the name already exists. Pressure - This item specifies the node's pressure. If the value is known, type it in the data field - ensure that the value is consistent with the displayed pressure unit. If the value is unknown, select the check box adjacent to the pressure unit field. Initially, the field is populated with the default pressure value. If the model has been recently solved and the pressure is unknown, the item will contain the calculated pressure value for the node. Record Number - This item refers to the position of the current node record in the node data file. This value is automatically assigned and cannot be revised by the User. Temperature - This item specifies the average flowing temperature of the gas at the node's location. If the value is known, type it in the data field - ensure that the value is consistent with the displayed temperature unit. If the value is unknown, select the check box adjacent to the temperature units label. Initially, the field is populated with the default temperature value. If the model has been recently solved and the temperature is unknown and the Calculate Temperature option was selected, the item will contain the calculated temperature value for the node.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
260
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - Other Tab...
Allow Calculation of Gas Properties - This item specifies whether the gas properties for this node are calculated during the solution process. To indicate that the values are known, click in the adjacent box until a check mark (U) appears. To indicate that the values are unknown, click in the adjacent box until the box is empty. Appropriate gas property values must always be entered. Gas properties are only calculated if the gas property values are allowed to be calculated, and the Calculate Gas Properties option is set during the solution. If the Calculate Gas Properties option is not chosen during the solution, the entered values will be used. Heating Value - This item specifies the heating value of the gas as measured (calculated) at the node. Type the desired value in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the displayed dimensional unit. Ignore Relate Information - This item specifies whether the relate information is to be used (turns on or off the Relate option). A check mark (U) indicates that the relate information will not be used. Indicate the desired setting by clicking in the box. Model Name - If the node is related to another model, this item specifies the name of the model that the node is related to. The list contains the name of all models in the same directory as the current model. Select the desired name from the list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
261
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Node Name - If the node is related to another model, this item specifies the name of the node in the related model that the node is related to. The list contains the name of all nodes in the related model. Select the desired name from the list. Relate Style - This item specifies whether the node is related to another model and if so how it is related. Select the desired setting from the list. Specific Gravity - This item specifies the specific gravity value of the gas as measured (calculated) at the node. Enter the appropriate value by typing it in the data field. As used by GASWorkS, the specific gravity represents the weight or density of the gas compared to dry air. Specific Heat - This item specifies the specific heat ratio of the gas as measured (calculated) at the node. Enter the appropriate value by typing it in the data field. As used by GASWorkS, the specific heat ratio represents the constant pressure specific heat divided by the constant volume specific heat of the gas mixture. Viscosity - This item specifies the dynamic viscosity of the gas as measured (calculated) at the node. Type the desired value in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the displayed dimensional unit.
Data Items - Graphic Tab...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
262
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Display Text Values - If this item is selected (checked), the selected data items for the node will be displayed. To select this option, click in the adjacent box until a check mark (U) appears. To unselect this option, click in the adjacent box until the box is empty. Symbol Color - This item specifies the color used to display the node symbol. To set a color, select the Selected Color item from the list, then click in the color display box, or select the Select Symbol Color command button. Symbol Size - This item specifies the size of the symbol used to display the nodes location. The size can be expressed as an absolute value in coordinate units, or as a value relative to the diagonal distance across the GDI work area, expressed as a percentage. To set an individual size, type the desired value (greater than 0) in the edit box. To use the default size, select (check) the adjacent check box. Symbol Style - This item specifies the style of the symbol used to display the nodes location. To set an individual style, select it from the list. Or to use the default style, select the Default item from the list. X Coordinate - This item specifies the nodes horizontal location (east-west coordinate). To enter a value, type it in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current coordinate units. Y Coordinate - This item specifies the nodes vertical location (north-south coordinate). To enter a value, type it in the edit box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current coordinate units.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
263
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - Calculated Tab...
This section of the screen displays various calculated values associated with the node. The calculated values cannot be directly altered by the User. If the model data has been changed since the most recent solution, some of the calculated data values may not be displayed. The values which may appear in this section are described in the following table: Item Atmospheric Pressure Description This value represents the calculated atmospheric pressure value based on the node's elevation. The units for this item are set the same as the Base Pressure dimensional unit. If the load value was known, this value represents the base load times the design factor (if the Adjust Base Load By Design Factor option is selected). If the load value is unknown, this value represents the value calculated by the solution process. This value represents the external load times the design factor (if the Adjust External Load By Design Factor option is selected). For example, the load for customers where the Allow Adjustment By Design Factor option is selected.
Base Load
External Load
Bradley B. Bean, PE
264
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Item External Load (Fixed)
Description This value represents the portion of the external load which cannot be adjusted by the design factor. For example, the load for customers where the Allow Adjustment By Design Factor option is not selected. This value represents the calculated (or entered) pressure value. This value represents the position of the current node record in the node data file. This value represents the total (volumetric) load value times the heating value. This value represents the total of the (adjusted) base and external load values.
Pressure Record Number Total Energy Load Total Load
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the data screen without saving any changes. Close - Select this command button to close the data screen and save any changes. Close & Solve - Select this command button to close the data screen, save any changes, and execute the solution routine. Calculate Property Values - Select this command button to open the Gas Properties calculation screen. Make any desired changes, calculate the new values, then select the Apply command button on the calculation screen to return to the data screen. The new values will be entered into the appropriate data fields on the data screen. Print - Select this command button to print the data associated with the current node. Select Symbol Color - Select this command button to set the node display color. The Color Selection dialog box will appear. Select the desired color, then select the OK command button to set the color and return to the data screen.
Usage Notes...
! The load for a node is comprised of two separate values, the base load and the external load. The base load represents a load value that can be directly input by the User, or calculated during the solution process. The external load represents the load associated with the customers attached to the pipe associated with the node. The external load cannot be directly changed by the User. The external load item is so named, because the value is often derived by means of data extracted from an external database. The external load value has two portions, a portion that can be adjusted by the design factor, and a portion which cannot be adjusted by the design factor.
265
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
! The Node Data Screen can be accessed through the various command methods, or by placing the mouse pointer near the desired customer and pressing the left mouse button while holding down the SHIFT key. ! Information on using the Relate feature is contained in the Miscellaneous section of this Manual. Refer to that section for a instructions on using the Relate feature.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
266
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Pipe Data Screen...

In the GDI, the pipe data is accessed using the Pipe Data screen. The screen appears when the Edit Pipe command is selected, or the screen may appear when a new pipe is created using one of the construction or edit commands. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items - Hydraulic Tab...

The contents of the Hydraulic tab varies depending on the selected Element Type. The various content items are described as follows: Allow Size Calculation - This item indicates whether the pipe size can be calculated during the solution process, when the Calculate Pipe Sizes solution option is selected. This item is only displayed for pipe type elements. Coefficient - This item specifies the equation coefficient for a well type element when the wells size/type value is set to Unique. Type the appropriate value in the data field. The value is dimensionless. This item is only displayed for well type elements.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
267
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Control Style - This item specifies whether the set pressure for a compressor is to be applied to the downstream (discharge) node, or the upstream (suction) node. This item is only displayed for compressor type elements. Dimensional Units - These items are used to display and set the value of the various dimensional units. To activate a list, click the arrow symbol adjacent to the box. A list of available unit names will appear. Make a selection by clicking on the desired value. Drop Units - This item specifies the pressure drop unit to be used for the segment. Select the desired value from the list. Efficiency - This item specifies the efficiency value for compressor, fitting, and pipe type elements. Type the desired value in the edit box. The value must be consistent with the displayed efficiency unit. Initially, the efficiency is set to the default Efficiency value. For compressor type elements, this item refers to the mechanical efficiency of the compressor. Element Type - This item specifies the Hydraulic element type for the segment. Select the desired type from the list. The content of the Data and Calculated Values section of the screen will vary depending on the selected value. This value is initially set to a Pipe type element. Equation - This item specifies the flow equation to be used with fitting and pipe type elements. Select an appropriate equation from the list. Exponent - This item specifies the equation exponent for a well type element, when the wells size/type value is set to Unique. Type the appropriate value in the data field. The value is dimensionless. This item is only displayed for well type elements. Flow Units - This item specifies the flow unit to be used for the segment. Select the desired value from the list. Length - This item specifies the Hydraulic length of pipe type elements. Type the desired value in the data field - ensure that the value is consistent with the displayed length unit. Initially, the length is set to the pipe's "graphic" length. Number - This item specifies the number of wells grouped together for a well type element. Type the desired value in the data field. This item is only displayed for well type elements. Percent Open - This item specifies the opening position for a valve type element. Type the appropriate value in the data field. The value is expressed as a percentage, with zero (0) being completely closed and one hundred (100) being completely open. This item is only displayed for valve type elements. Set Pressure - This item specifies the set pressure value for compressor and regulator type elements. Type the desired value in the data field - ensure that the value is consistent with the selected pressure unit. This item is only displayed for regulator and compressor type elements.
268
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Size/Type - This item specifies the size and type for the segment. The meaning of this item varies depending on the selected element type. The various meanings are listed below: Element Type Compressor Size/Type Meaning The value represents the size/type code for the compressor. The desired size/type code may be selected from the list. The content of the list represents the size/type codes found in the currently selected Compressor Properties table. The value represents the size/type code for the fitting. The desired size/type code may be selected from the list. The content of the list represents the size/type codes found in the currently select Fitting Properties table. The value represents the size/type code, or the inside diameter value for the pipe. The desired size/type code may be selected from the list, or the inside diameter value may be manually entered by typing the value in the edit field. The content of the list represents the size/type codes found in the currently selected Pipe Properties table. The value represents the size/type code for the regulator. The desired size/type code may be selected from the list. The content of the list represents the size/type codes found in the currently selected Regulator Properties table. The value represents the size/type code for the valve. The desired size/type code may be selected from the list. The content of the list represents the size/type codes found in the currently assigned Valve Properties table. The value represents the size/type code for the well. The desired size/type code may be selected from the list. The content of the list represents the size/type codes found in the currently assigned Well Properties table. If the Unique value is selected, the required well parameters may be manually entered in the appropriate data fields.
Fitting
Pipe
Regulator
Valve
Well
Initially, this item is set to the default Size/Type value. Status - This item specifies whether the segment is turned on or off. Select the status by clicking the button adjacent to the desired option.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
269
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - Fitting Tab...
Available Fittings - This item lists the fittings available for attachment to the segment. The content of the list represents the size/type codes found in the currently select Fitting Properties table. When a value is selected, it is added to the Attached Fittings list. Attached Fittings - This item lists the fittings that are currently attached to the segment. Double click on an item to remove it from the list. Total Equivalent Length - This item displays the summation of the equivalent length values (in terms of the current inside diameter value) for the items listed in the Attached Fittings list. The value cannot be directly changed by the User.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
270
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - Graphics Tab...
Display Text Values - If this item is selected (checked), the selected data items for the pipe will be displayed. To select this option, click in the adjacent box until a check mark (U) appears. To unselect this option, click in the adjacent box until the box is empty. Line Style - This item specifies the style of the line used to represent the segment. To set an individual style, select it from the list. Or to use the default style, select the Default item from the list. Line Width - This item specifies the width of the line used to represent the segment. To set an individual width select a value from the list. Or to use the default style, select the Default item from the list. The size is expressed in screen pixels. Line Color -This item specifies the color used to draw the line representing the segment. To set an individual color select the Selected Color item from the list, then select the Select Line Color command button, make a selection, then select the OK command button to save the selection.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
271
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - Attribute Tab...
The values contained in the attribute data list varies depending on the Hydraulic element type, and on whether an attribute file is attached. The various contents of the list are as follows: Customer Count - This item specifies the number of customers attached to the segment. This item is automatically calculated, however the calculated value may be overridden by the User. To enter a new value click in the data cell adjacent to the label, respond appropriately to the prompt, type the new number, then press the ENTER (5) key to save the change. Note: Changing this item can corrupt the automatic external load accounting. Particular care should be taken when changing this value. Facility Type - This item specifies the facility to be associated with the pipe segment. To set a value click in the data cell adjacent to the label, select the desired value from the list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
272
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Link ID Number - This item specifies an identification number used to link to an external database. When a linked database is attached, the number is automatically assigned. When any other type of external database is attached, the number is assigned by the User, and generally represents a value that is unique in the database. When no external database is attached, the number can be used to maintain any User desired alpha-numeric value. The value can be a combination of up to twenty alpha numeric characters. Attribute File Data... - If a linked or external database is attached, these items will display the values contained in the linked database record. If a linked database is attached, the values can be changed by the User. If the attached database is of another type, the values are view-only and cannot be changed. To edit a value, click in the cell containing the value to be changed - click another cell or press the ENTER (5) key to save the change.
Data Items - Calculated Tab...
This section of the screen displays various calculated values associated with the pipe segment. The calculated values cannot be directly altered by the User. If the model has been changed since the last solution, some items may not be displayed. The values which may appear in this section are described in the following table:
Bradley B. Bean, PE
273
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Item
Description General Items
From Node Internal ID Number Record Number
This item represents the name of the segment's From Node. This item represents the segment's unique identification number. This value is set automatically. This item represents the position of the current pipe record in the pipe data file. Hydraulic Data
Average Compressibility Factor Average Pressure Average Temperature Drop Per XXX
This item represents the calculated compressibility factor for the segment. The value is based on the average pressure and temperature values. This item represents the average pressure along the segment. This item represents the average temperature along the segment. This item represents the unit pressure drop along the pipe segment. This value is calculated by dividing the overall pressure drop by the segments length then multiplying the result by the specified Pressure Drop Per Length value. The pressure drop per length value can be set by selecting the Report Options item from the Report menu list. This item represents the calculated flow rate for the segment. If this value is positive, it indicates that the flow direction is from the From Node to the To Node. If the value is negative, it indicates that the flow direction is from the To Node to the From Node. This item represents the calculated or entered pressure value for the segments From Node. This item represents the linear pressure drop for the segment - the From Pressure minus the To Pressure. Note that when elevation differences are present along the pipe segment, it is possible for the downstream pressure to be larger than the upstream pressure. If this value is positive, it indicates that the From Node pressure is larger than the To Node pressure. If the value is negative, it indicates that the To Node pressure is greater than the From Node pressure. This item represents the calculated or entered pressure value for the segments's To Node.
Flow Rate
From Pressure Pressure Drop
To Pressure
Bradley B. Bean, PE
274
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Item
Description Values For Compressor Type Elements
Compression Ratio
This item represents the calculated compression ratio for the compressor. The value is calculated using the calculated inlet and outlet pressures for the compressor. This item represents the estimated fuel used of the compressor. The value is calculated using the Fuel Usage Rate and the Estimated Power. This item is not displayed if the fuel usage rate is zero in the Compressor Properties table for the assigned Size/Type code. This item represents the estimated power requirements of the compressor. The value is calculated using the inlet and outlet pressures, the flow rate, the specified efficiency, and the power equation associated with the compressor. This item represents the estimated temperature of the gas leaving the compressor. The value is calculated using the compression ratio for the compressor, and the specific heat ratio of the upstream node. This item indicates whether the compressor is operating in compression mode or free flowing. If the inlet pressure to the compressor is greater than the set pressure, the solution will automatically place the compressor in free flow. This item represents the fuel usage rate extracted from the Compressor Properties table for the assigned compressor Size/Type code. This item represents the temperature of the gas entering the compressor. This item represents the rated power extracted from the Compressor Properties table for the assigned compressor Size/Type code. Values For Fitting Type Elements
Estimated Fuel Usage
Estimated Power
Estimated Outlet T
Flow Mode
Fuel Usage Rate Inlet Temperature Rated Power
Equivalent Diameter Equivalent Length
This item represents the equivalent diameter value for the fitting. The value is extracted from the Fitting Properties table for the assigned Size/Type code. This item represents the equivalent length value for the fitting. The value is extracted from the Fitting Properties table for the assigned Size/Type code. Values For Pipe Type Elements
Estimated Cost
This item represents the estimated cost for the segment. The cost is calculated by multiplying the segments length by the "cost per length" value found in the Pipe Properties table. This item is not displayed if the cost per length value is zero (0) in the table, or if the Size/Type code is not found in the table.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
275
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Item Graphic Vertex Count Hoop Stress
Description This items represents the number of vertices associated with a polyline type pipe segment. This item represents the calculated hoop stress value for the segment. The value is based on the larger of the From or To Pressures, and the outside diameter and wall thickness values found in the Pipe Properties table. This item is not displayed if the Size/Type code is not found in the table. This item represents the pipe's inside diameter value. If the Size/Type value represents a code, this value represents the Inside Diameter value extracted from the appropriate Pipe Properties table. Otherwise this item represents the interpreted numeric value of the Size/Type alphanumeric value. This item represents the volume of gas contained in the pipe segment. The value is calculated using the average pressure value, and the inside diameter and length of the pipe segment. This item represents the ratio of the hoop stress value to the Specified Minimum Yield Strength (SMYS) value. The value is based on the SMYS value found in the Pipe Properties table. This item is not displayed if the SMYS value is zero in the table for the assigned Size/Type code, or if the Size/Type code is not found in the table. This item represents the inside pipe wall roughness for the pipe segment. The value is extracted from the Pipe Properties table for the assigned Size/Type code. This item represents the maximum velocity of the gas flow in the pipe segment. The value is calculated using the lower of the segments end pressures, the volumetric flow rate, and the inside diameter value for the segment. This item represents the efficiency value used in the solution calculation. See the Usage Notes for information on how the total efficiency is calculated. Values For Regulator Type Elements
Inside Diameter
Line Volume
Percent SMYS
Roughness
Velocity
Total Efficiency
Coefficient Ratio
This item represents the ratio of the estimated valve coefficient to the rated valve coefficient. Generally, the ratio should be between .2 and .8 for proper sizing. A value less than .2 indicates that the regulator may be oversized. A value greater than .8 indicates that the regulator may be undersized. This item represents the estimated valve coefficient for the regulator. The value is calculated based on the flow rate, pressure differential, and various values found in the Regulator Properties table for the assigned Size/Type code.
Estimated Coefficient
Bradley B. Bean, PE
276
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Item Estimated Outlet T Flow Mode
Description This value represents the estimated temperature of the gas leaving the regulator. The value is calculated using the pressure drop across the regulator. This value indicates whether the regulator is operating in control or an upset mode. During the solution process, the operating mode of the regulator can be automatically changed depending on the inlet and outlet pressure values. This value represents the temperature of the gas entering the regulator. This item represents the minimum required differential pressure value extracted from the Regulator Properties table for the assigned Size/Type code. This item represents the rated valve coefficient value extracted from the Regulator Look-Up table for the assigned size and type. This item represents the set pressure for the regulator.
Inlet Temperature Min Differential Rated Coefficient Set Pressure
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the data screen without saving any changes. Clear Attached Fittings List - Select this command button to delete all items in the Attached Fittings list. Close - Select this command button to close the data screen and save any changes. Close & Solve - Select this command button to close the data screen, save any changes, and execute the solution routine. Print - Select this command button to print the model data associated with the current pipe. Recalculate Length - Select this command button to force the Total Equivalent Length value to be recalculated. Select Line Color - Select this command button to set the pipe display color. The Color Selection dialog box will appear. Select the desired color, then select the OK command button to set the color and return to the data screen. View From Node Data - Select this command button to display the Node Data screen for the From Node associated with the pipe segment. When the Node Data screen is closed, control will be returned to the Pipe Data screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
277
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
View To Node Data - Select this command button to display the Node Data screen for the To Node associated with the pipe segment. When the Node Data screen is closed, control will be returned to the Pipe Data screen.
Usage Notes...
! For pipe type elements the Size/Type data item can represent one of two values. It can represent a value that matches a Size/Type code found in the Pipe Properties table. Or it can represent the actual inside diameter value of the pipe. If the value represents a matching code, the inside diameter value is extracted from the Pipe Properties table when it is needed. If the value does not represent a matching value, it is converted to a numeric value when the inside diameter is required. ! During the solution calculation a total efficiency is computed for pipe type elements, and used in the hydraulic calculation. The total efficiency value is computed as the product of the efficiency assigned directly to the pipe segment, and the efficiency value found in the Pipe Properties table for the matching Size/Type code. If no matching record is found in the Pipe Properties table, only the assigned value is used. ! Fittings may be attached to a pipe type element. The total equivalent length of the attached fittings is added to the hydraulic length of the segment during the solution calculations. The equivalent length value is based on the inside diameter and equation values. In most cases, attachment of fittings has negligible affect on the hydraulic calculation results, however in cases where many fittings are encountered in a short distance (like meter sets, regulator sets, or compressor yard piping) it is best to include the affect of the fittings in the hydraulic calculations by attaching the appropriate fittings to the associated pipe segment. ! The displayed line style, width, and color can be assigned by one of several methods. By the default value, by manual selection, by a value assigned in the Pipe Properties table, or by a value assigned in the Facilities list. ! If an external database is attached, the Link ID is used to make a match between the selected data feature and the corresponding record in the database. The first record in the database with a matching Link ID value, is displayed in the Attribute Data list. ! See the Working With External Databases topic for more information on using an external database. ! The Pipe Data Screen can be accessed through the various command methods, or by placing the mouse pointer near the desired customer and pressing the left mouse button.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
278
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Plot Settings...
When the Plot command is selected, the Plot Settings dialog box will appear to allow the User to set the various plot control options. The features associated with the dialog box are described below:
Data Items - Page Layout Tab...

Border Width - This item specifies the width of the line used to draw the border. Type the desired value in the edit box. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit. This item is only enabled when the Include Border and Title is selected (checked). Bottom Margin - This item specifies the distance from the bottom of the page to the bottom of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
279
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Include Border And Title - When this option is selected (checked), a border and title will be included with the plotted image. Landscape Orientation - When this option is selected (checked), the image will be plotted in a landscape orientation, with relation to the current paper size. Left Margin - This item specifies the distance from the left side of the page to the left side of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit. Printer - This item specifies the currently selected printer/plotter. To change the selection, select a printer from the list or select the Printer Setup command button. Right Margin - This item specifies the distance from the right side of the page to the right side of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit. Top Margin - This item specifies the distance from the top of the page to the top of the printed report. Type the desired value in the data field. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
280
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - Settings Tab...
Customer Size - This item specifies the base size of the symbols used to plot the customers. Type the desired value in the edit box. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit. Font Name - This item specifies the name of the font to be used when printing the report. The value is set using the Font dialog box. Click in the data field to open the Font dialog box. Select the desired settings in the dialog box, then select the OK command button to save the changes and close the Font dialog box. Font Size - This item specifies the size of the font to be used when printing the report. The value is set using the Font dialog box. Click in the data field to open the Font dialog box. Select the desired settings in the dialog box, then select the OK command button to save the changes and close the Font dialog box. The size is expressed in printer points. One printer point is approximately equal to 1/72 of an inch. Line Width - This item specifies the base width of the lines used to plot the pipes. Type the desired value in the edit box. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
281
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Node Size - This item specifies the base size of the symbols used to plot the nodes. Type the desired value in the edit box. The value is expressed in the currently specified printer dimensional unit. Number Of Copies - This item specifies the number of copies to be printed. Enter a value greater than 1 in the edit box. Plot Background Image - When this option is selected (checked), any attached background images will be included with the plotted image. Plot Data Values - When this option is selected (checked), the text values for the selected node, pipe, and customer data items will be included with the plotted image. Plot In Black And White - When this option is selected (checked), the image will be plotted in black and white, except that the bitmap style background images may be printed in grayscale, not true black and white. If this option is not selected, the image will be printed using the currently displayed screen colors. Scale - This item specifies the scale to plot the image at. If the Fit option is selected, the image will be scaled to fit within the available plot space. The scale value is expressed in terms of the currently selected printer and coordinate dimensional unit. Use Bold Font - When this option is selected (checked), all text values will be printed using a bold (heavy) font style.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
282
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Data Items - Style Tab...
Plot Current Display - Select this option to plot the contents of the image currently displayed in the GDI work area. Plot A User Selected Window - Select this option to plot the view as defined by a User selected window. When selected, during plotting, a prompt will appear to allow the User to specify the plot window size. Use the mouse to select the corners of the plot window. A dashed box will be displayed to represent the selected plot window's size. Plot Full Extents Of Model & Background Image - Select this option to plot the full contents of the model and background image. Plot A User Selected View - Select this option to plot the contents of a previously saved view. Select the desired View from the associated View Name list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
283
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to cancel the plot routine. Depending on the status of the current plot activities, the plot routine may not be terminated immediately. Plot - Select this command button to execute the plot process. Printer Setup - Select this button to open the Printer Setup dialog box. The contents of the dialog box will vary depending on the selected printer and the configuration of the computer system. Make any desired setting changes, then select the OK command to return to the Plot Settings dialog box.
Usage Notes...
! Many printers and plotters have an internally set margin around the edges of the page. If the current margin values are less than these preset values, a warning will appear when trying to plot. If this occurs, reset the margins to appropriate values. ! The Windows System Printer is used to plot the image. The image is scaled as specified and centered within the margins of the currently selected page size and page orientation. The page size may be changed by selecting the "Setup" command button. ! The line width, node size, and customer size values are used as the base value for plotting the associated features. What this means, is that this size is used to plot all features where their size value is set to the default size value. Features with other size values will be plotted proportional to the base value. For example, if the default line width is 2, all pipes with a display width set at 2 or to default will be plotted at the specified line width. If a pipe feature has a display width set at 1, it will be plotted at 1 divided by 2 (or .5) times smaller than the specified line width. And if a pipe feature has a display width set at 3, it will be plotted at 3 divided by 2 (or 1.5) times larger than the specified line width. ! An image can be plotted to PDF format if a third-party PDF printer is installed. To plot to a PDF printer, select the printer from the printer list, select the Plot command button, enter a filename when prompted, the contents will be plotted to the selected filename.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
284
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Profile Options...
When the Show Route Profile command is selected, the Profile Options screen will appear. The screen allows the various options associated with creating and displaying the route profile to be set by the User. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Items To Include - Displays a list of the data items available for inclusion in the profile. Select the desired items by clicking in the box adjacent to the item until it is checked. Selection Style - Indicates how the route will be identified. Select the desired method.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to exit the screen without creating the profile. Create Profile - Select this command button to exit the screen, create and display the profile. Depending on the route selection style, various prompts will appear to create the profile route.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
285
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Usage Notes...
! When the Combined Profile option is selected, one of the display tabs on the Profile Display screen will contain a single profile with all of the selected data item values shown for the selected route. ! The route selection styles function as follows: Individual - Allows the user to individually select the pipe segments to include in the route using the mouse pointer. Trace Downstream - Allows the user to select a node location to start the trace at, all pipe segments along the major flow path downstream of the selected location are included in the route. Trace Upstream - Allows the user to select a node location to start the trace at, all pipe segments along the major flow path upstream of the selected location are included in the route. ! When the pipe segments are displayed in the profile, they are oriented so that the flow is from left to right. That is, the pipe segments are oriented so that upstream end is on the left and the downstream end is on the right. When manually selecting individual pipes for a route, it is generally best to start by selecting the most upstream segment then sequentially select segments working downstream from the upstream segment. The pipes are displayed in the order that they are selected. If a pipe is inadvertently selected, it can be unselected by clicking on it a second time. Only the highlighted pipes will be included profile. ! When using one of the trace methods to specify the profile route, if the highlight color is set to other than default, the selected pipes will be displayed and a prompt will appear before the profile is created. If the prompt appears, select the appropriate response to continue. ! The horizontal scale of the profile represents the hydraulic distance along the route. ! The vertical scale of the profile is automatically computed based on the value range of the associated data item.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
286
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Profile Display...
The results of the Show Route Profile command are displayed on the Profile Display screen. The features associated with the display screen are described below:

Close - Select this command button to close the report screen. Copy To Clipboard - Select this icon to copy the contents of the current display tab to the Windows clipboard. Once copied the contents may be pasted to another application.
Delete Segment - Select this icon to delete a selected pipe segment from the profile.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
287
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Oops (Undelete) - Select this icon to undelete a recently deleted pipe segment.
Print - Select this icon to execute a routine that prints the contents of the current display tab. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then click the Print command button to proceed with printing. Re-Orient Segment - Select this icon to re-orient (swap) the display order of a selected pipe segment in the profile.
Controls...
Close - Select this command button to exit the display screen. Display Tabs - The profile associated with each data item is displayed on a separate individual display tab. Depending on the selected items, some tabs may not be enabled. Select a tab to view the associated profile.
Usage Notes...
! Pipe segments are displayed in the profile so that the flow direction is from left to right. That is, the pipe segments are oriented so that upstream end is on the left and the downstream end is on the right. The orientation can be changed using the Re-Orient Segment command. ! The horizontal scale of the profile represents the hydraulic distance along the route. ! The vertical scale of the profile is automatically computed based on the value range of the associated data item. ! The vertical lines shown on the profile represent node locations. To determine the node that a line represents, clicking near the line using the mouse pointer. Information about the location and data values will be displayed. ! To display node information about a profile segment, click near the vertical line representing the desired node location, with the mouse pointer. To display pipe information about a profile segment, click midway on the desired profile segment (between vertical lines), with the mouse pointer. ! The Profile Options screen description provides additional information about the Show Route Profile command and the profile creation process.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
288
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Set Display Colors...

When the Set Color command is selected, the Set Display Color dialog box will appear. The dialog box allows the display color of the basic GDI features to be set by the User. Using this dialog box, colors may be set by three methods - by overall default colors, by query selection of a specific data value, or by range assignment. The screen is segregated into three sections, each associated with one of the color assignment methods. The features associated with each section are described below:
Default Colors...
This section specifies the default color values for the background and basic data features.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
289
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Background - This item specifies the color for the background of the image display area (work area). To set the color, click in the adjacent colored box - the Color Selection dialog box will appear. Select the desired value in the Color Selection dialog box, then select the OK command button. Customer -This item specifies the default color used to display the customer features. To set the color, click in the adjacent colored box - the Color Selection screen will appear. Select the desired value in the Color Selection dialog box, then select the OK command button. Node -This item specifies the default color used to display the node features. To set the color, click in the adjacent colored box - the Color Selection screen will appear. Select the desired value in the Color Selection dialog box, then select the OK command button. Pipe - This item specifies the default color used to display the pipe features. To set the color, click in the adjacent colored box - the Color Selection screen will appear. Select the desired value in the Color Selection dialog box, then select the OK command button. Symbols - This item specifies the default color used to display the symbols for non-pipe type elements. To set the color, click in the adjacent colored box - the Color Selection screen will appear. Select the desired value in the Color Selection dialog box, then select the OK command button.
Color By Query...
This section can be used to apply a highlight color to a selected set of customer, node, or pipe features based on a User specified selection criteria. Color - This item specifies the color to use to highlight the features found by the query selection. To set the color, click in the adjacent colored box - the Color Selection screen will appear. Select the desired value in the Color Selection dialog box, then select the OK command button.
Color By Range...
This section can be used to color code customer, node, and pipe features based on User specified range criteria. The section consists of a group of color boxes and range fields. Each color box is associated with the adjacent value range. The range values may be manually set by the User or automatically set using either the Allocation or Calculation method. Color Boxes - A group of color boxes which are used to display and set the color associated with the adjacent range. To set a color, click the desired box - the Color Selection screen will appear. Select the desired value in the Color Selection dialog box, then select the OK command button.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
290
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
From - A group of display boxes which are used to display the "From" value of the associated range. The "To" value from the preceding range is automatically set as the "From" value for the following range. The "From" values cannot be directly accessed. To - A group of edit boxes which are used to display and edit the "To" value of the associated range. The "To" values may be set by two methods. One is to automatically set the values using the Allocate and Calculate methods. The other is to manually set the value by typing the desired value. Item - A drop-down list used to specify which data item to associate with the specified ranges. Units - A drop-down list used to specify the dimensional unit to use during the Allocate or Calculate process. The Units list will only be displayed when an appropriate item is selected in the Item list.
Command Buttons...
Allocate - Select this command button to automatically establish the range values using the allocate method. The Allocate method attempts to create ranges with approximately the same number of features in each range group. The Allocate method does not always use all of the range colors. Apply Default Colors - Select this command button to apply the current settings to the displayed image. Apply Query Colors - Select this command button to apply the highlight color to the selected features. Apply Range Colors - Select this command button to apply the color code values to the associated features. Calculate - Select this command button to automatically establish the range values using the calculate method. The calculate method creates eight evenly "spaced" ranges based on the overall value range of the selected item. Close - Select this command button to close the screen. Define Query Specification - Select this command button to open the Query Specification screen and establish the query specification. Using the Query screen, a selection set may be defined by specifying which features to assign the specified color. Enter and select the desired specification settings, then select the Perform Query command button to create the selection set. See the Query Specification screen description for a complete description of the query screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
291
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Save Feature Colors - Select this command button to save the currently displayed colors. Setting the feature colors using the Display Color commands only temporarily applies those colors to the current display. To "permanently" save the colors, select the Save Feature Colors command button.
Usage Notes...
! Features are considered to be within a range if the value associated with the feature is greater than the "From" value, and less than or equal to the "To" value for the range. ! After color coding, use the various GDI Reset commands to reset the feature colors to the values currently saved in the model data files.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
292
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Set Text Options...

When the Set Text command is selected, the Text Display Options screen will appear. The screen allows the text display color and options to be set by the User. The features associated with the screen box are described below:
Data Items...
Bold Font - When this option is selected (checked), all text values will be displayed using a bold (heavy) font style. Color Boxes - These color boxes display the currently set value used to display the associated data items. To set a color, click the desired box - the Color Selection screen will appear. Select the desired value in the Color Selection dialog box, then select the OK command button. Customer Items - When this item is selected (checked), the customer item list will be enabled. The list displays items available for display. To display an item, select (check) the box adjacent to the item Dimensional Units - When this item is selected (checked), dimensional unit are displayed as a suffix to each data item, where appropriate.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
293
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Display Limit - This item specifies the limit used to determine wether to display the text values or not. When the diagonal distance across the GDI work area is less than the display limit, the text values are displayed. When the diagonal distance is greater then the display limit, the text is not displayed. The value is expressed in terms of the current coordinate units. To set a value, type the desired value in the edit box. To set the limit to the current display, double click in the edit box. Node Items - When this item is selected (checked), the node item list will be enabled. The list displays items available for display. To display an item, select (check) the box adjacent to the item Pipe Items - When this item is selected (checked), the pipe item list will be enabled. The list displays items available for display. To display an item, select (check) the box adjacent to the item Text Rotation - This item specifies the rotation angle used to display the text values. The rotation angle is measured as degrees clockwise from 12 oclock (North). In terms of angle measurement, North is at the top of the display. To set a value, type the desired value in the edit box. Text Size - This item specifies the size of the text used to display the data values. The value is specified in printer points. To set a value, type the desired value in the edit box. Transparent Font - When this option is selected (checked), the Font background will be displayed transparently. When this item is not selected, the text background will be opaque and will blank out the image behind the text. Variable Identifiers - When this item is selected (checked), item identifiers will be displayed as a prefix to each data item. For example, a P = prefix would be included when node pressure values are displayed.
Command Buttons...
Apply - Select this command button to exit the screen, save any changes, and apply the current settings to the displayed image. Cancel - Select this command button to exit the screen without saving or applying any changes.
Usage Notes...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
294
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Shift Specification...
The Shift Model Coordinates command allows a model to be graphically shifted, scaled, and rotated. The command is controlled using the Shift Specification screen. The features associated with the screen are described as follows:
Data Items...
Rotation Angle - This item specifies the angle to rotate the image before it has been shifted. The rotation angle is measured as degrees clockwise from 12 oclock (North). In terms of angle measurement, North is at the top of the display. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Rotation Point X - This item specifies the east-west location of the pivot point for rotating the image. The value is expressed in the current GDI coordinate units. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Rotation Point Y - This item specifies the north-south location of the pivot point for rotating the image. The value is expressed in the current GDI coordinate units. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Scale - This item specifies the amount to increase or decrease all length and coordinate values by. The value is expressed as a multiplying factor, not a percentage. Values less than one (1.00) will decrease the image size. Values greater than one (1.00) will increase the image size. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. X Shift - This item specifies the amount to move the image in the east-west direction. The value is expressed in the current GDI coordinate units. Positive values move the image east. Negative values move the image west. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
295
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Y Shift - This item specifies the amount to move the image in the north-south direction. The value is expressed in the current GDI coordinate units. Positive values move the image north. Negative values move the image south. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. Update Pipe Lengths - When this item is selected (checked), the length value of all pipe type elements will be recalculated based on the new X and Y coordinate values of the nodes and vertices. If the original length values were entered manually and the original values are to be maintained, do not select this option. Otherwise, generally this option should be selected.
Command Buttons...
Close - Select this command button to close the screen. Shift - Select this command button to calculate the new coordinates. A message box will appear when the calculations are complete.
Usage Notes..
! The new coordinates are calculated in the following order. First the image is rotated about the specified rotation location. The scale factor is then applied. Last the image is shifted by the specified amounts. ! This routine can be used to move models that were imported from another application where negative or large coordinate values were supported. Or, where a different scale factor was used. ! This routine can be used to recalculate corrupt pipe length values by setting all of the shift specification values to zero (0), except the scale factor. Set the scale to one (1.00), and ensure that the Update Pipe Lengths item is selected. When the shift is performed, the model will not move, however all of the length values will be recalculated based on the current node and vertex coordinate values.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
296
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Text Data Screen...

If User text features are included in the model, the data associated with the features is accessed through the Text Data screen. The features associated with the basic data screen are described below:
Data Items...
Bold - When this option is selected (checked), the text value will be displayed using a bold (heavy) font style. Facility Type - This item specifies the facility type to associate with the selected feature. To set a type, select a value from the list. Height - This item specifies the display height of the Text value, expressed in coordinate units. To enter a value, type the desired value into the edit box. Italic - When this option is selected (checked), the text value will be displayed using an italic font style. Rotation - This item specifies the rotation angle used to display the text values. The rotation angle is measured as degrees clockwise from 12 oclock (North). In terms of angle measurement, North is at the top of the display. To set a value, type the desired value in the edit box. Text Value - This item specifies the value to be associated with the data feature. To enter a value, type the desired value into the edit box. Underline - When this option is selected (checked), a line will be placed under the text value when it is displayed.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
297
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the data screen without saving any changes. Close - Select this command button to close the data screen and save any changes. Set Color - Select this command button to set the text display color. The Color Selection dialog box will appear. Select the desired color, then select the OK command button to set the color and return to the data screen.
Usage Notes...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
298
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Tool Palette Edit Screen...

The configuration of the icons on the tool palette can be arranged by the User, using the Tool Palette Edit screen. The features associated with the screen as follows:
The tool palette contains command icons similar to those found on the GDI toolbars. It also contains an arrangement grid. The icons can be moved between grid locations by dragging and dropping the icons with the mouse. When the icons have been arranged as desired. Click the Tool Palette Close icon to exit the edit mode, and to resize the tool palette to the smallest size possible to display all of icons. Once closed, the tool palette may be resized using standard Windows screen manipulation methods.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
299
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Usage Notes...
! To control the display of the tool palette, select the Toggle Tool Palette icon to turn the tool palette on or off, depending on its current status. ! The displayed location of the tool palette may be changed by dragging it with the mouse. The size of the tool palette can be changed by dragging its edges or corners. ! When the tool palette is displayed, a command may be executed by clicking on the associated icon. When the command is selected, the tool palette will be hidden until the command is complete. Once complete (or canceled) the tool palette will be redisplayed.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
300
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Trace Specification...
The Trace function is controlled using the Trace Specification dialog box. The features associated with the dialog box are described below:
Data Items...
Create A Trace Results File - When selected (checked), this item indicates that a Trace Results file will be created. If selected, the report options listed below this item will be enabled. Highlight Customers - When selected (checked), this item indicates that any customers found along the trace route will be highlighted with the Trace Highlight Color. Reset Colors Before Tracing - When selected (checked), this item causes the feature colors to be reset to their currently saved values before the trace is performed.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
301
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Report Customers Along Route - When selected (checked), this item indicates that any customers found along the trace route will be included in the Trace Results file. This item is only enabled when the Create A Trace Results File is selected. Report Pipes Along Route - When selected (checked), this item indicates that the pipes found along the trace route will be included in the Trace Results file. This item is only enabled when the Create A Trace Results File is selected. Report Summary Of Features Along Route - When selected (checked), this item indicates that all features found along the trace route will be included in the Trace Results file. This item is only enabled when the Create A Trace Results File is selected. Report Valves And Control Devices Along Route - When selected (checked), this item indicates that any valves, regulators, compressors, or turned off elements found along the trace route will be included in the Trace Results file. This item is only enabled when the Create A Trace Results File is selected. Start Trace At - The selected item specifies the type of feature to use as the starting point for the trace. Select the desired option by clicking on the button adjacent to the desired feature. Trace Highlight Color - This item specifies the color to use when highlighting the pipes associated with the trace. To set the color, click in the adjacent colored box - the Color selection screen will appear. In the dialog box, select the desired color value. Then select the OK command button to save the selection and return to the Trace Specification screen. Trace Style - The selected item specifies the style of trace to be created. Select the desired option by clicking on the button adjacent to the desired style. The function of each of the trace styles is described below: Trace Style Trace All Directions Trace Downstream Trace To Valves Description Performs a trace in all directions, stopping only at pipes that are turned off. All pipes which are connected to the specified starting feature will be highlighted. Performs a downstream trace. All pipes which are fed (flow) from the specified starting feature will be highlighted. Performs a trace in all directions, stopping only at valves, regulators or compressors, or pipes that are turned off. All pipes which are connected to the specified starting feature will be highlighted until a valve, regulator, or compressor type element is encountered - or until an attribute valve is encountered. Performs an upstream trace. All pipes which feed (flow) toward the specified starting feature will be highlighted.
Trace Upstream
Bradley B. Bean, PE
302
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the dialog box without performing the trace. Trace - Select this command button to close the dialog box and perform the trace. If the Create Trace Results File option is selected, a prompt will appear for entering the desired name for the results file. Enter the desired name and select the Continue command button to continue. The trace results file can posses any valid name, and does not necessarily need to be named similar to the model. A prompt will appear to indicate the starting position, select the appropriate feature to create the trace.
Usage Notes...
! Using the valve trace option, the trace will proceed from the start feature until a valve, regulator, or compressor type element is encountered - or until an attribute valve is encountered. However, attribute valves are only considered if the valves are displayed prior to executing the trace. A pipe with an attached attribute valve may or may not be highlighted depending on the location of the attribute valve. If the valve is located on the "upstream" end of the pipe, the pipe will be highlighted. If the valve is located at the "downstream" end of the pipe, the pipe may not be highlighted. In this case, upstream and downstream refer to the relative position from the trace origin. ! See the "Using Attribute Valves" section of the manual for a complete description of attribute valves, their usage, and their relationship to the trace function.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
303
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Trace Report...
When the Create A Trace Results File option is selected when using the Trace function, the results are stored in a file referred to as a trace report. The contents of the report are displayed using the Trace Report screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:

Close - Select this command button to close the report screen. Maximize Window Size - Selecting this icon will cause the reports window size to be increased to fill the GASWorkS display screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
304
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Print - Selecting this icon executes a routine that prints the contents of the report. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box, make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then select the Print command button to proceed with printing.
Controls...
Scroll Bars - The horizontal scroll bar (the bar directly beneath the viewing screen) is used to move the display right and left. If the report contents are wider than the display window, the horizontal scroll bar allows viewing of the off-display portions of the report. The vertical scroll bar (the bar directly to the right of the viewing screen) is used to move up and down in the report. The vertical bar allows the report to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider. The scroll bars may be adjusted by moving the bars "slider" with the mouse, or by clicking on the Arrow symbols associated with the specific bar. Large changes in the display can be made by clicking on the desired bar, either before or after the slider's position.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
305
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Trace & Update Specification...

The Trace & Update function is controlled using the Trace & Update Specification dialog box. The features associated with the dialog box are described below:
Data Items...
Equal To - This item indicates the new value for the selected item. Select the desired value from the list, or type a new value if the item is not associated with a data list. Highlight Customers - When selected (checked), this item indicates that any customers found along the trace route will be highlighted using the Trace Highlight Color. Set - This item indicates which data item is to be updated. Select the desired value from the list. Start Trace At - The selected item specifies the type of feature to use as the starting point for the trace. Select the desired option by clicking on the button adjacent to the desired feature.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
306
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Trace Highlight Color - This item specifies the color to use when highlighting the pipes associated with the trace. To set the color, click in the adjacent colored box - the Color selection screen will appear. In the dialog box, select the desired color value. Then select the OK command button to save the selection and return to the specification screen. Trace Style - The selected item specifies the style of trace to be created. Select the desired option by clicking on the button adjacent to the desired style. The function of each of the trace styles is described below: Trace Style Trace All Directions Trace Downstream Trace To Valves Description Performs a trace in all directions, stopping only at pipes that are turned off. All pipes which are connected to the specified starting feature will be highlighted. Performs a downstream trace. All pipes which are fed (flow) from the specified starting feature will be highlighted. Performs a trace in all directions, stopping only at valves, regulators or compressors, or pipes that are turned off. All pipes which are connected to the specified starting feature will be highlighted until a valve, regulator, or compressor type element is encountered - or until an attribute valve is encountered. Performs an upstream trace. All pipes which feed (flow) toward the specified starting feature will be highlighted.
Trace Upstream
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the dialog box without performing the trace. Trace & Update - Select this command button to close the dialog box, perform the trace, and update the specified item values A prompt will appear to indicate the starting position, select the appropriate feature to create the trace.
Usage Notes...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
307
GASWorkS 9.0
GDI
Bradley B. Bean, PE
308
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
PROPERTY TABLES
Bradley B. Bean, PE
309
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
This section describes the features associated with the various Property Tables and their report screen. It also provides some suggestions on using the Property Tables to effectively manage common data associated with the pipe features.
Using Property Tables...

The Property Table features allow redundant pipe data to be included in a common file, and helps support the modeling of non-pipe type elements. The Property Tables use relational data management techniques to maintain a relation between the pipe data files and the Property Tables. A Property Table can be thought of as a reference table. Information can be stored in the table and then referenced or "looked-up" based on a common link value. The pipe data and the data contained in the Property Table are said to be "related" by these link values. Through this relation, GASWorkS can access the data found in the Property Tables as needed, without storing all of the required data in the pipe data files. Several items in the pipe data file can be linked to a single item in a Property Table. This feature allows redundant data to be stored only once, reducing data storage and entry requirements. This feature also allows mass changes to be made by changing the value one time in the Property Table, and automatically change all of the pipe features that are related to that particular table. The Size/Type code is used to establish the link between the pipe data files and Property Tables. To demonstrate how Property Tables can be used, consider the Pipe Property Table. This table contains information about the dimensional properties of the pipes in the system. For each unique Size/Type code, the table stores the wall thickness, outside diameter, and calculated inside diameter of the pipes. The Size/Type code associated with the desired Property Table record may be entered in the Size/Type field of the pipe data file, instead of actual inside pipe diameters. For example, the code "2P" (which represents twoinch plastic) might be input for a pipe's Size/Type (diameter), instead of an actual inside diameter value of "1.885". When an actual inside diameter for this pipe is required, the Pipe Property Table will be searched for a Size/Type value equal to "2P". If a match is found, the value of the inside diameter associated with that record is extracted from the Property Table. There are several advantages to using Property Tables to store the dimensional pipe data. First, it eliminates the need for the User to remember the values of the actual inside pipe diameter for every pipe in their system. Instead, by defining the Property Table using logical codes for the pipe types, (like "2P" to represent a twoinch plastic pipe), the User only needs to remember these easily identified codes. Second, the use of Property Tables helps ensure the integrity of the model data. By maintaining the pipe sizes in a single location, and by selecting the Size/Type codes from the size list when entering data, entry errors can be reduced and consistent size values can be assured.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
311
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
The Property Tables can be revised, added to, or deleted from by the User. When choosing values to be used as the codes for the related items, attempt to choose codes that are short and logical. If you choose codes that are long or hard to remember or understand, you have defeated one of the biggest advantages of using the Property Table features. "Standard" Property Tables are included when GASWorkS is installed. The content of the various tables can be reviewed and modified as necessary to meet the Users specific needs. To change the contents of the Property Tables, select the Property Tables item from the Report menu list. Select the tab associated with the desired table. The remainder of this section describes the Property Table report screen.
Property Table Report...

The data contained in the Property Tables can be viewed, printed, and edited using the Property Table report. The displayed content of the report will change depending on the selected table type. The general features associated with the Property Table Report screen are described below:

Close - Select this command button to close the report screen. If changes have been made to any of the tables, a prompt will appear to save the changes, respond appropriately.
312
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Add Record - Select this icon to add a new record to the end of the currently displayed table. Enter new data by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value, or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change.
Delete Record - Select this icon to delete the currently selected record in the currently displayed table.
Expand Columns - Select this icon to expand all of the columns (data fields) associated with the currently displayed table.
Insert Record - Select this icon to insert a new record just before the current record location in the currently displayed table. Enter new data by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change.
Merge A Table - Select this icon to merge the contents of another table into the currently open table. When selected, a prompt will appear asking whether to insert the new table data at the currently selected record/row location or to add the contents to the end of the current table respond appropriately. Next the file section screen appear. Select the desired filename, then select the Continue to command button to add the contents of the selected file to the current table.
Move Record - Select this icon to move the currently selected record to a new location.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
313
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Open - Select this icon to open a previously saved property table. The type of table to be opened, is controlled by the currently displayed table. When selected, the File Selection dialog box will appear. Enter or select the desired filename, then select the Continue command button to open and display the file. Note: GASWorkS 7.0 look-up tables can be opened by navigating to the directory containing the desired files (generally in the \program files\gasworks 7\ini (or lookup) directory), then enter *.lut in the Filename entry box - the look-up tables will be listed. All version 7.0 look up (property) tables end in a .lut extension. Select the appropriate file from the list. It will be translated to a GASWorkS 9.0 format - save the file to a new name to save the results of the translation.
Print - Select this icon to print the contents of the tables. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box, make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then select the Print command button to proceed with printing.
Save - Select this icon to save the contents of the currently displayed table. The type of table to be saved, is controlled by the currently displayed table. When selected, the File Selection dialog box will appear. To save to a new name, enter or select the desired filename, then select the Continue command button to save the file.
Set As Current - Select this icon to cause the currently displayed property table to be set as the currently assigned property table in the preference settings.
Set Columns - Select this icon to indicate which data fields to be displayed on the currently displayed table. When selected, the Columns dialog box will appear. Select the desired columns (data fields) by placing or removing the check mark adjacent to the field name. Select the Close command button to apply the changes. Note: Column display and widths can be adjusted by dragging the column separator lines.
Sort Ascending - Select this icon to sort the currently selected column in the currently displayed table to be sorted in alpha-numeric ascending order. If the table data is saved after the sort has been implemented. The table will be permanently saved in the new order.
Sort Descending - Select this icon to sort the currently selected column in the currently displayed table to be sorted in alpha-numeric descending order. If the table data is saved after the sort has been implemented. The table will be permanently saved in the new order.
314
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Swap Yes And No - Select this icon to change all of the Yes values in the Use When Sizing column to No, and change the No values to Yes. This is useful to reset the Use When Sizing values, before making new selections. For example if the plastic type pipes are set to No and the steel sizes are set to Yes, the two settings could be change quickly by selecting this icon. After processing, all of the steel sizes would be set to No and the plastic sizes would be set to Yes.
Yes To No - Select this icon to change the values in the Use When Sizing column from Yes to No. This is useful to reset the Use When Sizing values, before making new selections.
Report Controls...
Report Tabs - A series of tabs are displayed above the report data. The tabs access specific information for each table type. The contents of each tab are described later in this section. Scroll Bars - The horizontal scroll bar (the bar directly beneath the viewing screen) is used to move the display right and left. The report contents may be wider than the display window, the horizontal scroll bar allows viewing of the off-display portions of the report. The vertical scroll bar (the bar directly to the right of the viewing screen) is used to move up and down in the report. The vertical bar allows the report to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider. The scroll bars may be adjusted by moving the bars "slider" with the mouse, or by clicking on the arrow symbols associated with the specific bar. Large changes in the display can be made by clicking on the desired bar, either before or after the slider's position.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
315
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Compressor Data...
The unique features of the Compressor Property Table are described below:
Data Items...
Enter a new, or change a data value by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change. Description - This item provides a brief description of the associated record. Enter the desired description. Dimensional Units - These items are used to specify the value of the various dimensional units. Select the desired value from the entry list. Display - This item indicates whether the associated record will be included in the size/type selection list when it is displayed. Select the appropriate value. Equation - This item specifies the power equation that will be used to describe the compressor's powerpressure-flow characteristics. Select the appropriate value from the entry list. Fuel Consumption Rate - This item specifies the fuel consumption rate for the current compressor. Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the selected dimensional unit.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
316
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Parameter 1 - The definition of this item varies depending on the selected power equation. Type the desired value in the entry box. The following table summarizes the definition of this item as associated with each of the individual power equations: Power Equation Empirical Empirical2 Theoretic Parameter 1 Definition K1 - Equation Constant Not Used Not Used
Rated Power - A data field used to display and enter the rated power of the current compressor. The Rated Power is only used as a comparison value by the report and display routines. Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the selected dimensional unit. Rec # - This item specifies the record number, in the data file, of the items displayed in the table. The values are used for User reference only.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
317
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Reference - This item list the reference from which the data for the associated required was derived. Enter the desired value. Size/Type - This item specifies the current compressor's unique Size/Type code. This item is used to relate the Compressor table to the pipe data files. The Size/Type code can be any group of alphabetic, numeric, or special characters. The value can be no longer than twenty (20) characters. Use a logical code to identify the Size/Type value. Type the desired value in the entry box.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
318
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Fitting Property Data...

The unique features of the Fitting Property Table are described below:
Data Items...
Enter a new, or change a data value by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change. Description - This item provides a brief description of the associated record. Enter the desired description. Dimensional Units - These items are used to specify the value of the various dimensional units. Select the desired value from the entry list. Display - This item indicates whether the associated record will be included in the size/type selection list when it is displayed. Select the appropriate value. Efficiency - This item specifies the Efficiency value to be used with the associated fitting. Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the selected dimensional unit. See the Usage Notes for additional information on the use of the efficiency in the solution process.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
319
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Equivalent Diameter - This item specifies the value of the Equivalent Diameter for the fitting. The Equivalent Diameter represents the inside diameter value that was used as the basis for calculating the Equivalent Length value. Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the selected dimensional unit. Equivalent Length - This item specifies the value of the calculated Equivalent Length of the fitting. Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the selected dimensional unit. Minimum Pipe ID - This item is used by the Design Module, see that Design Module documentation for the item description. Maximum Pipe ID - This item is used by the Design Module, see that Design Module documentation for the item description. Rec # - This item specifies the record number, in the data file, of the items displayed in the table. The values are used for User reference only. Reference - This item list the reference from which the data for the associated required was derived. Enter the desired value. Roughness - This item specifies the value of the inside pipe wall roughness to be used for the fitting. Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current dimensional unit. Size/Type - This item specifies the current fittings unique Size/Type code. This item is used to relate the Fitting table to the pipe data files. The code can be any group of alphabetic, numeric, or special characters. The value can be no longer than twenty (20) characters. Use a logical code to identify the Size/Type value. For example, 1.5 L-90" might represent a one and one-half inch ninety degree elbow. Type the desired value in the entry box. Sizing Group - This item is used by the Design Module, see that Design Module documentation for the item description. Sizing Type - This item is used by the Design Module, see that Design Module documentation for the item description.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
320
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Pipe Property Data...

The unique features of the Pipe Property Table are described below:
Data Items...
Enter a new, or change a data value by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change. Cost Per Unit Length - A data field used to display and enter the unit value of the pipe's installation cost. Any currency unit may be used. Enter the appropriate value by typing it in the data field. The value should be consistent with the length units used with the pipe segments. For example, if the length units are feet, the Cost Per Unit Length should be expressed in cost per foot. If the length units are Kilometer, the Cost Per Unit Length should be expressed in cost per kilometer. Type the desired value in the entry box. Description - This item provides a brief description of the associated record. Enter the desired description. Dimensional Units - These items are used to specify the value of the various dimensional units. Select the desired value from the entry list. Display - This item indicates whether the associated record will be included in the size/type selection list when it is displayed. Select the appropriate value.
321
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Display Color - This item specifies the color to be used to display the associated pipe size/type, when the color value of an assigned pipe is set to Pipe Table. Click in the data cell to open the Color Selection dialog box, or select the Default value from the entry list. Display Line Style - This item specifies the line style to be used to display the associated pipe size/type, when the line style value of an assigned pipe is set to Pipe Table. Select the desired value from the entry list. Display Line Width - This item specifies the line width to be used to display the associated pipe size/type, when the line width value of an assigned pipe is set to Pipe Table. Select the desired value from the entry list. Efficiency - This item specifies the efficiency value to be used with the associated pipe. Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the selected dimensional unit. See the Usage Notes for additional information on the use of the efficiency in the solution process. Inside Diameter - This item displays the calculated value of the inside diameter of the pipe. The value is calculated using the wall thickness and outside diameter values. The User cannot directly modify this item. To change the value of the inside diameter, modify the wall thickness or outside diameter values. Outside Diameter - This item specifies the value of the outside diameter of the associated pipe. If manufacturing tolerances are available, adjust the outside diameter to reflect the smallest possible diameter (this will result in a conservative inside diameter value). Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current dimensional unit. Rec # - This item specifies the record number, in the data file, of the items displayed in the table. The values are used for User reference only. Reference - This item list the reference from which the data for the associated required was derived. Enter the desired value. Roughness - This item specifies the value of the internal wall roughness of the associated pipe. Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current dimensional unit. Size/Type - This item specifies the current pipe's unique Size/Type code. This item is used to relate the Pipe Properties table to the pipe data files. The code can be any group of alphabetic, numeric, or special characters. The value can be no longer than twenty (20) characters. Use a logical code to identify the Size/Type value. For example, "2P" could be used to represent a two-inch plastic pipe. Type the desired value in the entry box. Sizing Group - This item specifies the sizing group to associate the current pipe with. Several sizes can be assigned to a group - for example, plastic sizes could be assigned to one group and steel to another. Each pipe segment can be assigned to a specific group. When using the pipe sizing routine, only pipe sizes associated with the assigned group will be considered during the pipe selection.
322
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
SMYS - This item specifies the Specified Minimum Yield Strength value to be used with the associated pipe. Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the selected dimensional unit. The SMYS value is used for reporting purposes only. Wall Thickness - This item specifies the value of the wall thickness of the associated pipe. If manufacturing tolerances are available, the pipe wall thickness should be adjusted so that it reflects the greatest thickness possible (this results in a conservative inside diameter value). Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the current dimensional unit. Use When Sizing - When this item is set to Yes, the current type will be available for use when the Calculate Pipe Sizes option is selected during the Solution process (when the model is optimized). During the optimization routine, only pipe types identified for use (set to Yes) will be considered when finding the required pipe sizes for the system being modeled. Select the desired value from the entry list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
323
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Regulator Property Data...

The unique features of the Regulator Property Table are described below:
Data Items...
Enter a new, or change a data value by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change. Description - This item provides a brief description of the associated record. Enter the desired description. Dimensional Units - This item specifies the dimensional unit for the various data values. Select the desired value from the entry list. Display - This item indicates whether the associated record will be included in the size/type selection list when it is displayed. Select the appropriate value.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
324
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Equation - This item specifies the flow equation that will be used to describe the regulator's pressure-flow characteristics. Select the appropriate value from the entry list. The following table summarizes the available equations and their general application by manufacturer: Manufacturer Equimeter Fisher Grove - Models 900 & 83 Grove - Model 80 Flexflo Mooney Rockwell Applicable Flow Equation Rockwell Universal Grove Grove80 Universal Rockwell
Min Differential - This item specifies the minimum differential of the associated regulator. Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value corresponds to the selected dimensional unit. Parameter 1 - The definition of this item varies depending on the selected flow equation. Type the desired value in the entry box. The following table summarizes the definition of this item based on the various flow equations: Flow Equation Grove Grove80 Rockwell Universal Parameter 1 Definition Not Used Tube Expansion Factor Not Used C1 - Valve Recovery Factor
Rec # - This item specifies the record number, in the data file, of the items displayed in the table. The values are used for User reference only. Reference - This item list the reference from which the data for the associated required was derived. Enter the desired value.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
325
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Size/Type - This item specifies the current regulator's unique Size/Type code. This item is used to relate the Regulator table to the pipe data files. The code can be any group of alphabetic, numeric, or special characters. The value can be no longer than twenty (20) characters. Use a logical code to identify the Size/Type value. For example, "FC 1-1098" could be used to represent a Fisher Controls 1" model 1098 regulator. Type the desired value in the entry box. Valve Factor - This item specifies the published "regulating" valve coefficient of the regulator. Type the desired value in the entry box. The following table summarizes the applicable values based on each specific flow equation: Flow Equation Grove Grove80 Rockwell Universal Applicable Coefficient Cv - Valve Capacity Factor C1 - Critical Flow Factor "K" Factor - Regulator Constant Cg (Regulating) - Gas Sizing Coefficient
Wide-Open Factor - This item specifies the published wide-open valve coefficient of the regulator. For some manufacturers this value is the same as the regulating valve coefficient. Type the desired value in the entry box. The following table summarizes the coefficient's definition, based on each specific flow equation: Flow Equation Grove Grove80 Rockwell Universal Applicable Coefficient Cv - Valve Capacity Factor Cp - Valve Wide Open Capacity Coefficient "K" Factor - Regulator Constant Cg (Wide-Open) - Gas Sizing Coefficient
Bradley B. Bean, PE
326
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Valve Property Data...

The unique features of the Valve Property Table are described below:
Data Items...
Enter a new, or change a data value by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change. Description - This item provides a brief description of the associated record. Enter the desired description. Dimensional Units - These items are used to specify the value of the various dimensional units. Select the desired value from the entry list. Display - This item indicates whether the associated record will be included in the size/type selection list when it is displayed. Select the appropriate value. Equivalent Diameter - This item specifies the equivalent diameter of the valve. The physical definition of this item varies according to the selected flow equation. Type the desired value in the entry box. Ensure that the value is consistent with the selected dimensional unit. The following table summarizes the item definition associated with each of the individual flow equations:
Bradley B. Bean, PE
327
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Flow Equation Crane Grove-Reg RW-Reg Rockwell Valve Univ-Reg
Applicable Parameter Varies. See the Crane Publication No. 410 for a detailed description. For approximate calculations use the inside diameter of the inlet pipe connection. The inside diameter of the inlet pipe connection. The inside diameter of the inlet pipe connection. The inside diameter of the inlet pipe connection. The inside diameter of the inlet pipe connection.
Equation - This item specifies the flow equation that will be used to describe the valve's pressure-flow characteristics. Select the appropriate value from the entry list. The following table summarizes the available equations and their general application: Manufacturer Equimeter Regulator Fisher Regulator Generic Fittings, Valves, and Regulators Grove Regulator Mooney Regulator Rockwell Regulator Rockwell Valve Sensus Regulator Applicable Flow Equation RW-Reg Univ-Reg Crane Grove-Reg Univ-Reg RW-Reg Rockwell RW-Reg
Bradley B. Bean, PE
328
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Parameter 1 - The definition of this item varies depending on the selected flow equation. Type the desired value in the entry box. The following table summarizes the definition of this item based on the various flow equations: Flow Equation Crane Grove-Reg RW-Reg Rockwell Univ-Reg Parameter 1 Definition Not Used Fk - Specific Heat Ratio Not Used Not Used C1 - Valve Recovery Factor
Rec # - This item specifies the record number, in the data file, of the items displayed in the table. The values are used for User reference only. Reference - This item list the reference from which the data for the associated required was derived. Enter the desired value. Size/Type - This item specifies the current valve's unique Size/Type code. This item is used to relate the Valve table to the pipe data files. The code can be any group of alphabetic, numeric, or special characters. The value can be no longer than twenty (20) characters. Use a logical code to identify the Size/Type value. For example, "1 Ball" could be used to represent a generic 1inch ball valve. Type the desired value in the entry box. Valve Factor - This item specifies the published coefficient for the valve. The definition of this item varies depending on the selected flow equation. Enter the appropriate value by typing it in the data field. The following table summarizes the applicable values based on each specific flow equation: Flow Equation Crane Grove-Reg Rockwell RW-Reg Univ-Reg Applicable Coefficient K - Resistance Coefficient Cv - Valve Capacity Factor "F" Factor - Pressure Drop Factor "K" Factor - Regulator Constant Cg (Wide-Open) - Gas Sizing Coefficient
Bradley B. Bean, PE
329
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Well Property Data...

The unique features of the Well Property Table are described below:
Data Items...
Enter a new, or change a data value by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change. Coefficient - This item specifies the value of the equation coefficient (constant) of the associated well. Type the desired value in the entry box. Description - This item provides a brief description of the associated record. Enter the desired description. Display - This item indicates whether the associated record will be included in the size/type selection list when it is displayed. Select the appropriate value. Exponent - This item specifies the value of the equation exponent of the associated well. Type the desired value in the entry box. Rec # - This item specifies the record number, in the data file, of the items displayed in the table. The values are used for User reference only.
330
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Reference - This item list the reference from which the data for the associated required was derived. Enter the desired value. Well ID/Type - This item specifies the current well's unique identification code. This item is used to relate the Well table to the pipe data files. The code can be any group of alphabetic, numeric, or special characters. The value can be no longer than twenty (20) characters. Use a logical code to identify the ID value. Type the desired value in the entry box.
Usage Notes...
! The number of columns in the report will vary according to the selected table type. ! If the report is too wide to print, reduce the column widths by adjusting their width using the mouse, set the printer to use landscape mode, and reduce the printer font size. If the contents of a report will not fit on a single page width, multiple pages will be used to print the report. ! The compressor power equations are described in the Appendix. ! The values of the compressor parameters must be based on an equation whose dimensional units are consistent with the following: Equation Parameter Volumetric Flow Rate Pressure or Pressure Drop Temperature Dimensional Units Cfh Psia Rankine
! The "Fitting" type can be used to model any device for which an equivalent length can be calculated. ! Fittings are modeled as a segment of pipe using the Equivalent Length for the pipe's length and the Equivalent Diameter for the pipe's diameter. ! The equivalent length can be determined from manufacturer tables, or from a piping design handbook. Most equivalent lengths are expressed in terms of length of standard wall thickness pipe. It is important to know and correctly set the Equivalent Diameter that was used to calculate the Equivalent Length. ! The dimensional units for the Equivalent Diameter and Equivalent Length items are independent of the diameter and length units used for the pipes. In other words, the Property Table dimensional units can be different from the units used for the pipes. For example, the Equivalent Diameter values could be expressed in Inches and the pipe diameter values could be expressed in Centimeters. The appropriate unit conversion will automatically take place when using and reporting the Property Table values.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
331
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
! The dimensional units for the Outside Diameter and Wall Thickness items are independent of the diameter units used for the pipes. In other words, the Property Table dimensional units can be different from the diameter units used for the pipes. For example, the Property Table values could be expressed in Inches and the pipe diameter values could be expressed in Centimeters. The appropriate unit conversion will automatically take place when using and reporting the Property Table values. ! The Specified Minimum Yield Strength value is only truly applicable for steel pipe types. However, for plastic pipe types, the Long Term Hydrostatic Strength can be used in place of the Specified Minimum Yield Strength to estimate the hoop stress to strength ratio. ! The Cost Per Unit Length is used in the Summary Report to calculate the cost of the system. Costs of various system configurations can be compared to determine the cost and benefits of the various scenarios. ! The regulator flow equations are described in the Appendix. ! Use the "Regulator" hydraulic type to model regulators operating in the "control" or "working monitor" mode. To model a regulator in a "wide-open monitor" mode, or in an upset condition, model the regulator as a "Valve" element. ! The values of the regulator parameters must be based on a flow equation whose dimensional units are consistent with the following values: Equation Parameter Volumetric Flow Rate Pressure or Pressure Drop Temperature Dimensional Units Cfh Psia Rankine
! The valve flow equations are described in the Appendix. ! The "Valve" hydraulic type can also be used to model fittings (using the Crane Equation), or regulators operating in the "wide-open monitor" mode, or in an upset condition (using the Crane or "Reg" equations). ! The dimensional units for the Equivalent Diameter item are independent of the diameter units used for the pipes. In other words, the Property Table dimensional units can be different than the units used for the pipes. For example, the Equivalent Diameter values could be expressed in Inches and the pipe diameter values could be expressed in Centimeters. The appropriate unit conversion will automatically take place when using and reporting the Property Table values.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
332
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
! During the solution, a total efficiency is computed for pipe and fitting type elements. This value is used in the hydraulic calculations. The total efficiency value is computed as the product of the efficiency assigned directly to the pipe segment, and the efficiency value found in the Pipe Properties table for the matching Size/Type code. If no matching record is found in the Pipe Properties table, only the assigned value is used. To apply only the values in the Property Tables, set the pipe segment value to one (1.00). To apply only the pipe segment value, set the associated Property Table value to one (1.00). ! The values of the valve parameters must be based on an equation whose units are consistent with the following: Equation Parameter Volumetric Flow Rate Pressure or Pressure Drop Temperature Dimensional Units Cfh Psia Rankine
! Only one well equation is supported, it is described in the Appendix. The equation coefficient and equation exponent are well dependent. Their values are determined by performing a multipoint curve fit of data derived from a standard performance test of the well. ! The Well Property table is useful for maintaining generic or assumed well performance data for untested or similar performing wells. The equation coefficient (constant) and exponent can also be uniquely entered for an individual well feature without using the Property table. To allow entry of unique values for a well feature, select the Unique item from the size/type list in the pipe data for the well. ! The values of the well parameters must be based on an equation whose units are consistent with the following: Equation Parameter Volumetric Flow Rate Pressure or Pressure Drop Temperature Dimensional Units Cfh Psia Rankine
Bradley B. Bean, PE
333
GASWorkS 9.0
Property Tables
Updating The Property Tables...

The "standard" property tables provided when GASWorkS is installed, provide a basis for building your own tables. The values contained in the standard tables may be modified, new items may be added, and nonapplicable items deleted. The various sizes, types, makes, and models included in the standard tables are described in the associated description item found in the tables. The data values associated with each item can be viewed or printed by selecting the Property Tables item from the Report menu list. Note that items are continually added to the standard tables as Users request additional items. New and revised tables are posted on our website and can be downloaded to replace or merge with existing tables. Some tables contain specific data for a particular group of related items. For example one table contains only size information for copper tubing. The User can select only the tables and items that are appropriate for their type of system or work. Multiple tables can be combined to create a single comprehensive table using the merge routine found in the property table report.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
334
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
ATTRIBUTE DATA
Bradley B. Bean, PE
335
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
GASWorkS allows non-model data to be attached to a model through the use of an external database. This non-model data is referred to as attribute data. Attribute data can be attached to both customer and pipe features. A customer attribute file might contain information about customer address, customer classification, or usage information. A pipe attribute file might contain information about installation date, leak history, or test data. If the usage information in a customer file can be manipulated into a form suitable for use in the hydraulic analysis (for example peak hour load), it can be used to assign load values to the associated customer features, and subsequently to the nodes in the model. Two styles of attribute files may be used with GASWorkS. One called a linked style file, is a file that can be defined by the User, but is managed by GASWorkS. The other, a non-linked style file, is a file managed by a third party application, for example a dBase database, or Excel spreadsheet. When a linked file is attached, GASWorkS adds and deletes records from the file as features are added and deleted from the model. When a non-linked file is used, record maintenance must be handled by some means outside of GASWorkS. The records in an attached attribute file is linked to the associated model features using the Link ID item. If a linked style database is attached, GASWorkS handles assignment of the Link ID values. If a non-linked style database is attached, the User must manually assign the Link ID values. Generally, the Link ID value should be unique within the database. The Update External Node Loads command causes the External Load item of the node data to be updated using the values found in the specified field of an attached customer attribute file. The processing behavior of the command varies depending on whether the model contains customer features or not. When customer features are included in the model, and the Total Load field is assigned, the command looks for a matching record in the attribute file, based on the Link ID value, for each customer feature in the model. If a match is made, the customer load is updated with the value found in the attribute file. When all customer loads have been updated, the node external loads are updated with the new customer loads, based on the node application method assigned to each customer. When no customer features are present, and the Total Load field is assigned, the command allows the load values contained in the attribute file to be assigned to either nodes or pipes based on Node Name or Pipe Link ID value. An additional specification screen will appear when this method is used. The remainder of this section describes the various routines and data screens associated with the attribute data and external database functions.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
337
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Attaching A Customer Attribute File...

A linkedcustomer attribute file, or another external database file can be attached to the customer features in a model. The attribute file settings are defined using the Customer Attribute Settings screen. The screen is accessed by selecting the Attribute File item from the Customer Data submenu of the Utilities menu list. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items - General Tab...

Address Field - This item specifies the name of the database field (in the attached attribute file) which contains the customer address values. The address is used for certain reporting routines. Select the appropriate field name from the list. This item is optional, if it is not used, leave the field empty. Attribute File Type - This item specifies the type of the attached attribute file. Select the appropriate type from the list. Connection Status - This item specifies the status of the connection between the model and attribute file. If the status is turned off, the connection will be disabled until turned back on.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
338
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Link ID Field - This item specifies the name of the database field (in the attached attribute file) which contains the customer identification number. The Link ID is used to link the customer features contained in the model, to the data contained in the attached attribute file. Select the appropriate field name from the list. A field name must be specified. Filename - This item specifies the name of the attached attribute file. Select the Browse command button to display the File Selection dialog box. Select the desired filename, then select the Continue command button to attach the file. Total Load Field - This item specifies the name of the database field (in the attached attribute file) which contains the total load values. If this item is specified, it is assigned to the total load value of the associated customer feature. This item is optional, if it is not used, leave the field empty. Total Load Units - This item specifies the dimensional unit value for the total load values contained in the attached attribute files. If the Total Load Field is specified, this item must be assigned. Select the appropriate value from the list. Use The Model Path Location For The Attribute File Location - This item indicates whether to look for the attribute file in the same path location as the model files. This item is useful when models are frequently shared or moved. When selected it eliminates the need to reset the attribute file location each time the model is moved. Click the check box to enter the desired setting.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
339
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
When a linked database is used, the Other data tab will be enabled, the tab is disabled for all other database types. The tab is used to identify which data lists to assign to the various data fields. Information about using data lists is provided latter in this section. Database Definition - This item lists the data fields in the current database definition. The list only allows viewing of the contents of the definition, select the Edit Database Definition command button to edit or revise the definition.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to leave the screen without saving any changes. Close - Select this command button to leave the screen, and save and apply any changes. Edit Database Definition - Select this command button to open the Database Definition edit screen. The contents of the Database Definition screen are described latter in this section.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
340
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Usage Notes...
! The available attribute file types are described below: File Type None dBASE III Description Use this item when no attribute file is attached. Select this item when the attribute data is contained in a dBASE III format file. The file does not need to contain a record for each customer feature. Only records that match an existing customer feature will be available for display. Customers are matched using the Link ID value. Select this item when the attribute data is contained in a dBASE IV format file. The file does not need to contain a record for each customer feature. Only records that match an existing customer feature will be available for display. Customers are matched using the Link ID value. Select this item when the attribute data is contained in a Excel 4.0 Worksheet format file. The file does not need to contain a record for each customer feature. Only records that match an existing customer feature will be available for display. Customers are matched using the Link ID value. Select this item when the attribute data is contained in an Excel 8.0 format file. The file does not need to contain a record for each customer feature. Only records that match an existing customer feature will be available for display. Customers are matched using the Link ID value. The file can contain only a single worksheet. Select this item to use the GASWorkS linked attribute file features. When this type of file is selected, GASWorkS creates a database file based on a User specified definition, and manages the addition and deletion of records associated with the file.
dBASE IV
Excel 4.0 (xls Worksheet)
Excel 8.0 (xls single sheet Workbook)
Linked Attribute
! When an attribute file is attached, and turned on, the attribute data will be displayed by the various Customer report and display routines. Depending on the attribute file type, the contents may be available for manipulation with the Customer edit commands and SQL edit feature ! After attaching or changing an attribute file, remember to update the node loads, as appropriate, using the Update External Loads item from the Customer Data submenu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
341
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
! When a Linked Attribute file is initially attached, GASWorkS creates a new dBASE 4.0 format database file possessing the same name as the model, with a .cdb extension. The contents of the file are specified by the database definition. Once created, additional fields may be added to or removed from a linked attribute file by revising the database definition. See the Working With A Database Definition topic found later in the Manual. ! Once a Linked Attribute file is attached and created, GASWorkS manages the addition and deletion of the associated records. One database record is maintained for each customer data feature contained in the model. Individual customers may be attached or unattached from the attribute file by appropriately setting the Link To Attribute File customer data item. ! The contents of a linked attribute file may be manipulated by an outside application, however care should be taken so that the Link ID field and its values are not corrupted. If changes are made by an outside application, ensure that GASWorkS is not using the file when the changes are made. Do not add or remove records from the file using a non-GASWorkS application. ! When an attribute file is attached, the model and database files are linked using the Link ID value. When a function needs to display or report information contained in the attribute file, a search of the database is performed. The first record in the database with a matching Link ID value is retrieved. Multiple customer features may contain the same Link ID value, however only unique Link ID values should appear in the attribute database. ! Depending on the size of the attached database, processor speed, and connection speed, the search process may take some time to complete. If the connection is slow, and the information in the attribute file is not required, the attribute file connection may be temporarily turned off using the Connection Status data item, at times when the attribute data is not needed. ! When working with a linked style database, turning the status off, does not prevent records from being added to or deleted from the database file - it only suppresses the display of attribute data in the various report and display routines. ! Each database style has its own unique requirements for field name size and syntax. In general keep the field names short (less than ten characters), do not include spaces in the name - use an underscore ( _ ) character instead, do not use special characters (like %, #, !) in the field name. ! When an attribute file is attached, the model and database files are linked using the Link ID value. When using a linked style database, the Link ID value is automatically managed by GASWorkS. Do not manually change the Link ID value of a feature or database record when using a linked style attribute file. ! When a data list is used with a linked database, the assigned list will be displayed when the associated data field is edited.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
342
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Attaching A Pipe Attribute File...

A linkedpipe attribute file, or another external database file can be attached to the pipe features in a model. The attribute file settings are defined using the Pipe Attribute Settings screen. The screen is accessed by selecting the Attribute File item from the Pipe Data submenu of the Utilities menu list. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Address Field - This item specifies the name of the database field (in the attached attribute file) which contains the pipe address values. The address is only used for certain reporting routines. Select the appropriate field name from the list. This item is optional, if it is not used, leave the field empty. Attribute File Type - This item specifies the type of the attached attribute file. Select the appropriate type from the list. Connection Status - This item specifies the status of the connection between the model and attribute file. If the status is turned off, the connection will be disabled until turned back on.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
343
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Link ID Field - This item specifies the name of the database field (in the attached attribute file) which contains the pipe identification number. The Link ID is used to link the pipe features contained in the model, to the data contained in the attached attribute file. Select the appropriate field name from the list. A field name must be specified. Filename - This item specifies the name of the attached attribute file. Select the Browse command button to display the File Selection dialog box. Select the desired filename, then select the Continue command button to attach the file. Use The Model Path Location For The Attribute File Location - This item indicates whether to look for the attribute file in the same path location as the model files. This item is useful when models are frequently shared or moved, eliminating the need to reset the attribute file location each time the model is moved. Click the check box to enter the desired setting.
When a linked database is used, the Other data tab will be enabled, the tab is disabled for all other database types. The tab is used to identify which data lists to assign to the various data fields. Information about using data lists is provided latter in this section.
344
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Database Definition - This item lists the data fields in the current database definition. The list allows viewing of the contents of the definition, select the Edit Database Definition command button to edit or revise the definition.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to leave the screen without saving any changes. Close - Select this command button to leave the screen, and save and apply any changes. Edit Database Definition - Select this command button to open the Database Definition edit screen. The contents of the Database Definition screen are described latter in this section.
Usage Notes...
! The available attribute file types are described below: File Type None dBASE III Description Use this item when no attribute file is attached. Select this item when the attribute data is contained in a dBASE III format file. The file does not need to contain a record for each pipe feature. Only records that match an existing pipe feature will be available for display. Pipes are matched using the Link ID value. Select this item when the attribute data is contained in a dBASE IV format file. The file does not need to contain a record for each pipe feature. Only records that match an existing pipe feature will be available for display. Pipes are matched using the Link ID value. Select this item when the attribute data is contained in a Excel 4.0 Worksheet format file. The file does not need to contain a record for each pipe feature. Only records that match an existing pipe feature will be available for display. Pipes are matched using the Link ID value. Select this item to use the GASWorkS linked attribute file features. When this type of file is selected, GASWorkS creates a database file based on a User specified definition, and manages the addition and deletion of records associated with the file.
dBASE IV
Excel 4.0 (xls Worksheet)
Linked Attribute
Bradley B. Bean, PE
345
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
! When an attribute file is attached, and turned on, the attribute data will be displayed by the various Pipe display and report routines. Depending on the attribute file type, the contents may be available for manipulation with the Pipe edit commands and SQL edit feature ! When a Linked Attribute file is initially attached, GASWorkS creates a new dBASE 4.0 format database file possessing the same name as the model, with a .pdb extension. The contents of the file are specified by the database definition. Once created, additional fields may be added to or removed from a linked attribute file by revising the database definition. See the Working With A Database Definition topic found later in the Manual. ! Once a Linked Attribute file is attached and created, GASWorkS manages the addition and deletion of the associated records. One database record is maintained for each pipe data feature contained in the model. Individual pipes may be attached or unattached from the attribute file by appropriately setting the Link To Attribute File pipe data item. ! The contents of a linked attribute file may be manipulated by an outside application, however care should be taken so that the Link ID field and its values are not corrupted. If changes are made by an outside application, ensure that GASWorkS is not using the file when the changes are made. Do not add or remove records from the file using a non-GASWorkS application. ! When an attribute file is attached, the model and database files are linked using the Link ID value. When a function needs to display or report information contained in the attribute file, a search of the database is performed. The first record in the database with a matching Link ID value is retrieved. Multiple pipe features may contain the same Link ID value, however only unique Link ID values should appear in the attribute database. ! Depending on the size of the attached database, processor speed, and connection speed, the search process may take some time to complete. If the connection is slow, and the information in the attribute file is not required, the attribute file connection may be temporarily turned off using the Connection Status data item, at times when the attribute data is not needed. ! When working with a linked style database, turning the status off, does not prevent records from being added to or deleted from the database file - it only suppresses the display of attribute data in the various report and display routines. ! Each database style has its own unique requirements for field name size and syntax. In general keep the field names short (less than ten characters), do not include spaces in the name - use an underscore ( _ ) character instead, do not use special characters (like %, #, !) in the field name. ! When an attribute file is attached, the model and database files are linked using the Link ID value. When using a linked style database, the Link ID value is automatically managed by GASWorkS. Do not manually change the Link ID value of a feature or database record when using a linked style attribute file. ! When a data list is used with a linked database, the assigned list will be displayed when the associated data field is edited.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
346
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Updating External Loads...

The Node data contains an item known as the External Load. This value refers to loads that are assigned from an external source using the Update External Loads command. The command is found in the Customer Data sub-menu of the Utilities menu list. The command behaves differently depending on whether customer features are included in the model. When customer features are included in the model, and the Total Load field is assigned, the command looks for a matching record in the attribute file, based on the Link ID value, for each customer feature in the model. If a match is made, the customer load is updated with the value found in the attribute file. When all customer loads have been updated, the node external loads are updated with the new customer loads, based on the node application method assigned to each customer. The load for customers where the Adjust Load By Design Factor option is selected, will be assigned to the External Load item. Where the option is not selected, the load will be assigned to the Fixed External Load item. When no customer features are present, and the Total Load field is assigned, the command allows the load values contained in the attribute file to be assigned to either nodes or pipes based on Node Name or Pipe Link ID value. The following additional specification screen will appear when this method is used.
Data Items...
Update Method - This item indicates which assignment method to use. Select Using Node Names to assign the load directly to the nodes matching the name values listed in the attribute file. Select Using Pipe Link IDs to assign the load to pipes matching the Pipes Link ID values contained in the attribute file. Select the desired option. Node 1 Name - When the Node Name assignment option is selected, this item will be displayed. The item specifies which field contains the node name values of the first node to assign the load to. The load is assigned one-half to both Node 1 and Node 2. Select a value from the list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
347
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Node 2 Name - When the Node Name assignment option is selected, this item will be displayed. The item specifies which field contains the node name values, of the second node to assign the load to. The load is assigned one-half to both Node 1 and Node 2. Select a value from the list. Pipe ID Value - When the Pipe Link ID assignment option is selected this item will be displayed. The item specifies which field contains the pipe Link ID values. Select a value from the list. Zero Loads Before Updating - When selected this item will reset all of the external load values to zero before applying the update values. Click the associated check box to enter the desired setting.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to leave the screen with updating the external load values. Update - Select this command button to update the external load values.
Usage Notes...
! When the Zero Loads Before Updating option is selected all external loads are set to zero before updating. When the option is not selected, the update loads are added to the existing load values. ! When the Node Name assignment option is selected, one-half of the loads contained in the attribute file are assigned (added) to the external load value of the node matching the Node 1 and Node 2 name values. To assign all of the load to a single node, select the same field for both the Node 1 Name and Node 2 Name items. ! When the Pipe Link ID assignment option is selected, one-half of the loads contained in the attribute file are assigned (added) to the external load value of the nodes assigned to the pipe matching the Link ID value.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
348
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Using SQL To Update Attribute Data...

GASWorkS provides a routine for updating data values contained in pipe and customer attribute files (not all file types support SQL). This routine is particularly useful for modifying customer load data contained in an attribute file. The modifications are defined by the use of a Standard Query Language (SQL) statement. SQL is a special language used to control and define changes to supported format database files. A complete discussion and review of SQL is beyond the scope of this document, however the On-Line Help system contains a variety of examples which will provide some insight into using SQL to modify data in an attribute file. The SQL statement is entered and executed using the SQL Statement Definition screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Saved Statements - This item lists any previously saved SQL statements. Select a statement from the list. SQL Statement - This item is used to specify the desired SQL statement. Enter the desired statement by typing it in the edit box. Refer to the Usage Notes for further information about the statement format requirements.
Command Buttons...
Close - Select this command button to leave the screen. Delete Displayed Specification - Select this command button to delete the currently displayed Saved Statement. Execute - Select this command button to execute the specified statement.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
349
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Save Current Specification - Select this command button to save the currently displayed SQL Statement.
Usage Notes...
! The SQL statement represents the Set and Where portions of a standard Update statement. For example, to increase the values in a field called TOTAL by ten (10) percent, the required SQL statement would be: SET TOTAL = TOTAL * 1.1. ! Changes made to the attribute file using this method are permanent. You may be able to undo a change by immediately executing a reciprocal SQL statement. For example, to undo the change described above, the reciprocal SQL statement would be: SET TOTAL = TOTAL / 1.1.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
350
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Working With A Database Definition...

When using the linked attribute database type, GASWorkS automatically creates and maintains a database containing attribute data as defined in the associated database definition. The definition specifies various information about the fields to include in the attribute files. Definitions may be saved and retrieved. A definition may be pre-defined and used and shared between models. The definition is manipulated using the Database Definition screen. The screen is accessed by selecting the Edit Database Definition button on the Customer or Pipe Attribute Settings screen. When a linked attribute file is initially attached, a new dBASE 4 format database file possessing the same name as the model, with a .cdb extension for customer data, or .pdb extension for pipe data is created. A basic definition is used to create the new file. Additional fields may be added to the file to meet the Users preference and requirements. A database definition is modified using the Database Definition screen. The contents of the screen are described below:

Add Record - Select this icon to add a new field to the end of the database definition. After the new field is added, enter new data by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value, or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change. Apply - Select this command button to close the screen, save and apply any changes. Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without saving any changes.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
351
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Clear Fields - Select this icon to clear/delete all fields except the LINK_ID and ADDRESS fields.
Delete Record - Select this icon to delete the currently selected field.
Insert Record - Select this icon to insert a new field just before the current field location. After the new field is inserted, enter new data by clicking in the associated data cell. An entry box or data list will appear. Type the desired value or select a value from the list. Press the ENTER (5) key or click in another cell to save the change. Maximize Window Size - Select this icon to cause the screens window size to be increased to fill the GASWorkS display screen.
Normalize Window Size - Select this icon to cause the screens window size to be normalized or reduced to its standard size.
Move A Record - Select this icon to move the currently selected field to a new position in the definition.
Open Definition File - Select this icon to open a previously saved database definition.
Print - Select this icon to print the contents of the database definition. When selected, the Print Control box will appear. In the dialog box, make any desired adjustments to the printer settings, then select the Print command button to proceed with printing. Save Definition File - Select this icon to save the currently displayed database definition to a file other than the current model. Once saved the definition can be opened and used with other models.
Edit Controls...
Edit Box/List - Values shown in the definition may be edited by clicking in the data cell associated with the desired value. When a data cell is clicked, an edit box or list will be displayed depending on the item type. To enter a new value, type it in the edit box, then press the ENTER (5) key, or click another cell to save the change - or, select an item from the definition.
352
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Report Controls...
Scroll Bars - The horizontal scroll bar (the bar directly beneath the viewing screen) is used to move the display right and left. The definition contents may be wider than the display window, the horizontal scroll bar allows viewing of the off-display portions of the report. The vertical scroll bar (the bar directly to the right of the viewing screen) is used to move up and down in the definition. The vertical bar allows the definition to be browsed by adjusting the bar's slider. The scroll bars may be adjusted by moving the bars "slider" with the mouse, or by clicking on the arrow symbols associated with the specific bar. Large changes in the display can be made by clicking on the desired bar, either before or after the slider's position.
Usage Notes...
! The report lists the fields contained or to be contained in the linked attribute file and their associated settings. The settings control how the fields are handled by the various report, display, and edit routines. The settings are described in the following table: Setting Field Name Field Type Field Width Display Text Display Allow Edit Data List Description... Specifies the name for the field. Names must be no more than 10 alphanumeric characters and cannot contain spaces or special characters. Specifies what type of data that the field will store. Text or a variety of numeric types are supported. If a text type field is specified, this item specifies the maximum number of characters to allow in field. Specifies the text value to display when a data field is shown using the various report and edit routines. Indicates whether the field will be displayed in the various report and display routines. Indicates whether the field values can be edited using the various report or edit routines. Specifies the name of the selection list to display when a data field is being edited using one of the report or edit routines.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
353
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Usage Notes...
! Each row in the Database Definition represents a field in the attribute data file. The fields are displayed in the order that they appear in the definition. ! The field names must be less than ten characters. The field names cannot contain spaces - use an underscore (_) character instead of a blank space. The field names cannot contain special characters (like %, #, !). ! Additional fields may be added to or removed from the attribute file after its initial creation, by revising the database definition. Revising the definition will require the attribute file to be recreated. When the file is recreated some data maybe lost, if a field is removed, or a field name or type is changed. If a change is made that results in an unexpect loss of a data field, close the model without saving the changes and the old definition and values should be preserved, however any model changes made during the current edit session will be lost. ! An outside application, such Microsoft Excel may be used to edit the attribute file, however doing so may corrupt the database definition used by GASWorkS and may result in a loss of data or connection between GASWorkS and the attribute file. ! When an attribute file is attached, the model and database files are linked using the Link ID value. When using a linked style database, the Link ID value is automatically managed by GASWorkS. Do not change the Link ID value of a feature or database record when using a linked style attribute file. ! When a new linked attribute file is first attached, a basic database definition will be created. The initial definition will contain a field named LINK_ID, and one named ADDRESS. Additional fields may be added, or if a definition has been previously saved it may be opened and applied to the current model. ! The LINK_ID and ADDRESS fields are required by the customer and pipe attribute files. Do not remove these fields from the attribute database or definition. Their display can be turned off in the database definition, if you do not wish to view them. ! No more than 255 fields (columns) may be included in the definition. ! If a linked style attribute file is to be used, the file should be attached and the database definition should be created immediately after creating a new model, or the New Project routine should be used to specify the database definition and automatically attach the attribute file while creating the new model. ! Several sample database definitions are included when GASWorkS is installed. The files all end in a .ddf extension and are located in the prop subdirectory of the main GASWorkS directory. A description of the files is included in the Appendix.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
354
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Using Data Lists...

When a linked Customer or Pipe attribute file is used. The data fields contained in the file may be specified by the User. To make data entry for these fields more efficient, a data list may be assigned to each data field. Selection of a value from a data list is generally more efficient than entering a value by typing. Data fields that represent items that may be repeated many times in the database (like customer type, or meter size and type) are good candidates for association with a data list. Generally fields that represent a number or text value that may be unique or may not be used often are not good candidates for association with data list. A data list is a simple ASCII text file which contains a list of data items and values. The format of the file is as follows: Data Item Item Value Data Item Item Value etc... Where the Data Item represents the text or value to be displayed in the data list. The Item Value represents a value to associate with the Data Item, usage of the Item Value will be explained later in this section. Item Values can only be integer type numbers ranging from -32000 to 32000. An Item Value may be 0 but a value must be entered. The data list file can be created using a third party wordprocessor or text editor, like Windows Notepad. Each pair of lines of text in the file represents a Data Item and it associated Item Value. To create a data list file: ! Open a wordprocessor or text editor. For example, open Windows Notepad. ! Create a new file. ! Enter the values that you want to include in the list - enter one Data Item on a line followed by its Item Value on the next line. Press the Enter key at the end of each line. ! After you are done entering the desired values, save the file as an ASCII text file. Instead of a .txt extension, use .lst for the filename extension. The file should be saved in the current properties table directory. The Property Tables item of the Preferences submenu of the File menu can be used to determine the current path for the Property tables. After the data list has been created, it can be assigned to its associated data field using the Edit Attribute File routine from the Customer Data or Pipe Data submenu of the Utilities menu list. Once assigned, the data list will be displayed when the associated item is edited. The first item in the list will be used as the default setting for new features.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
355
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
The storage and memory required to store an item in the database can be reduced by using an numeric integer code to represent the item, instead of its actual text value. For example pipe coating types might be coded so that 1" represents Polyethylene Plastic and 2" represents Fusion Bonded Epoxy. The storage requirement for saving the code 2" is much less than storing the entire text string Fusion Bonded Epoxy (2 bytes to store the integer code compared to 19 bytes to store the text string). GASWorkS accommodates the use of item codes through the Item Value in the data list. When a field type is set to a short integer field type, and a data list is associated with that field, the Data Item values are displayed when the field is edited by one of the model report or edit routines, however when the item is saved, the code specified by the associated Item Value is actually saved in the database. This allows a more efficient, but slightly more complicated, method of storing text values that are appropriate for inclusion in a data list. There are two special types of data list files. One indicates that the contents of the selection list should be based on a properties table. The other indicates that the contents of the selection list should be based on a GASWorkS dimensional units list. To create a list that specifies that a properties table should be used, a file must be created that contains two lines of text. The first line must contain the value GW_PROPERTY_TABLE. The second line contains the name of the table to use. Acceptable values are: COMPRESSOR FITTING PIPE REGULATOR VALVE WELL When the list is displayed, it will contain the contents of the currently assigned table, as specified by the Property Tables settings in the Preference settings. To create a list that specifies that a dimensional units list should be used, a file must be created that contains two lines of text. The first line must contain the value GW_UNITS_LIST. The second line contains the name of the unit type to use. Acceptable values are: COORDINATE DIAMETER EFFICIENCY ELEVATION ENERGY FLOW FUEL HEATING LENGTH POWER PRESSURE TEMPERATURE VELOCITY VISCOSITY VOLUME
Bradley B. Bean, PE
356
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
When the list is displayed, it will contain the contents of the specified dimensional units list, as predefined in the GASWorkS software. A comment or remark can be included in a data list file by beginning the line with a pair of forward slashes ( // ). The comment must immediately follow on the same line. Comments are not included when the list is displayed in a data field. Several sample data lists are included when GASWorkS is installed. You can open and view those files for an example of how to arrange a data list file. The files all end in a .lst extension and are located in the prop subdirectory of the main GASWorkS directory. A description of the files is included in the Appendix.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
357
GASWorkS 9.0
Attribute Data
Bradley B. Bean, PE
358
GASWorkS 9.0
Import & Export Routines
IMPORT & EXPORT ROUTINES
Bradley B. Bean, PE
359
GASWorkS 9.0
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
This section describes the features associated with the GASWorkS Import & Export routines, and provides suggestions on using these features to effectively use GASWorkS with data from other applications. GASWorkS provides translation routines for importing or exporting data associated with several types of file formats. Using the Import/Export routines, data contained in ASCII Text files, older version GASWorkS files, database files, spreadsheet files, CAD files, and GIS files may be used with GASWorkS. The following table describes the Import and Export features supported by GASWorkS: File Type Import ASCII Customer, Node, And Pipe Data (Delimited) ASCII Customer, Node, And Pipe Data (Column) dBASE III (3.0) Customer, Node, And Pipe Data dBASE IV (4.0) Customer, Node, And Pipe Data dBASE V (5.0) Customer, Node, And Pipe Data DXF GASWorkS 7.0 Microsoft Access Microsoft Excel 4.0 Worksheet Customer, Node, and Pipe Data Microsoft Excel 5.0 Workbook Customer, Node, and Pipe Data Microsoft Excel 8.0 Workbook Customer, Node, and Pipe Data MIF/MID (MapInfo) Shape Attribute Valve Shape Customer, Node, And Pipe Data (ESRI) Stoner PD & XY X-Y Customer X-Y Node X-Y Valve
Bradley B. Bean, PE
Supports Export U Merge U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U

Quick Export U
U U U
U U U U U U U U
361
GASWorkS 9.0
The import and export routines are accessed through the Import/Export item in the Utilities menu list. When selected, the Import/Export Control screen will appear. All of the import routines are controlled through this screen. The features associated with the control screen and file selection screen, along with the specific requirements associated with each supported file type are described on the following pages. Where specific file format or data requirements are present, they are described in the appropriate section. The Quick Export routines are accessed using the Quick Export submenu of the File menu list. The Quick Export routines automatically export the customer, node, and pipe data contained in the model to a single file or set of files in the specified format, depending on the target data type. When using the Quick Export routines, the contents of the data files associated with the currently open model are used to create the export files - not the data contained in memory - save the model before exporting to include any changes were made after the model was opened or last saved. Note: Files that are open by another application, like a database or spreadsheet application cannot be processed by the import and export routines until they are closed by the outside application. Note: When customer files are processed during an import routine, the imported load value is multiplied by -1 before being assigned to its GASWorkS variable. Values that indicate demands (gas leaving the system) must be entered as positive in the file to be imported. Further, in general, the load value (in the import file) should represent the value in cfh dimensional units. Note: Generally the load values in a customer file that is to be imported should represents value in cfh dimensional units.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
362
GASWorkS 9.0
Import/Export Control...
The Import routines are controlled from the Import/Export Control screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
File Type - This item specifies the type of file to be imported. Select the desired type from the list. When selected, the type will be highlighted in the File Type list and displayed in the Import/Export Log list. Import/Export Log - This item displays the activity of the Import/Export routine. Processing Record - This item displays the number of the record or line that is currently being processed.
Command Buttons...
Merge - Select this command button to merge a file with an existing GASWorkS model. Selecting this command button will cause the Import/Export File Selection dialog box to be displayed. Select the desired files, then click the Continue command button to perform the file translation. Import - Select this command button to translate a file and create a new GASWorkS model. Selecting this command button will cause the Import/Export File Selection dialog box to be displayed. Select the desired files, then click the Continue command button to perform the file translation. Export - Select this command button to translate a GASWorkS model into the selected file format. Selecting this command button will cause the Import/Export File Selection dialog box to be displayed. Select the desired files, then click the Continue command button to perform the file translation.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
363
GASWorkS 9.0
Close/Cancel - The function and caption of this command button varies depending on the current activity and status of the translation routine. When Close is displayed, select this command button to close the Import/Export Control screen without performing a translation. When Cancel is displayed, select this command button to stop the translation activity.
Usage Notes...
! The features associated with the Import/Export File Selection dialog box are presented later in this section. ! Selecting certain File Types may cause an additional option or data screen to appear. These screens allow additional translation specifications to be defined. These screens are discussed later in this section. ! The Merge routine allows a file to be merged with an existing GASWorkS file. When using Merge, the import (source) file is compared to the GASWorkS (target) file. Where matching records are found, only the defined data fields are updated. If a matching record is not found in the Target file, a new record is added to the GASWorkS file. ! The Export routine creates a new set of files in the specified format, it does not change the format or content of the GASWorkS model data files. ! The Import routine creates a new set of GASWorkS model data files. If existing model files are present, they will be sent the Windows Recycle Bin before the import routine is executed.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
364
GASWorkS 9.0
Import/Export File Selection...

When using the Import, Export, or Merge routines, the source and target file names are specified using the Import/Export File Selection screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
The upper portion of the screen contains items associated with the source (input) file. The lower portion of the screen contains items associated with the target (output) file. Directories - These items are used to specify the directory (folder) containing the desired files. Select the desired directory from the list. When a directory has been selected, all files matching the specified extension or search pattern will be displayed in the Files list box.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
365
GASWorkS 9.0
Drives - These items are used to specify the disk drive containing the desired files. Select the desired drive from the list. When a drive is selected, the directories contained on that drive will be listed in the Directories list box. The directory that is current for the specified drive, will be at the top of the list. Files - These items are used to select the source and target file names. To select a file, double-click on the desired file's name, its name will be placed in the appropriate Filename edit box. File Name - This item is used to modify the name of the currently selected file. The filename can be manually entered by typing it in the edit box, or by selecting a file from the associated Files list.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the Import/Export File Selection dialog box without performing the translation. Continue - Select this command button to close the Import/Export File Selection dialog box, and to proceed with the translation routine.
Usage Notes...
! The Source and Target Filename items are linked to each other - when a file is entered or selected in the Source Filename edit box, a suggested name is also entered in the Target name box. The target name can be changed by selecting a filename from the associated Files list, or by manually typing a value in the edit box. ! When importing or merging a file, the file to be imported is referred to as the "Source" file, and the GASWorkS model being imported into is referred to as the "Target" file. When exporting a file, the GASWorkS model to be exported is referred to as the "Source" file, and the file being created is referred to as the "Target" file. ! The import routine will overwrite existing files. If a target file is named the same as an existing file, the original contents of the file will be sent to the Windows Recycle Bin. A warning will appear if an existing file is about to be overwritten. When the warning appears, select the appropriate option to proceed.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
366
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
IMPORT ROUTINES
Bradley B. Bean, PE
367
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Importing Files...
This section of the manual provides descriptions and requirements for importing data from the various supported file formats. Where an additional data screen is used to further define the import specifications, it will be described in the appropriate section. The On-Line Help system contains a variety of step by step examples of importing the various data files. When importing data files, ensure that the data values and dimensional units contained in the source file are compatible with the values supported by GASWorkS. The import (source) file does not need to be completely inclusive. Items not included in the file will be set to applicable default values and may be revised after the import is complete, using the Mass Update or data edit routines. The default values can be set before importing a file using the Set Defaults item from the Utilities menu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
369
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Importing Column Format ASCII Files...

Fixed column format ASCII files can be used to import or merge customer, pipe, or node data into a GASWorkS model. The import or merge routine for these type files is controlled by a ASCII File Format specification screen. The layout of the source file must be defined using the screen before the file can be processed. The functionality of the specification is similar for each data type. The specific contents of the screen changes with the selected File Format (Column or Delimited) and data type. The general features associated with the Column Format screen are described below:
Data Items...
End - This item specifies the ending position of the displayed (selected) data item in the source file. The position is described as the number of characters from the left of the file. The position of the first character is one (1). If an item is not contained in the source file, its start and end values should be empty. File Format - These items indicate the basic format of the data in the source file. Click on the button adjacent to the Column label to indicate a column format file. Column format refers to a file where the data is presented in uniform columns and rows. Each column is associated with a specific data field, and each row is associated with an individual record.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
370
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Item - This item displays the currently selected data item. Once selected, the field assignment can be made. To select an item, click on it in the list below the Item data box. Item List - Displays the various GASWorkS data items associated with the date type being imported. In the list, adjacent to each data item, is the column assignment information. Click on an item name to display its values in the Item, Start, and End data fields. Select the Enter command button to save the specification values to the item list. Start - This item specifies the starting position of the displayed (selected) data item in the source file. The position is described as the number of characters from the left of the file. The position of the first character is one (1). If an item is not contained in the source file, its start and end values should be empty.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without performing the translation. Clear All Settings - Select this command button to remove all column specification information shown in the Item List. Continue - Select this command button to close the screen and proceed with the translation routine. Enter - Select this command button to save the current item and column assignment values.
Usage Notes...
! The Start and End fields designate the beginning and ending character positions of the various data items. The end position must always be equal to or greater than the start position. If a data item is not used, leave the Start and End values empty. ! The item list appearing directly below the Items and Assignment data fields, displays the GASWorkS data items associated with the data type being processed, along with their column assignments. If a data item is assigned a column, the start and end positions will appear to the right of the item's name, separated by a comma (","). Unassigned items appear by themselves. ! The import files can contain other non-related data, however no more than 50 individual columns may be present in the import record. ! Generally, customer data should be imported after the piping system has been created. ! When using the merge routine with customer data, the Link ID number must be assigned.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
371
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
! After importing a customer file, when the model is first opened in the GDI, a message will appear asking whether to create the service line assignments. Select the Yes command button to automatically create the service lines. If the pipe assignments are not included in the imported data, the customers and service lines will be assigned and attached to the geographically closest pipe. If the pipe assignments are included in the imported data, the customers and service lines will be assigned and attached to the specified pipes. When a service line is created, where possible, the location of the connection to the assigned pipe (main) is placed at a point that would cause the service line to be perpendicular from the pipe to the center of the customer location. After the customer assignments have been made and corrected, remember to update the model loads by executing the Update External Loads routine found in the Customer Data submenu of the Utilities menu list. !When importing customer data, the negative of the imported load value is saved in the customer data. That is, if the value contained in the source file is positive, the value saved in the target file will be negative. Therefore, load values that represent demands, should be positive in the source file. Load values that represent supplies, should be negative in the source file. ! Generally, it is not necessary to import node data. However if node data is to be imported, the node data should be imported before the pipe data. ! When importing or merging node data, a unique name (or number) must be included for each record. ! When importing pipe data, the From Node and To Node data fields must be assigned. ! When using the merge routine with pipe data, the Link ID number must be assigned. ! The node data must be imported before the pipe data is imported. If the associated node data file does not already exist, an error message will appear.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
372
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Importing Delimited Format ASCII Files...

Character delimited (for example, comma separated) format ASCII files can be used to import or merge customer, pipe, and node data into a GASWorkS model. The import or merge routine for these type files is controlled by a ASCII File Format specification screen. The layout of the source file must be defined using the screen before the file can be processed. The functionality of the screen is similar for each data type. The specific contents of the screen changes with the selected File Format (Column or Delimited) and data type. The general features associated with the Delimited Format screen are described below:
Data Items...
Delimiter - This item specifies the character used to separate the individual items in the data list. A comma is most commonly used, however most any unique character can be used. Enter the appropriate character by typing it in the edit box. Field - This item specifies the field number for the displayed data item. The field number represents the data item's position in the import list. The first item in the import list is associated with field number one (1).
Bradley B. Bean, PE
373
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
File Format - These items indicate the basic format of the data in the source file. Click on the button adjacent to the Delimited label to indicate a delimited format file. Delimited format refers to a file where the data is presented in individual lists containing data items separated by a delimiter (character). Each row contains one list, and each list represents the data associated with an individual record. Item - This item displays the currently selected data item. Once selected, the field assignment can be made. To select an item, click on it in the list below the Item data box. Item List - Displays the various GASWorkS data items associated with the date type being imported. In the list, adjacent to each data item, is the field assignment information. Click on an item name to display its values in the Item, and Field data fields. Select the Enter command button to save the specification values to the item list.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without performing the translation. Clear All Settings - Select this command button to remove all field specification information shown in the Item List. Continue - Select this command button to close the screen and proceed with the translation routine. Enter - Select this command button to save the current item and field assignment.
Usage Notes...
! The Field value designates the position in the import data list corresponding to the displayed data item. If a data item is not used, leave the Field value empty. !When using delimited files, if a space is used as the delimiter, ensure that extra spaces are not included in any of the data fields. ! The item list appearing directly below the Items and Assignment data fields, displays the GASWorkS data items associated with the data type being processed, along with their field assignments. If a data item is assigned a field, the assigned value will appear to the right of the item's name. Unassigned items appear by themselves. ! The import files can contain other non-related data, however no more than 50 individual columns may be present in the import record. ! Generally, customer data should be imported after the piping system has been created.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
374
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
! When using the merge routine with customer data, the Link ID number must be assigned. ! After importing a customer file, when the model is first opened in the GDI, a message will appear asking whether to create the service line assignments. Select the Yes command button to automatically create the service lines. If the pipe assignments are not included in the imported data, the customers and service lines will be assigned and attached to the geographically closest pipe. If the pipe assignments are included in the imported data, the customers and service lines will be assigned and attached to the specified pipes. When a service line is created, where possible, the location of the connection to the assigned pipe is placed at a point that would cause the service line to be perpendicular from the pipe (main) to the center of the customer location. After the customer assignments have been made and corrected, remember to update the model loads by executing the Update External Loads routine found in the Customer Data submenu of the Utilities menu list. !When importing customer data, the negative of the imported load value is saved in the customer data. That is, if the value contained in the source file is positive, the value saved in the target file will be negative. Therefore, load values that represent demands, should be positive in the source file. Load values that represent supplies, should be negative in the source file. ! Generally, it is not necessary to import node data. However if node data is to be imported, the node data should be imported before the pipe data. ! When importing or merging node data, a unique name (or number) must be included for each record. ! When importing pipe data, the From Node and To Node data fields must be assigned. ! When using the merge routine with pipe data, the Link ID number must be assigned. ! The node data must be imported before the pipe data is imported. If the associated node data file does not already exist, an error message will appear.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
375
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Importing Customer X-Y Files...

A Customer X-Y file is an ASCII format file which contains the X-Y coordinates for each customer location. Each line in the file must contain an identification number, address, or alias value followed by the X coordinate value, then the Y coordinate value. The identifier and coordinate values must be separated by a comma (","). The match item is specified using the Customer X-Y Specification dialog box. The contents of the box are described below:
Data Items...
Match On Which Data Item - The selected option indicates which data item to attempt to match customers by when merging. Or, when importing (not merging), the item indicates which identifying item is included in the source file. Select the appropriate option by clicking on the adjacent button.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without performing the translation. Continue - Select this command button to close the screen and proceed with the translation routine.
Usage Notes...
! The GASWorkS GDI supports coordinate values in the range from 0 to 9,999,999. If the X-Y file contains coordinate values outside this range, they may be modified using the "Shift X-Y" routine after the file has been imported.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
376
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
! The import process reads each record in the X-Y file and will try to find a matching customer in the target file. If a match is found, the coordinate values are assigned to the customer. The next time the model is displayed in the GDI after importing the customer coordinates, the "service line" coordinates will be created. ! When merge is used, the translation routine will try to find an existing customer record which matches the specified match item. If a match is found, the coordinate values for the matching record will be replaced with those from the source file. The service line locations will be set to 0,0 if a match is found - this ensures that the lines will be properly located in case that customer location has moved. If a match is not found, a new customer feature will be added to the target file. ! When the model is opened in the GDI after the translation, a message will appear asking whether to create the service line assignments. Select the Yes command button to automatically create the service lines. The customers and service lines will be assigned and attached to the geographically closest pipe. When a service line is created, where possible, the location of the connection to the assigned pipe is placed at a point that would cause the service line to be perpendicular from the main to the center of the customer location. After the customer assignments have been made and corrected, remember to update the model loads by executing the Update External Loads routine found in the Customer Data submenu of the Utilities menu list. ! The Customer ID Number refers to the customer Link ID data item.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
377
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Importing dBASE Format Files...

When importing a dBASE file, GASWorkS requires the User to specify the layout of the import file. The file definition is described using the Database Specification screen. The functionality of the screen is similar for each data type. The specific contents of the screen changes with the data type. The general features associated with the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Available Fields - This item specifies the individual data fields found in the selected source file. Double click a field to assign it to the currently selected (highlighted) data item. Customer/Node/Pipe Items - This item contains a list of the GASWorkS data items and their current field assignments. To assign a field to an item, first select (highlight) the data item in the Items list, then assign the field by double clicking on the desired field in the Available Fields list. To un-assign an item, double click on it in the Items list.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without performing the translation. Clear - Select this command button to clear all field assignments. Continue - Select this command button to close the screen and proceed with the translation routine.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
378
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Usage Notes...
! GASWorkS expects the source file to be a dBASE III Plus format, however other version dBASE files, and files created by other dBASE compatible applications may also be acceptable. ! The import files can contain other non-related data, however no more than 50 individual data fields may be present in the source file. ! Generally customer data should be imported after the piping system has been created. ! When using the merge routine with customer data, the Link ID number must be assigned. ! After importing a customer file, when the model is first opened in the GDI, a message will appear asking whether to create the service line assignments. Select the Yes command button to automatically create the service lines. If the pipe assignments are not included in the imported data, the customers and service lines will be assigned and attached to the geographically closest pipe. If the pipe assignments are included in the imported data, the customers and service lines will be assigned and attached to the specified pipes. When a service line is created, where possible, the location of the connection to the assigned pipe is placed at a point that would cause the service line to be perpendicular from the main to the center of the customer location. After the customer assignments have been made and corrected, remember to update the model loads, by executing the Update External Loads routine found in the Customer Data submenu of the Utilities menu list. !When importing customer data, the negative of the imported load value is saved in the customer data. That is, if the value contained in the source file is positive, the value saved in the target file will be negative. Therefore, load values that represent demands, should be positive in the source file. Load values that represent supplies, should be negative in the source file. ! Generally, it is not necessary to import node data. However if node data is to be imported, the node data should be imported before the pipe data. ! When importing or merging node data, a unique name (or number) must be included for each record. ! When importing pipe data, the From Node and To Node data fields must be assigned. ! When using the merge routine with pipe data, the Link ID number must be assigned. ! The node data must be imported before the pipe data is imported. If the associated node data file does not already exist, an error message will appear.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
379
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Importing DXF Files...

When importing a DXF file, GASWorkS requires the User to specify certain information about the import file. The file definition is specified using the DXF Import Specification screen. The features associated with the screen are described below:
Pipe Settings Tab...

Arc Resolution - This item specifies the resolution to use when processing an arc from the source file. If the value is greater than zero (0), arc entities will be converted to polyline type pipes with a vertex placed according to the resolution value. Type a value in the edit box or select one from the list. The value is expressed in terms of the degrees of arc.
380
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Assign Entity Handle To Pipe Identification Number - This item specifies whether the entity handles in the drawing are assigned to the Link ID field for pipes processed during the import routine. Select (check) the item to use entity handles as Link ID numbers. Attribute Valve Layer - This item indicates whether attribute valves are to be processed during the import routine. If symbols (blocks) indicating the location of valves is present in the drawing, select the associated layer from the list. If a layer is assigned, attribute valves will be processed during the import routine. If no layer is assigned, attribute valves will be ignored. Fuzzy Tolerance - This item specifies the fuzzy tolerance to use when processing the source file. Line ends that fall within the fuzzy tolerance, are snapped together. Type a value in the edit box or select one from the list. The value is expressed in terms of the specified model coordinate units. Pipe Layers - This item lists Pipe Size and Layer assignments. To make an assignment - under the Pipe Size column, click on a data cell. A list of pipe sizes will be displayed, select a value from the list. Click the adjacent data cell under the Layer Assignment column. A list of available drawing layers will be displayed, select a value from the list. Pipe Length Units - This item specifies the length dimensional unit for the imported pipes. It is used to make the appropriate conversion between pipe lengths, drawing coordinate units, and model coordinate units. Select a value from the list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
381
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Other Settings Tab...
Allow Multiple Customers At Same Location - This item specifies whether multiple customers can be located at the same location. When selected (checked), if multiple customers are found at the same location in the source (drawing) file, they will be stacked in the model at the same location. If the item is not selected (unchecked), only one customer (the first customer encountered) will be allowed within the fuzzy tolerance of a given location
Bradley B. Bean, PE
382
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Assign Text Value To Customer identification Number - If the Customer Entity Type is a text type entity, this item specifies whether the entity value will be assigned as the Link ID number for the imported customer features. Select (check) the item to assign the text values as the Link ID. Customer Entity Type - This item specifies the entity type used to indicate the customer locations in the drawing. Select the appropriate type from the list. Customer Layer - This item indicates whether customers are to be processed during the import routine. If customer locations are present in the drawing, select the associated layer from the list. If a layer is assigned, customers will be processed during the import routine. If no layer is assigned, customers will be ignored. Drawing Coordinate Units - This item specifies the dimensional unit for the coordinate values in the source (drawing) file. It is used to make the appropriate conversion between pipe lengths, drawing coordinate units, and model coordinate units. Select a value from the list. Model Coordinate Units - This item specifies the dimensional unit for the coordinate values in the target (model) file. It is used to make the appropriate conversion between pipe lengths, drawing coordinate units, and model coordinate units. Select a value from the list. Origin Shift - These two items specify the amount to shift the coordinate values during the import process. The X value indicates the horizontal (east-west) amount to shift the coordinates. The Y value indicates the vertical (north-south) amount to shift the coordinates. The values are expressed in terms of the drawing coordinate units. Type a value in the edit boxes. Scale Factor - Indicates a value to scale the imported coordinate values by. Not used if the drawing dimensional units are specified. User Text Layer - This item indicates whether text values will be imported as User Text during the import routine. If text values are present in the drawing, and it is desired to import these values as GASWorkS User Text, select the associated layer from the list. If a layer is assigned, the text contained on the assigned layer will be processed as User Text during the import routine. If no layer is assigned, text values will be ignored.
Command Buttons...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without performing the translation, or saving changes to the setting values. Close - Select this command button to close the screen without performing the translation, and to save changes to the setting values. Continue - Select this command button to close the screen and proceed with the translation routine.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
383
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Retrieve Specification - Select this command button to retrieve a previously saved set of specification values. When this button is selected, the File Specification screen will appear. Enter or Select an appropriate file name. Select the Continue command button to apply the saved settings and return to the DXF Import screen. Save Specification - Select this command button to save the current specification values to a file for use at a later time. When this button is selected, the File Specification screen will appear. Enter or Select an appropriate file name. Select the Continue command button to save the current settings and return to the DXF Import screen. Set Default Values - Select this command button to open the Default Data screen. Select the Close command button to return to the DXF Import screen.
Usage Notes...
! The various Layer Assignment items designate the assigned layer in the source file. If a data item is not used, leave the Layer Assignment value empty. ! GASWorkS expects the source file to be an AutoCAD (Release 2000 or older) Drawing Interchange File format, however newer version files, and files created by other DXF compatible applications may also be acceptable. ! The DXF translation routine allows Drawing Interchange Files created by various CAD or other graphics packages to be used to create a GASWorkS model. A complete model is created when the routine is used, including a Header, Customer (if included), Node, and Pipe data file. ! GASWorkS constructs the new model by using the linear graphic features on the "Pipe" layers as the pipes in the GASWorkS model. A pipe is created for each line, polyline, or arc feature found on the specify "Pipe" layers. The geographic/scaled length value of the original feature is used as the length for the new pipe element. The specified pipe size is assigned to pipes processed from the associated layer. ! A node is placed at the beginning and end of each pipe (linear feature). ! The GASWorkS GDI supports coordinates in the range from 0 to 9,999,999. If the DXF file contains coordinates outside this range, they may be modified using the "Shift X-Y" routine after the file has been imported. However, it is best to correct the original drawing and recreate the DXF so that the modifications will not need to be done again, if the drawing is ever re-imported. ! Do not leave empty rows between entries in the Pipe Layers list. Do not included extraneous data on the layers selected for importing. GASWorkS does not know the difference between a line intended to represent a pipe, and line intended to represent a street right-of-way. Or, a block representing a customer location and a block representing a fire hydrant. Imported layers should contain only the graphics representing the features for which they have been selected.
384
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
! The translation routine cannot sense your intentions, the drawing used to create the DXF should accurately reflect the intended topology (connectivity) of the model to be created. The following table lists some common mistakes made when working with DXF files: Problem Lines are not broken intersections in the drawing. at Comments Nodes are only placed at the beginning and end of the linear entities found on the designated Pipe layers. Often a long single unbroken line is drawn along several blocks of a street. The laterals coming off this line will create nodes at their ends and will appear that there is a node at the intersection, however because the line being connected to is not broken at the intersections, no nodes are placed at the lateral connections. Remedy this problem by breaking all lines at all intersections where a connection to another line is intended. This often occurs because multi-segment lines are created using a combination of several line and/or arc segments. These type of lines should be constructed of polyline segments to accurately reflect the model connectivity. To remedy this problem convert and join the individual line segments into a single multi-segment polyline which is continuous between the intended pipe ends. This occurs because the symbol is depicted by a small drawing of the symbol and the line work representing the symbol is contained on the designated Pipe layer. To remedy the problem use blocks to depict the symbols, and/or move the line work representing the symbols to a separate (unique and individual) layer. This occurs when using AutoCAD and architectural units are used in the original drawing. When a DXF file is created from a drawing with these units, the resulting coordinate values are represented in inches instead of the standard feet units. To remedy this problem, change the drawing units to engineering and rescale the drawing. Or, set the appropriate coordinate units when importing the file. Or, rescale the model in GASWorkS after it has been imported - use a scale factor of .08333 (1/12). This occurs when creating a DXF file from MicroStation. MicroStation does not internally store the graphical representation of the drawing in true coordinates, but uses positional units to represent the drawing. When the DXF is created, the positional units are reported in the file as opposed to the true coordinates (working units). To remedy this problem, set the Translation Units to Master when exporting (creating) the DXF from MicroStation. Or, rescale the model in GASWorkS after its has been imported.
Nodes appear at locations other than pipe intersections.
Many nodes appear around valve and regulator symbols.
The length of pipes in the GASWorkS model are twelve times longer than they were in the original drawing. (DXF from AutoCAD)
The coordinate values in the GASWorkS model are different than the original drawing. (DXF from MicroStation)
Bradley B. Bean, PE
385
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
! The GASWorkS GDI provides tools for repairing many of the problems listed in the previous table. However, it is best to correct the original drawing and recreate the DXF so that the modifications will not need to be done again, if the drawing is ever re-imported. ! After importing, the Flag Unbroken Intersections GDI command can be used to find and mark locations where the header pipe may not be broken (tapped) at a lateral intersection. Once flagged, the locations can be reviewed and manually corrected using the Tap A Pipe GDI command, or automatically corrected using the Break Flagged Intersection GDI command
Bradley B. Bean, PE
386
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Importing MIF/MID Files...

GASWorkS provides a routine for importing GIS files meeting the shape (MIF/MID) file format of MapInfo. The files may be created by a MapInfo GIS package, or by another package supporting the MIF/MID file format. An advantage of using the MIF/MID file format is that the file contains both graphic and attribute information. The MIF file portion of this format contains the geographic information. The MID portion contains the attribute data in an ASCII format. GASWorkS supports MIF/MID files containing pipe and customer data. A complete GASWorkS model can be created from just a pipe file. Or, if customer data is available, it can be included to create a more comprehensive model. The file contents of the attribute data file must be defined before the file can be imported. During the import process, the appropriate ASCII definition screen will be displayed. When the screen appears, enter the appropriate definition, then select the Continue command button to complete the translation. The translations are performed as follows: Import Type Customer Translation Description The customer locations are taken from the geographic data file (MIF file). The file must contain point type data features. After the customer locations have been created, the attribute data is read from the attribute file (MID file). See the Importing ASCII Customer Files section for information on specifying the attribute data file definition and additional considerations. When the merge option is selected, matching between the existing model and the new data is performed geographically. If an existing customer is found within the fuzzy tolerance of a new customers X-Y location, a match is assumed. The first time that the GDI is opened after the customer file is imported, a prompt will appear asking whether to automatically assign the customers. Enter an appropriate response. See the ASCII import usage notes for additional information on this process. Generally the customer data should be imported after the pipe data has been created.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
387
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Import Type Pipe
Translation Description The pipe locations are taken from the geographic data file (MIF file). Only arc, line, and pline type data features will be processed into pipes. After the pipe locations have been created, the attribute data is read from the attribute file (MID file). See the Importing ASCII Pipe Files section for information on specifying the attribute data file definition and additional considerations. If a node shape file is to be imported, perform the import prior to importing the pipe file. When the merge option is selected, matching between the existing model and the new data is performed geographically. If an existing pipes From and To Node is found within the fuzzy tolerance of a new pipes node X-Y locations, a match is assumed. Arc type data features which do not represent true circular curves are processed as a two-point line type.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
388
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Importing Shape Files...

GASWorkS provides a routine for importing GIS files meeting the shape (SHP) file format of Environmental Systems Research Institute (ESRI). The files may be created by an ESRI GIS package, or by another package supporting the SHP file format. An advantage of using the SHP file format is that the file contains both graphic and attribute information. Actually a SHP file consists of at least three separate files. A shape file which ends in a .shp extension this file contains the geographic information. A data file which ends in a .dbf extension - this file contains the attribute data in a dBASE III format. An index file which ends in an .shx extension - this file contains relationship information that links the geographic and attribute data. GASWorkS supports shape files containing node, pipe, customer, regulator and attribute valve data. A complete GASWorkS model can be created from just a pipe file. Or, if customer data is available, it can be included to create a more comprehensive model. Generally a node file is not required or desired. The file contents of the attribute data file must be defined before the file can be imported. During the import process, the appropriate dBASE definition screen will be displayed. When the screen appears, enter the appropriate definition, then select the Continue command button to complete the translation. The translations are performed as follows: Import Type Customer Translation Description The customer locations are taken from the geographic data file (SHP file). The file must contain point type data features. After the customer locations have been created, the attribute data is read from the attribute file (DBF file). See the Importing dBASE Customer Files section for information on specifying the attribute data file definition and additional considerations. When the merge option is selected, matching between the existing model and the new data is performed geographically. If an existing customer is found within the fuzzy tolerance of a new customers X-Y location, a match is assumed. The first time that the GDI is opened after the customer file is imported, a prompt will appear asking whether to automatically assign the customers. Enter an appropriate response. See the dBASE import usage notes for additional information on this process. Generally the customer data should be imported after the pipe data has been created.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
389
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Import Type Node
Translation Description The node locations are taken from the geographic data file (SHP file). The file must contain point type data features. After the node locations have been created, the attribute data is read from the attribute file (DBF file). See the Importing dBASE Node Files section for information on specifying the attribute data file definition and additional considerations. If a node shape file is to be imported, perform the import prior to importing the pipe file. When the merge option is selected, matching between the existing model and the new data is performed geographically. If an existing node is found within the fuzzy tolerance of a new nodes X-Y location, a match is assumed.
Pipe
The pipe locations are taken from the geographic data file (SHP file). The file must contain arc type data features. After the pipe locations have been created, the attribute data is read from the attribute file (DBF file). See the Importing dBASE Pipe Files section for information on specifying the attribute data file definition and additional considerations. If a node shape file is to be imported, perform the import prior to importing the pipe file. When the merge option is selected, matching between the existing model and the new data is performed geographically. If an existing pipes From and To Node is found within the fuzzy tolerance of a new pipes node X-Y locations, a match is assumed.
Regulator
Some special considerations need to be accommodated in order for the regulator import routine to work effectively. The data must be contained in a point type Shape File and must contain a field which identifies the upstream and downstream pipe Link Identification (Link ID) numbers. This information establishes the orientation of the regulator. The regulator locations are read from the geographic data file (SHP file), however they are not currently used as part of the import process. The location of the regulator is automatically set by the import routine as described below After the regulator locations have been read, the pipe Link ID and attribute data is read from the attribute file (DBF file). The Link ID data is used to establish the upstream and downstream pipes. Once the upstream and downstream pipes have been found, the regulator is inserted into the upstream end of the downstream pipe. The common node between the up and downstream pipes is used as the inlet (From) node of the regulator. A new node is created one-quarter of the length of the downstream pipe, downstream of the From node. The new node represents the To node of the regulator and end node of downstream pipe. The original length of the downstream pipe is maintained.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
390
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Import Type
Translation Description For best results, the downstream pipe should be a two-point type line feature - a line without vertices. The merge option for this data type, is not supported for models that already contain existing regulator features.
Valve (Attribute)
The valve locations are taken from the geographic data file (SHP file). The file must contain point type data features. After the valve locations have been created, the attribute data is read from the attribute file (DBF file). When the merge option is selected, matching between the existing model and the new data is performed geographically. If an existing valve is found within the fuzzy tolerance of a new valves X-Y locations, a match is assumed. After importing the file, use the Assign Attribute Valves command in the GDI Command List to link the valves to their associated mains.
When importing a set of shape files, the general order for processing the various files is: Node data, Pipe data, Regulator data, Customer data, Valve data. Generally a node file is not used or desired. At a minimum a pipe file must be included. Regardless of which files are used, the first file should be imported, the subsequent files should be merged. It is suggested that the model be reviewed after the pipe data has been processed. Any configuration or connectivity issues should be resolved before processing additional data types.
Importing Node X-Y Files...

A Node X-Y file is an ASCII format file which contains the X-Y coordinates for each node. Each line in the file must contain a node name value followed by the X coordinate value, then the Y coordinate value. The node name and coordinate values must be separated by a comma (","). The GASWorkS GDI supports coordinate values in the range from 0 to 9,999,999. If the X-Y file contains coordinate values outside this range, they may be modified using the "Shift X-Y" routine after the file has been imported. When merge is used, the import process reads each record in the X-Y file and will try to find a matching node name in the target GASWorkS file. If a match is found, the coordinate values are assigned to the node. If a match is not found, a new node feature will be added to the target file.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
391
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Importing Stoner PD & XY Files...

GASWorkS provides a routine for importing Stoner & Associates "PD" & XY format files. The files may be created by a Stoner modeling package, or by another package supporting the PD file format. The routine is based on our best knowledge of the Stoner files. There is some variation in the PD file format, depending on the Stoner program version that created the file. Some files may or may not import correctly. Not all options supported by the Stoner modeling software are supported by GASWorkS - messages may appear during the import warning of unsupported options. After import, you will need to correct any inconsistencies resulting from unsupported options before attempting to solve the imported model. If an XY file is detected during the import routine, the graphical data contained in the XY file will be assigned to the pipes and nodes imported from the PD file.
Importing Valve X-Y Files...

A Valve X-Y file is an ASCII format file which contains the X-Y coordinates for each valve. Each line in the file must contain a valve number value followed by the X coordinate value, then the Y coordinate value. The valve number and coordinate values must be separated by a comma (","). The GASWorkS GDI supports coordinate values in the range from 0 to 9,999,999. If the X-Y file must contain coordinate values within this range. When the merge option is selected, matching between the existing model and the new data is performed geographically. If an existing valve is found within the fuzzy tolerance of a new valves X-Y location, a match is assumed. After importing the file, use the Assign Attribute Valves command in the GDI Command List to link the valves to their associated mains.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
392
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Importing XLS Format Files...

When importing a XLS format file, GASWorkS requires the User to specify the layout of the import file. The file definition is described using the Database Specification screen. The screen contents and functionality are the same as those described in the Importing dBASE Format Files. Please see that section for information on using the screen. Depending on the selected format, GASWorkS expects the source file to be in a Microsoft Excel version 4.0 Worksheet or Microsoft Excel version 8.0 Workbook format. Version 8.0 format files must contain a single worksheet.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
393
GASWorkS 9.0
Import Routines
Bradley B. Bean, PE
394
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
EXPORT ROUTINES
Bradley B. Bean, PE
395
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Exporting Files...
This section of the manual provides descriptions and requirements for exporting data from GASWorkS into a supported file format. Where an additional data screen is used to further define the export specifications, it will be described in the appropriate section. The On-Line Help system contains a variety of step by step examples of exporting various data files.
Exporting ASCII Customer Files...

Individual customer files can be exported to an ASCII customer file. When exporting an ASCII Customer file, a single comma delimited ASCII text file will be created. The basic customer model data is always included in the exported file. If an attribute file is attached, the items contained in the attribute file will also be included in the exported file. A description of the various items included in the exported file are described in the following tables. Each item is separated by a comma (","). Each line of the file represents one record from the customer data file. String (character) values are enclosed between double quotes. ASCII Customer File Description - Model Data Field # 1 2 3 4 5 Field Description Internal identification number of the customer Link identification number of the customer Link identification number of the supplying pipe (main) Record number in the pipe data file of the supplying pipe (main) Load assignment indicator... BOTH = Assigned (one-half) to both of the pipes nodes FROM = Assigned to the pipes From Node NEITHER = Not assigned TO = Assigned to the pipes To Node DIV-WET<76 = Diversified, wet central pre 1976 type DIV-WET>77 = Diversified, wet central post 1976 type
Bradley B. Bean, PE
397
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
ASCII Customer File Description - Model Data Field # Field Description DIV-NON_OLD = Diversified, non-central older construction type DIV-NON_NEW = Diversified, non-central newer construction type 6 7 8 9 Per Unit Load Per Unit Load dimensional unit Unit Count Load Status... ON = Load is turned on OFF = Load is turned off 10 11 12 13 14 X (horizontal) coordinates of the customers location Y (vertical) coordinates of the customers location X (horizontal) coordinates of the service lines connection to the main Y (vertical) coordinates of the service lines connection to the main Attribute connection status... NO = Customer is not linked to the attribute file (if present) YES = Customer is linked to the attribute file (if present) 15... Attribute data items. If an attribute file is attached and turned on, and the link connection status is YES, the contents of the attribute file associated with the customer, will be included in the export file. The content of the attribute section varies according to the content of the attached attribute file.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
398
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Exporting ASCII Node Files...

Individual node files can be exported to an ASCII node file. When exporting an ASCII Node file, a single comma delimited ASCII text file will be created. A description of the various items included in the exported file are described in the following tables. Each item is separated by a comma (","). Each line of the file represents one record from the node data file. String (character) values are enclosed between double quotes. ASCII Node File Description Field # 1 2 3 4 Field Description Node name Pressure Pressure dimensional unit Pressure known indicator... NO = Unknown YES = Known 5 6 Base Load - this item represents the unadjusted base load for the node. Base Load Known indicator... NO = Unknown YES = Known 7 Base Load adjustment flag... NO = Do not adjust by Design Factor YES = Adjust by Design Factor 8 Base Load Status... OFF = The base load is turned off ON = The base load value is turned on 9 External Load - this item represents the unadjusted external load for the node.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
399
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
ASCII Node File Description
Field # 10
Field Description External Load adjustment flag... NO = Do not adjust by Design Factor YES = Adjust by Design Factor
11
External Load Status... OFF = The base load is turned off ON = The base load value is turned on
12 13 14 15 16
Total Load - represents the total adjusted load for the node. Load dimensional unit Average flowing temperature Average flowing temperature dimensional unit Temperature Known indicator... NO = Unknown YES = Known
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Elevation Elevation dimensional unit Atmospheric Pressure Atmospheric Pressure dimensional unit Specific Gravity Viscosity Viscosity dimensional unit Heating Value Heating Value dimensional unit Specific Heat Ratio
Bradley B. Bean, PE
400
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
ASCII Node File Description
Field # 27
Field Description Gas Properties Known indicator... NO = Unknown YES = Known
28 29
X (east-west) node location Y (north-south) node location
Bradley B. Bean, PE
401
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Exporting ASCII Pipe Files...

Individual pipe files can be exported to an ASCII pipe file. When exporting an ASCII Pipe file, a single comma delimited ASCII text file will be created. A description of the various items included in the exported file are described in the following tables. Each item is separated by a comma (","). Each line of the file represents one record from the pipe data file. String (character) values are enclosed between double quotes. Items 1-15 are the same for all element types, items 16 and higher vary according to element type. Pipe Section Description Field # 1 2 3 4 5 Field Description Internal identification number of the segment Link identification number of the segment From Node name To Node name Hydraulic Type... C = Compressor F = Fitting P = Pipe R = Regulator V = Valve W = Well 6 Status OFF = Segment is turned off ON = Segment is turned on 7 8 9 Flow (a negative value indicates that the flow direction is from the To Node to the From Node) Flow dimensional unit Maximum Velocity - not be reported for non-pipe element types
402
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Pipe Section Description
10 11 12 13 14 15
Velocity dimensional unit Linear Pressure Drop Linear Pressure Drop dimensional unit Compressibility factor Facility Type Attribute connection status... NO = Segment is not linked to the attribute file (if present) YES = Segment is linked to the attribute file (if present) Compressor Type Element...
16 17 18 19
Size/Type code Set Pressure value Set Pressure dimensional unit Mechanical efficiency Fitting Type Element...
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Flow Equation name Size/Type code Inside diameter Inside wall roughness Diameter and roughness dimensional unit Length Length dimensional unit Efficiency Efficiency dimensional unit
Bradley B. Bean, PE
403
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Pipe Section Description Pipe Type Element...
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Flow Equation name Size/Type code Inside diameter Inside wall roughness Diameter and roughness dimensional unit Length Length dimensional unit Efficiency Efficiency dimensional unit Allow size calculation indicator... NO = Do not allow sizing of this segment YES = Allow the segment to be sized
26 27 28
Attached Fitting Count Equivalent Length of the attached fittings Attached Customer Count Regulator Type Element...
16 17 18
Size/Type code Set Pressure value Set Pressure dimensional unit Valve Type Element...
16 17
Size/Type code Open Position, expressed as a percentage of full open
Bradley B. Bean, PE
404
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Pipe Section Description Well Type Element...
18 19 20
Size/Type code Equation Coefficient Equation Exponent Attribute Data...
...
Attribute data items. If an attribute file is attached and turned on, and the link connection status is YES, the contents of the attribute file associated with the segment, will be included in the export file. The content of the attribute section varies according to the content of the attached attribute file.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
405
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Exporting dBASE Customer Files...

Individual customer files can be exported to a dBASE customer file. When exporting to a dBASE Customer file, a single dBASE III (3.0) database file will be created. The basic customer model data is always included in the exported file. If an attribute file is attached, the items contained in the attribute file will also be included in the exported file. A description of the various items included in the exported file are described in the following tables. Each record in the database represents one record from the customer data file. dBASE Customer File Description - Common Section Field # 1 Field Name GW_ID LINK_ID 2 PIPE_ID PIPE_NO 3 NODE_ASGN Contents Internal identification number of the customer Link identification number of the customer Link identification of the assigned supply pipe (main) Record number in the pipe data file of the assigned supply pipe (main) Load assignment indicator... BOTH = Assigned (one-half) to both of the pipes nodes FROM = Assigned to the pipes From Node NEITHER = Not assigned TO = Assigned to the pipes To Node DIV-WET<76 = Diversified, wet central pre 1976 type DIV-WET>77 = Diversified, wet central post 1976 type DIV-NON_OLD = construction type Diversified, non-central older Field Type L C,20 C,20 L C,11
DIV-NON_NEW = Diversified, non-central newer construction type 6 7 TOT_LOAD TQ_UNIT Per Unit Load Per Unit Load dimensional unit S C,10
Bradley B. Bean, PE
406
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Contents Field Type I C,3
dBASE Customer File Description - Common Section Field # 8 9 Field Name COUNT STATUS Unit Count Load Status... ON = Load is turned on OFF = Load is turned off 10 11 12 13 14 X_COORD Y_COORD SX_COORD SY_COORD LINK_OK X (east-west) location of the customer Y (north-south) location of the customer X (east-west) location of the service line connection to the main Y (north-south) location of the service line connection to the main Attribute connection status.. NO = Customer is not linked to the attribute file (if present) YES = Customer is linked to the attribute file (if present) 15... Varies Attribute data items. If an attribute file is attached and turned on, and the link connection status is YES, the contents of the attribute file associated with the customer, will be included in the export file. The content of the attribute section varies according to the content of the attached attribute file. Field Type Definitions C,X = Character type, X characters wide D = Double precision number, maximum 15 digits I = Integer L = Long integer S = Single precision number, maximum 7 digits Varies D D D D C,3
Bradley B. Bean, PE
407
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Exporting dBASE Node Files...

Individual node files can be exported to a dBASE customer file. When exporting to a dBASE Customer file, a single dBASE III (3.0) database file will be created. A description of the various items included in the exported file are described in the following tables. Each record in the database represents one record from the node data file. dBASE Node File Description Field # 1 2 3 4 Field Name NODENAME PRESSURE P_UNIT PKNOWN The node's name Pressure value Pressure dimensional unit Pressure Known indicator... NO = Unknown YES = Known 5 6 BASE_LOAD BASE_KNOWN Base Load - this item represents the unadjusted base load for the node. Base Load Known indicator... NO = Unknown YES = Known 7 BASE_DF Base Load adjustment flag... NO = Do not adjust by Design Factor YES = Adjust by Design Factor 8 BASE_STAT Base Load Status... OFF = The base load is turned off ON = The base load value is turned on 9 EXT_LOAD External Load - this item represents the unadjusted external base load for the node S C,3 C,3 S C,3 Contents Field Type C,40 S C,10 C,3
Bradley B. Bean, PE
408
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
dBASE Node File Description Contents Field Type C,3
Field # 10
Field Name EXT_DF
External Load adjustment flag... NO = Do not adjust by Design Factor YES = Adjust by Design Factor
11
EXT_STAT
External Load status... OFF = The base load is turned off ON = The base load value is turned on
C,3
12 13 14 15 16
TOT_ADJ_Q Q_UNIT TEMP T_UNIT T_KNOWN
Total Load - represents the total adjusted load for the node. Load dimensional unit Average flowing temperature Temperature dimensional unit Temperature Known indicator... NO = Unknown YES = Known
S C,10 S C,10 C,3
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
ELEVATION Z_UNIT P_ATM PA_UNIT SG VISCOSITY V_UNIT HV HV_UNIT S_HEAT
Elevation value Elevation dimensional unit Atmospheric Pressure value Atmospheric Pressure dimensional unit Specific Gravity Viscosity Viscosity dimensional unit Heating Value Heating Value dimensional unit Specific Heat Ratio
S C,10 S C,10 S S C,10 S C,10 S
Bradley B. Bean, PE
409
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
dBASE Node File Description Contents Field Type C,3
Field # 27
Field Name GP_KNOWN
Gas Properties Known indicator... NO = Unknown YES = Known
28 29
X_COORD Y_COORD
X (east-west) node location Y(north-south) node location Field Type Definitions
D D
C,X = Character type, X characters wide D = Double precision number, maximum 15 digits I = Integer S = Single precision number, maximum 7 digits
Bradley B. Bean, PE
410
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Exporting dBASE Pipe Files...

Individual pipe files can be exported to a dBASE pipe file. When exporting to a dBASE pipe file, a single dBASE III (3.0) database file will be created. The basic pipe model data is always included in the exported file. If an attribute file is attached, the items contained in the attribute file will also be included in the exported file. A description of the various items included in the exported file are described in the following tables. Each record in the database represents one record from the pipe data file. dBASE Pipe File Description Field # 1 2 3 4 5 Field Name GW_ID LINK_ID FROM_NODE TO_NODE HYD_TYPE Contents Internal identification number for the segment Link identification number for the segment Name of the segment's From Node Name of the segment's To Node Indicates the hydraulic type C = Compressor F = Fitting P = Pipe R = Regulator V = Valve W = Well 6 STATUS Operational Status OFF = Segment is turned off ON = Segment is turned on 7 8 FLOW Q_UNIT Flow (a negative value indicates that the flow direction is from the To Node to the From Node) Flow rate dimensional unit S C,10 C,3 Field Type L C,20 C,40 C,40 C,1
Bradley B. Bean, PE
411
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
dBASE Pipe File Description Contents Field Type S C,10 S C,10 S C,20 C,3
Field # 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Field Name VELOCITY VEL_UNIT DP P_UNIT Z_FACTOR FACILITY LINK_OK
Maximum Velocity - not be reported for non-pipe element types Velocity dimensional unit Linear Pressure Drop Linear Pressure Drop dimensional unit Compressibility Factor Facility Type Attribute connection status... NO = Segment is not linked to the attribute file (if present) YES = Segment is linked to the attribute file (if present)
16 17 18 19 20 21
EQUATION SIZE_TYPE DIAMETER ROUGHNESS D_UNIT LENGTH
Flow Equation name (Pipe & Fitting types only) Size/Type code Inside diameter value (Pipe & Fitting types only) Internal pipe wall roughness value (Pipe & Fitting types only) Diameter dimensional unit (Pipe & Fitting types only) Length value (Pipe & Fitting types only) Set Pressure value (Compressor & Regulator types only) Position (Valve type only) Equation Coefficient (Well type only) Length dimensional unit (Pipe & Fitting types only) Set Pressure dimensional unit (Compressor & Regulator types only) Efficiency value (Compressor, Pipe & Fitting types only) Equation Exponent (Well type only) Efficiency dimensional unit (Compressor, Pipe & Fitting types only)
C,20 C,20 S S C,10 S
22
L_UNIT
C,10
23 24
EFFICIENCY E_UNIT
S C,10
Bradley B. Bean, PE
412
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
dBASE Pipe File Description Contents Field Type C,3
Field # 25
Field Name SIZE_OK
Allow size calculation indicator... NO = Do not allow sizing of this segment YES = Allow sizing of this segment
26 27 27 ...
FITTINGS EQ_LENGTH CUSTOMERS Varies
Attached Fitting Count Equivalent Length of the attached fittings Attached Customer Count Attribute data items. If an attribute file is attached and turned on, and the link connection status is YES, the contents of the attribute file associated with the pipe, will be included in the export file. The content of the attribute section varies according to the content of the attached attribute file. Field Type Definitions
I S I Varies
C,X = Character type, X characters wide D = Double precision number, maximum 15 digits I = Integer L = Long integer S = Single precision number, maximum 7 digits
Bradley B. Bean, PE
413
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Exporting DXF Files...

GASWorkS provides a routine for creating a DXF file. The contents of the exported file can be specified by the User. The export settings are specified using the DXF Export Options screen. The contents of the screen are described below:
Data Items...
Customer Items - When selected, the Customer Items list will be enabled. Select the items to be included in the DXF by clicking on the desired item until the adjacent box is checked. To unselect an item, click on the item until the adjacent box is empty. Only the selected items will be included to the DXF file. Customer Symbol Size - This item specifies the size of customer symbols in the DXF file. Customer symbols are represented in the DXF file by a block entity. The Customer Symbol Size value specifies the X and Y scale for the block entity. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. The value is expressed in model coordinate units. Data Text Size - Specifies the size of the data text values in the DXF file. This value only applies to text values derived from pipe, node, or customer data values. It does not change the size of User Text features. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. The value is expressed in model coordinate units. Dimensional Units - When selected, this item indicates that variable identifiers are to be included in the DXF file. For example, if selected, pressure values will be followed by their assigned pressure unit (for example "Psi"). To select this option, click in the adjacent box until a mark appears. To unselect this option, click in the adjacent box until the box is empty.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
414
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Include Extended Entity Data - When selected, this item indicates that certain extended entity data are to be included in the DXF file. To select this option, click in the adjacent box until a mark appears. To unselect this option, click in the adjacent box until the box is empty. See the Usage Notes for additional details on this option. Node Items - When selected, the Node Items list will be enabled. Select the data items to be included in the DXF by clicking on the desired item until the adjacent box is checked. To unselect an item, click on the item until the adjacent box is empty. Only the selected items will be included to the DXF file. Node Size - This item specifies the size of node symbols in the DXF file. Node symbols are represented in the DXF file by a block entity. The Node Size value specifies the X and Y scale for the block entity. Enter the desired value by typing it in the data field. The value is expressed in model coordinate units. Pipe Items - When selected, the Pipe Items list will be enabled. Select the data items to be included in the DXF by clicking on the desired item until the adjacent box is checked. To unselect an item, click on the item until the adjacent box is empty. Only the selected items will be included to the DXF file. User Text - When selected, this item indicates that the User Text Features are to be included in the DXF file. To select this option, click in the adjacent box until a mark appears. To unselect this option, click in the adjacent box until the box is empty. Variable Identifiers - When selected, this item indicates that variable identifiers are to be included in the DXF file. For example, if selected, the pressure values will be preceded by the string "P =". To select this option, click in the adjacent box until a mark appears. To unselect this option, click in the adjacent box until the box is empty.
Command Button...
Cancel - Select this command button to close the screen without performing the translation. Continue - Select this command button to close the screen, and proceed with the translation.
Usage Notes...
! The DXF export routine creates a Drawing Interchange Format file. Once created, the file can be imported into or used directly with a variety of CAD or graphics packages. ! GASWorkS attempts to match the colors found in the model with colors supported in the DXF file. Please be aware that matching is not always possible. Color values may need to be adjusted after the file has been opened in its destination application.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
415
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
! The contents of the exported file are generally as described in the following table. DXF Export File Description Section Name Header Tables Contents Point size and mode definitions. Layer Definitions for the various data layers. Node features are placed on the GWNODE layer. Node name text is placed on the GWNODETX layer. Pipe features are placed on the GWPIPE layer. And the Pipe Size text is placed on the GWPIPETX layer. Other layers may be present. Block definition for node and customer symbols. Application definition for GW90DATA if the Include Extended Entities option was selected. Entities Definitions for the node point and text features. Definitions for the pipe (line) and text features Definitions for the customer location and text features Definitions for the User Text features
! If the destination application does not read the header section of the DXF file, the layer, block, and application information may not be processed correctly. If this occurs, the imported features may need to be manually moved to the appropriate layers after importing into the destination application. ! If the Include Extended Entity Data option is selected, an application named GW90DATA" will be registered in the DXF file. In addition to the required graphic data, each pipe, node, or customer feature will also include extended entity data which includes the features unique identification. For pipes and customers, the identifier is the Internal Identification Number. For nodes, the identifier is the Nodename. ! Generally the Graphics or Graphic Symbol items should always be selected when including customer, node, or pipe items. For pipes, Graphics refers to the graphic lines that show the pipe location. For nodes, Graphic Symbol refers to the block symbols that show the node locations. For customers, Graphic Symbol refers to the block symbols that show the customer locations. ! If the Individual Layers option in the Pipe Items list is selected, pipes will be grouped on layers representing each unique pipe size. For example, all pipes with a Size/Type code equal to 2P, will be placed on a layer named GWPIPE_2P in the DXF file.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
416
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
! Select the Attribute Valve option in the Pipe Items list to include Attribute Valves and their associated number in the DXF file.
Exporting GASWorkS 7.0 Files...

Older versions of the GASWorkS model files may be created using either the Export or Quick Export routines. When exporting to a GASWorkS 7.0 file, a set of GASWorkS 7.0 compatible model files is created. Because the older version of GASWorkS does not support all of the data fields supported by the newer version, some data loss will occur when exporting to the older version. Attribute data will not be exported when creating the older files.
Exporting Microsoft Access Files...

GASWorkS provides a routine for creating a Microsoft Access database from a GASWorkS model. The routine is only available using the Quick Export routine. When exporting to an Access file, an Access compatible database (MDB extension) will be created. The file may be opened and manipulated using any application which supports that format. The contents of the exported file are similar to the items listed in the dBASE customer, node, and pipe export sections. Refer to those sections for a description of the data items included in the file.
Exporting Microsoft Excel Files...

GASWorkS provides a routine for creating Microsoft Excel spreadsheet files from a GASWorkS model. The 4.0 Worksheet format is supported by either the Export or the Quick Export routines. The 5.0 Workbook format is only supported by the Quick Export routine. The 8.0 format is supported as single sheet Workbook format by the Export routine, or as a multi-sheet Workbook by the Quick Export routine. When exporting to a Excel 4.0 or 8.0 using the Export routine, an individual worksheet (XLS extension) will be created for the associated model feature. When the 4.0 format is exported using the Quick Export routine, a set of worksheets is created - one sheet/file for each associated data feature. The files may be opened and manipulated using any application which supports the associated Excel format. When exporting to an Excel 5.0 or 8.0 Workbook, a single workbook (XLS extension) with multiple worksheets, will be created. The file may be opened and manipulated using any application which supports the associated Excel format.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
417
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
The contents of the exported files are similar to the items listed in the dBASE customer, node, and pipe export sections. Refer to those sections for a description of the data items included in the file.
Exporting Customer X-Y Files...

GASWorkS provides a routine for creating Customer X-Y files. The exported file contains a list of customer Link Identification numbers along with their associated X and Y coordinates. The file is in ASCII format, each line represents the data for one customer. The data on each line is separated by commas (",").
Exporting Node X-Y Files...

GASWorkS provides a routine for creating Node X-Y files. The exported file contains a list of node names along with their associated X and Y coordinates. The file is in ASCII format, each line represents the data for one node. The data on each line is separated by commas (",").
Exporting Stoner Files...

GASWorkS provides a routine for creating Stoner PD/XY files from a GASWorkS model. The PD file will contain various chapters including a System, NCE, and Node chapter. If graphics are included in the model, an XY file will also be created. The XY file will include both a Node and GNode chapter.
Exporting Shape Files...

GASWorkS provides a routine for creating Shape files from a GASWorkS model. The routine is available using either the Export or the Quick Export routines. When exporting to a Shape file using the Export routine, an individual set of shape files will be created for the associated model feature. When exported using the Quick Export routine, a group of shape file sets is created - one set for each associated data feature. The files may be opened and manipulated using any application which supports the ESRI Shape format. The shape file set includes a geographic file (SHP extension), an attribute database file (DBF extension), and an index file (SHX extension). The contents of the attribute database files are similar to the items listed in the dBASE customer, node, and pipe export sections. Refer to those sections for a description of the data items included in the database file.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
418
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
When using the Quick Export routine to create shape files, a prompt will appear requesting the selection of the projection file. A projection file defines a set of parameters which define the coordinate system used by the model (usually a state plane coordinate system). If a projection file is assigned, a projection file (PRJ extension) will be included with the shape file set. The projection must already exist to be assigned. See the appropriate ESRI documentation for the format and definition of the contents of the projection file.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
419
GASWorkS 9.0
Export Routines
Bradley B. Bean, PE
420
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
MISCELLANEOUS
Bradley B. Bean, PE
421
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Personalizing GASWorkS...
Many Users have their own preferences on how they like to do work, how they like the software to react to certain actions. GASWorkS attempts to accommodate these personal preferences, by allowing a variety of preference and behavior settings to be made by the User. Some of these settings are applied only to the GASWorkS operating environment, others are applied and saved with the model data. The following table lists some of these settings, what they do, how they are set, and whether they apply to the GASWorkS operating environment or to the model data. Not all of the settings and options are included in the table. Descriptions of other options are include with the program features that they are associated with. Setting/Behavior Description Set Using
Operating Environment (Saved with GASWorkS) Path (File) Locations... Initialization Files Sets the location where the initialization files are saved. This item is useful if multiple Users are using GASWorkS in a network environment. This item can be used to set a location for saving initialization and preference settings for each User. The Path item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list.
Model Files
Sets the location where GASWorkS looks for The Path item of the model files. This item is useful if model files Preferences submenu of are stored in multiple directories or folders. the Files menu list. Sets the location where GASWorkS looks for The Path item of the the assigned property tables. This item is Preferences submenu of useful if multiple tables are used. the Files menu list. Or the Property Table item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list. Sets the location where GASWorkS looks for the license file. This item is useful when using GASWorkS in a network environment. Sets which property tables are used with the model. A table is required for each supported hydraulic type. The Path item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list. The Property Tables item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list.
Property Tables
License File
Property Tables
Options...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
423
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Set Using The Options item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list.
Setting/Behavior Allow Undo of Graphic/Data Changes
Description Establishes whether certain graphic and data changes can be restored using the Undo command. Allowing Undo slows down edit commands that support Undo. Depending on the speed of the machine and size of the change, the decline in performance may or may not be noticeable. Establishes whether the GDI command list is automatically displayed when the mouse pointer is moved over the associated icon. If the option is not selected, the list is displayed by clicking on the associated icon. Establishes whether the Graphic Data Interface is automatically displayed when a model is opened. If the option is not selected, the GDI can be opened by selecting the View/Edit menu item from the Graphics menu list. Establishes whether the model data is saved at User specified time increments. This item is useful to help prevent a loss of data in the event of a system or software crash. Establishes whether various messages are displayed during certain command execution. For example whether a message is displayed when a command is done processing. Establishes whether all data features are updated when using the Mass Update routine. If this option is not selected, only data features assigned to an active facility type will be updated when using the Mass Update routine. Establishes whether the model data is saved before each time the model is solved, just before the solution is executed. This item is useful to prevent data loss in the event of a system or software crash.
Automatic Display Of GDI Command List
The Options item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list.
Automatically Open GDI
Automatically Save At Timed Increments
The Options item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list. The Options item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list. The Options item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list.
Display Reminders
Ignore Facility Settings On Mass Update
Save Before Solving
Bradley B. Bean, PE
424
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Set Using The Options item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list. The Options item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list.
Setting/Behavior Show Tooltips
Description Establishes whether pop up tooltips are displayed when the mouse pointer is left idle over a command button, data field, or data list. Establishes whether a command alias file is to be used when processing commands entered on the Command Line. This item is useful when it is desirable to use an alternative spelling for commands typed on the command, perhaps in a non-English language.
Use Command Alias File
Model Environment (Saved With Model) Report Options... Number of Decimals Establishes the number of decimal places to be displayed when displaying or reporting data values. Establishes which facility types are to be reported. Only data features associated with selected facility types will be included in reports. The Report Options item of the Report menu list. The Report Options item of the Report menu list. Or the Facility Settings item of the Edit menu list. Or the Facility Settings item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list. The Report Options item of the Report menu list.
Facilities To Report
Automatically Sort Reports
Establishes whether the standard pipe, node, and customer reports are sorted by the selected method when they are displayed. Selecting this item will cause a delay in displaying the standard reports. Depending on the size of the model and speed of the machine, the decline in performance may or may not be noticeable. Sets the value to be used as basis for the Pressure Drop Per Unit Length calculation Sets the dimensional unit for printer measurement values, like page margins etc.
Pressure Drop Per Length Printer Dimensional Units
The Report Options item of the Report menu list. The Report Options item of the Report menu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
425
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Set Using The Report Options item of the Report menu list.
Setting/Behavior Exception Report Contents
Description Establishes the types of errors to look for and report when creating an Exception Report. The Exception Report is optionally included as part of the Solution Log. Establishes which columns to include in the standard pipe, node, and customer reports.
Displayed Data Columns Graphic Settings... Automatic Length Update
The Set command found on the header section of the associated report.
Establishes whether pipe lengths are automatically updated when certain graphic edit commands are used. If this option is not selected, a prompt will appear each time a command is used that alters the length of a pipe. Establishes whether certain mouse events can be used to automatically execute certain GDI pan and zoom commands. See the Mouse Events description in the GDI section of the Manual for more information. Establishes whether the GDI image is automatically repainted/redrawn after ceratin edit commands, the mass update routine, or the solution routine is executed. If this option is not selected, the GDI image can be manually redrawn using the Redraw/Repaint GDI command. Establishes whether the GDI image is zoomed into the associated feature when a find command is used. Establishes how many times a flow arrow is displayed on polyline pipe segments. When selected, a flow arrow will be displayed once per polyline pipe, midway of the mid segment.
The Settings item of the Graphics menu list.
Automatic Pan & Zoom
Automatic Repaint
Automatic Zoom On Find Display Flow Arrow Once Per Polyline Pipe
The Settings item of the Graphics menu list. The Settings item of the Graphics menu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
426
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Set Using The Settings item of the Graphics menu list.
Setting/Behavior Display Running Length
Description Establishes whether the length of the pipe segment will be displayed as the mouse is moved when graphically adding new pipe segments. Establishes whether the outline of the nondisplayed display panels is shown on the displayed panel. Establishes whether pipe symbols are drawn using a solid shape or a hollow shape. When selected the shapes are solid. Establishes whether marker symbols are displayed at each vertex on polyline pipe an service features. Establishes whether pipes whose ends fall completely outside the current display region. Using this option can increase display speed, but can also suppress the display of pipe and background features in some circumstances. Establishes whether the associated data edit screen is displayed when new features are added using the GDI add commands. Establishes whether the GDI menu is displayed when the right mouse button is clicked while the mouse is over the GDI display area and now command is executing. See the Mouse Events description in the GDI section of the Manual for more information. Establishes whether the tooltip text is displayed when the mouse is idle over the GDI display area. Establishes whether flow arrows are displayed on pipes with flow values less than the convergence tolerance.
Display Panel Outlines Display Solid Pipe Symbols Display Vertex Symbols Ignore Pipes Outside Display
The Settings item of the Graphics menu list. The Settings item of the Graphics menu list. The Settings item of the Graphics menu list. The Settings item of the Graphics menu list.
Query During New Feature Entry Show GDI Pop-Up Menu On Right Mouse Click
Show GDI Tooltip
Suppress Flow Arrow Where Flow Less Than Convergence Tolerance
Bradley B. Bean, PE
427
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Set Using The Settings item of the Graphics menu list. Or the Facility Settings item of the Edit menu list. Or the Facility Settings item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list. The Settings item of the Graphics menu list. The Settings item of the Graphics menu list.
Setting/Behavior Facilities To Display
Description Establishes which facility types are to be displayed. Only data features associated with selected facility types will be displayed.
Pan/Scroll Change Refresh Increment
Establishes the amount of shift in the GDI image when the scroll icon is clicked. Establishes how often the GDI display area updated when redrawing (refreshing) the image. A value of 100% means that the display is not updated until the entire image is refreshed in memory. A value of 10% means that the display is updated after 1/10 of the features are refreshed in memory. Using a value of 100% provides the greatest performance, lower values decrease performance, however lower values yield a more User acceptable result. Establishes the amount of change in the GDI image when the Zoom In and Zoom Out commands are used. For example a value of 2, increase the image size 2 times when zooming in, or decreases the image size by 50% when zooming out.
Zoom Ratio
Solution Options... Flag Large Error Node Upon Completion Include Exceptions In Log Report Update Color Coding Establishes whether a flag symbol is placed at the location of the node with the largest error (imbalance of flows in to and out of the node), upon completion of the solution. Establishes whether an Exceptions Report is to be included in the Solution Log Report. Establishes whether facilities colors should be updated based on the latest results, and the last established range color specification. The Solution data screen.
The Solution data screen. The Solution data screen.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
428
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Set Using The Solution data screen. Or the Facility Settings item of the Edit menu list. Or the Facility Settings item of the Preferences submenu of the Files menu list.
Setting/Behavior Facilities To Solve
Description Establishes which facility types are to be included in the solution. Only data features associated with selected facility types will be included in the solution.
Default Data... Dimensional Units Node Increment Establishes the default and global dimensional units for the various data values. Establishes the increment value used when creating default names for new nodes. The Set Defaults item of the Utilities menu list. The Set Defaults item of the Utilities menu list.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
429
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Using Non-Pipe Elements...

The majority of most piping systems consists of pipe type elements. However, there are of course other elements that can sometimes be found in a piping system - compressors, fittings, regulators, valves, wells. GASWorkS allows inclusion of these items in its models, in addition to the standard pipe type elements. Following are some considerations that might be useful when including non-pipe type elements in a model: Element Type Compressor Considerations... When a compressor is included in a model, two requirements must be adhered to for the element to function correctly. The first, is that the compressor element must be input so that the From Node represents the upstream (suction) side of the compressor, and the To Node represents the downstream (discharge) side of the compressor. When the compressor symbol is drawn in the GDI, the large end is the suction side or From Node end of the compressor. If the element is input backwards, use the Swap Pipe Ends command to automatically change the elements input direction. The second requirement, is that a pressure must known on one side of the compressor. GASWorkS models a compressor as a black box. It does not consider any of the characteristics (power rating, etc.) of the compressor during the solution. The software only considers that the element is a compressor and as such knows that the inlet pressure must be less than the outlet pressure. If the downstream pressure is set as unknown, the set pressure is used as a check. If the upstream pressure is greater than the set pressure, the compressor is set to free flow. In this mode the outlet pressure is set equivalent to the inlet pressure. The compressor operating characteristics are calculated and reported separate of the solution routine. The characteristics can be viewed using the Summary report, or by using the Edit/View command and selecting a compressor feature in the GDI. Fitting For systems where the pipe lengths are generally much longer than the equivalent lengths of the fittings (distribution, gathering, and transmission type systems), it is not really beneficial to include the fittings in the model. For systems like these, the inclusion of fittings unnecessarily complicates the model, while providing only a very little increase in the models accuracy. For systems where the pipe lengths are generally comparable to the equivalent lengths of the fittings (fuel piping, meter sets, regulator sets, and yard piping systems), it is beneficial to include the fittings in the model. For systems like these, the inclusion of fittings does tend to complicate the model, however in this case their inclusion does provide a significant increase in the models accuracy.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
430
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Element Type
Considerations... Inclusion of fittings can sometimes cause the number of iterations required to solve the model to increase. This occurs because generally the pressure drop across fittings is quite small, and elements with small pressure drops tend to take longer to solve or balance. An alternative to including fitting hydraulic type elements in a model, is to include the equivalent length of the fittings in the length of the associated pipe segments. Or, attach fittings directly to the associated pipe segment. The latter method is the easiest way to handle fittings.
Regulator
When a regulator is included in a model, the regulator element must be input so that the From Node is the upstream (high pressure) side of the regulator, and the To Node is the downstream (low pressure) side of the regulator. When the regulator symbol is drawn in the GDI, the upstream or From Node side of the regulator is allows shown to the left of the control head, when the head is pointing up. If the element is input backwards, use the Swap Pipe Ends command to automatically change the elements input direction. GASWorkS models regulators in two different manners. If the downstream pressure is set as known, the regulator is modeled as a black box. It does not consider any of the characteristics (valve coefficient, etc.) of the regulator during the solution. In this case the software only considers that the element is a regulator and as such knows that the inlet pressure must be greater than the outlet pressure - the outlet pressure is also maintained at the set pressure. If the downstream pressure is set as unknown, the regulator is modeled as follows. If the inlet pressure is greater than the set pressure, the element is considered to be controlling or regulating - the outlet pressure of the regulator is maintained at the set pressure. If the inlet pressure is less than the set pressure, the regulator operating characteristics (valve coefficient, etc.) are used to calculate the outlet pressure of the regulator. In this case the outlet pressure will always be less than the set pressure. When the outlet pressure is set to unknown, and the inlet pressure is less than the set pressure, the flow and pressure drop across the regulator element will be calculated similar to that of a valve. In this case the pressure drop across the regulator may be quite small, and will tend to cause the solution to take more iterations to converge especially when the resulting outlet pressure is very close to the set pressure. The regulator operating characteristics are calculated and reported separate of the solution routine. The characteristics can be viewed using the Summary report, or by using the Edit/View command and selecting a regulator feature in the GDI.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
431
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Element Type Valves
Considerations... For systems where the pipe lengths are generally much longer than the equivalent lengths of the valves (distribution, gathering, and transmission type systems), it is not really beneficial to include the valves in the model. For systems like these, the inclusion of valves unnecessarily complicates the model, while providing only a very little increase in the models accuracy. For systems where the pipe lengths are generally comparable to the equivalent lengths of the valves (fuel piping, meter sets, regulator sets, and yard piping systems), it is beneficial to include the valves in the model. For systems like these, the inclusion of valves does tend to complicate the model, however in this case their inclusion does provide a significant increase in the models accuracy. Inclusion of valves can sometimes cause the number of iterations required to solve the model to increase. This occurs because generally the pressure drop across valves (especially valves the same size as the associated pipe) is quite small, and elements with small pressure drops tend take longer to solve or balance. Use the %-Open parameter to account for partially open valves. Set the status to Off to turn a valve completely off. Note that any flow element may be turned off using the status parameter. An alternative to including valves as hydraulic elements in a model, is to include the equivalent length of the valves in the length of the associated pipe segments. Or, attach the valve as a fitting directly to the associated pipe segment. The latter method is the easiest way to handle valves. For tracing purposes, an alternative to including hydraulic valves is to include them using attribute type valves. Attribute valves are not included in the flow (hydraulic) model, but can be used for designing and checking emergency isolation areas.
Well
GASWorkS allows inclusion of wells as flow elements, provided that the well performance characteristics are available. To include a well as a flow element, the equation coefficient and exponent must be calculated from a multi-point flow test of the well. This data is not always available and if it is available, it is generally only valid for the earlier life of the well. Unless retested, this data is seldom valid for a mature well. The advantage of including a well as a flow element is that the wells flow rate will behave more realistically in the model. As the downstream system pressure increases, the well flow decreases. And as the downstream system pressure decreases, the well flow increases. As an alternative to including wells as flow elements in the model, a well can be modeled as a node with a known supply (positive load).
Bradley B. Bean, PE
432
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Using The Relate Features...

The relate features supported by GASWorkS allow individual independent models to be linked through common related nodes. Nodes in different models are linked by identifying the name of the related model and the name of the related node. During the solution, when a node is encountered that has a related model attached, the related model is referenced and the load and/or pressure for the related node is retrieved. For convention, the term "current model" refers to the model using the relate information, and the "related model" refers to the model sharing the information. Information can only be shared from the related model to the current model. The relate features allow sharing of load and/or pressure data. The common nodes are generally identified at or near regulators that feed from the current model to the related model, or other supply locations. However, there are no restrictions on where a relate may occur in a model. The relate information must only be identified in the current model. The relate information must not be identified or repeated in the related model. As an example of how the relate features might be applied, consider modeling a system comprised of individual pressure districts being supplied by a higher pressure transmission system. To effectively use the relate features to model this type of system, first create an independent model for each pressure district. Then create a model of the transmission system, relating the load value of the nodes at the outlet of the regulator stations serving each pressure district, to the nodes representing the station connections in the districts. When the transmission system is solved, GASWorkS will determine the loads at the related nodes by retrieving the appropriate values from the related models. There are several advantages to using the relate features provided in GASWorkS. These features allow the system models to be generated in logical and manageably sized "sub-models". For example, an independent model may be created for each pressure district, and for the transmission system that supplies them. By breaking a large system into smaller pieces the overall model is easier to create, check, and maintain. Each independent model can have its own identity. The design factor, base pressure, and base temperature may be independently defined for each individual model. Additionally, each individual model may be solved independently. For example, you may make changes to one of the sub-models and rerun its solution without the need to rerun the solution for the entire system. However because of the relate features, when the transmission system model is re-solved, the flow data associated with the related nodes will be automatically updated.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
433
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
The customer diversity calculations are not supported by the relate features. In general, do not use the relate feature if diversified is selected as the node application option for any of the customers in the model.
Using Run Files...

The Run File feature allows models to be solved in a pseudo batch mode. Using the run file feature, models may be automatically solved based on the instructions contained in the run file data. This feature compliments the relate features by allowing the User to specify a group of models to be solved and the order in which to solve them. For example, consider the previously described system containing many pressure districts supplied by a single transmission line. It might be desirable to solve all of the pressure district models before executing the solution of the transmission system. To do that you could manually solve each individual pressure district model, and then solve the transmission model. Or, you could create a run file that would automatically execute the solution of each of the pressure district models, and then solve the transmission system model. In addition to supporting the relate features, a run file can also be used to execute the solution of a group of unrelated models, in batch mode. For example, if for some reason you were interested in consecutively executing several models, you could create a run file containing the names of the models to be solved. Then execute the run file to solve the specified models. To create, edit, or view a run file, select the Run File item from the Edit menu list. The results of the analysis can be saved to a model different than the source model. This is helpful when you may want to use a base model and run it at different design factors. By specifying a different output model name, the original base model is not affected.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
434
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Using The Pipe Sizing (Optimization) Features...

GASWorkS provides a feature for determining the required pipe sizes based on certain User defined criteria. The process involved in finding these sizes is referred to as optimizing. The optimization process involves three separate steps to implement. The first two steps involve identifying which pipes are to be sized in the model, and identifying which pipe sizes and types can be used from the Pipe Property Table. The third step, the actual pipe sizing routine, is implemented as part of the Solution routine. When the Calculated Pipe Sizes option is selected, the Solution routine will attempt to minimize the size or cost of the system being modeled, by attempting to find the least size or least cost combination of pipes that will satisfy the User specified pressure requirements. Pipe sizes and cost values are extracted from the Pipe Property Table. Only pipe sizes and types in the Pipe Property Table, where the Use When Sizing item is set to Yes, will be considered or used during the optimization. In the model, only pipes where the Allow Size Calculation item has been selected will be sized. The Summary Report compliments the Optimize feature by allowing the cost and size totals to be quickly estimated and compared between varying design scenarios. By comparing the total cost of the various designs, the most cost effective design can be easily identified. The cost values are calculated by multiplying the pipe lengths by the Cost Per Unit Length values contained in the Pipe Property Table. For example, the cost of a 1000 foot long segment of pipe with a unit cost of 8 would be, 8 times 1000 or 8000. The Optimize feature may be used to size an entire system, or to size only a single pipe segment. It is especially useful when designing a new system or designing replacement or renewal facilities for an existing system. The optimization process is iterative. The number of iterations required to complete the process depends on the size of the system being modeled, and the number of pipe segments identified for inclusion in the optimization process. As part of the optimization set-up, the User establishes certain conditions that they wish to maintain. The optimization process attempts to maintain those conditions while minimizing the pipe sizes or costs of the system. Various types of conditions may be set: ! A pressure limit may be established for the entire system. ! A pressure limit may be established at certain node locations (referred to as condition nodes). Up to ten (10) locations may be specified, each with a different pressure value. ! The pressure limits may be set to either maximum or minimum values. ! A maximum velocity value may be established.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
435
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
For example, consider a system that contains an industrial customer who has a minimum inlet pressure requirement of 10 Psig. The node representing that customer could be identified as a Condition Node, and the Condition Pressure would be set at 10. The system pressure condition is used to establish an overall limiting system pressure. This condition specifies that no pressure in the system may be either higher or lower than the specified system pressure, depending on whether the pressure represents maximum or minimum values. If the Condition Node is not identified, only the overall system pressure is used when sizing the system. As an example of how these two conditions are used in the optimization process, consider the industrial customer described above. In addition to the customers pressure requirements, let's add the condition that the minimum system pressure is 5 Psig. The optimization routine would attempt to find the minimum size pipes that could supply at least 10 Psig to the industrial customer, while ensuring that no other pressure in the system is less than 5 Psig. In all cases the velocity would be limited to at or below the specified limit value.
The general process for determining pipe sizes is as follows: ! Depending on the value of the Reset Pipe Sizes To Minimum option, all of the pipes identified for sizing will be set to the minimum allowed pipe size. ! The model is solved and the condition pressures are checked until the conditions are satisfied. During the check process, if the current value is less than the specified value, the specified processing method is used to identify which pipes to modify. ! The size of the identified pipes are increased one size larger. The model solution and check process is continued until the all of the condition pressures are satisfied. Once the condition pressure conditions are satisfied, a similar solve and check process is used to check the systems pressures. ! Finally the velocity values are checked and the pipe sizes are adjusted accordingly. ! The previous steps result in an acceptable set of pipe sizes, meeting the various sizing requirements. A final review of the preliminary results is performed to determine if any of the resized pipes may be downsized, while still maintaining the specified sizing requirements. Changes are made accordingly until the final set of pipe sizes is selected.
The key to the pipe sizing process, is to determine which pipe segments to change. The pipe selection process is controlled by the selected Path Processing method. The various processing methods are described in the following table:
Bradley B. Bean, PE
436
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Description... This method ignores any flow relationships and focuses on finding the pipes with the highest pressure drop. These pipes are then identified for change. Basically the process assumes that any of the pipes in the model can affect the pressure at any of the nodes. This method finds the upstream path from the check location, with the smallest flow rates, and finds the pipes with the highest pressure drop. These pipes are then identified for change. This method finds the upstream path from the check location, with the largest flow rates, and finds the pipes with the highest pressure drop. These pipes are then identified for change. This method alternates using the Smallest and Largest Flow processing methods. This method use the pipe flow rates to determine the path, and then uses the pipe resistance values to determine which segments to modify. This method generally results in a graduated size trunk and branch type system that most designers are accustomed to. The Flow Processing Only method can be tuned using the Diameter Path Factor and Length Path Factor values in the Solution Data. Rasing or lowering one of the values causes it to have more or less influence on the resistance portion of the processing routine. The pipe resistance as used by this routine is represented by the ratio of the length to the diameter, both raised to their respective factors. The product of the flow rate and resistance is used to select the pipes to be modified.
Path Processing Method... No Path Processing
Process Along Smallest Flow
Process Along Largest Flow
Alternate Processing Flow Processing Only
Flow - Pressure Drop Processing
This method uses pipe flow rates to determine the path, and then uses a ratio of the pressure drop and pipe length to determine which segments to modify. This method generally results in a graduated size trunk and branch type system that most designers are accustomed to.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
437
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Description... The Flow - Pressure Drop Processing method can be tuned using the Pressure Drop Path Factor and Length Path Factor values in the Solution Data. Rasing or lowering one of the values causes it to have more or less influence on the resistance portion of the processing routine. When computing the pressure drop / pipe length ratio, the pressure drop and pipe lengths are raised to their respective factors. The product of the flow rate and the ratio is used to select the pipes to be modified.
Path Processing Method...
The optimization feature provides a very powerful tool for the system designer. However, it cannot replace the intuition, knowledge, and discretion of an experienced designer. The results of the optimization routine will provide a good start to the design process. However, these results should not be considered to be a "final design". The optimization results should always be reviewed and revised as required to complete the design process. Note: During the pipe sizing process, only pipe style hydraulic elements where the allow sizing option is selected will be considered for a new pipe size. The size of fitting and valve type elements are not changed. It is best to exclude these type of elements from the model when using the pipe sizing routine. If they are included, they will need to be manually changed as appropriate, after the sizing routine is complete. The sizing routine may need to be re-executed after changing them. Note: The maximum velocity that can be physically achieved in a pipe segment is equivalent to the speed of sound under the conditions found in the pipe segment. When sonic velocity is achieved, the flow is said to be choked. At choked flow, the flow rate cannot be increased, without an increase in inlet pressure - an additional lowering of the outlet pressure does not increase the flow rate. This is similar to what happens in a regulator at critical flow. The most common case of choked flow in a gas piping system would be found in flare or relief valve stack piping. Vary rarely is choked flow achieved in other portions of a normal gas piping system. It would make sense that there needs to be some practical limit for gas velocity in design calculations, however there seems to be many opinions on what is an appropriate velocity for gas flow. Values range from as low as 20 ft/sec to about 200 ft/sec. There are two general criteria cited for limiting velocity: One to reduce noise levels in above ground piping. Two, to reduce the movement and abrasion caused by dust and debris in the piping system. It is up to the User to select an appropriate limit, however inappropriately limiting the velocity, tends to increase pipe size and cost of a system, without providing any real hydraulic design benefits.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
438
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Using The Query Features...

The Mass Update routine is controlled, the content of the Standard Report is modified, and the GDI can be color-coded or items can be flagged using a User defined query specification. A query specification is merely a means of telling GASWorkS which records to display or modify. Only records which meet the specification are used, while records that do not match the specification are ignored. When used with the Mass Update or color-code routine, the query specification tells GASWorkS which records to change. When used with the Standard Report, the query specification tells GASWorkS which records to include in the report. A specification can be saved and retrieved for later use. When used with the Standard Report, multiple queries can be sequential implemented. The following table summarizes the GASWorkS query features: Desired Operation Find records equal to a specific value Find records not equal to a specific value Find records less than a specific value Find records greater than a specific value Find records less than or equal to a specific value Find records greater than or equal to a specific value Find all records Find records similar to a string value Applicable Query Operator Use the equal "=" operator. For example, Size/Type = 4P. This would find all records where the Size/Type value equals "4P". Use the not-equal "< >" operator. For example, Size/Type < > 4P. This would find all records where the Size/Type value is not equal to "4P". Use the less-than "<" operator. For example, Pressure < 10. This would find all records where the Pressure value is less than 10. Use the greater-than ">" operator. For example, Pressure > 10. This would find all records where the Pressure value is greater than 10. Use the less-than-or-equal "<=" operator. For example, Pressure <= 10. This would find all records where the Pressure value is less than or equal to 10. Use the greater than or equal ">=" operator. For example, Pressure >= 10. This would find all records where the Pressure value is greater than or equal to 10. Use the "ALL" operator. Use the "LIKE" operator. For example, Address LIKE Main St. This would find the records where the address values contain the string "Main St".
Bradley B. Bean, PE
439
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Applicable Query Operator Use the "NOT LIKE" operator. For example, Address NOT LIKE Main St. This would find the records where the address values do not contain the string "Main St". Use the minimum "MIN" operator. For example, Pressure MIN 10. This would find the records associated with the ten lowest pressure values. Use the maximum "MAX" operator. For example, Pressure MAX 10. This would find the records associated with the ten highest pressure values. Use the STARTS WITH operator. For example, Nodename starts with HP. This would find all node records where the Nodename starts with the string HP. Use the ENDS WITH operator. For example, Pipe Size/Type ends with PE. This would find all pipe records where the Size/Type value ends with the string PE.
Desired Operation Find records not similar to a string value Find records with the smallest values Find records with the largest values
Find records that start with a certain string value Find records that end with a certain string value
Note: Not all operators can be used with all data items.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
440
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Using Attribute Valves...

GASWorkS allows valves to be considered by various methods. Valves may be included in the model as a "Valve" type hydraulic element, as a "Fitting" type hydraulic element, as an attached fitting, or as an attribute valve attached to a pipe. An attribute valve is associated with a pipe element, but is not actually considered as part of the hydraulic model. Attribute valves are used only for display and when performing a "valve" style trace. In most cases, the additional restriction which may be associated with a valve may be effectively accounted for by slightly adjusting the associated pipe's length. Or, by attaching a valve type fitting directly to the pipe segment. Generally, where the pipe lengths are long compared to the equivalent length of the valves, omission of system valves in the actual model data has a negligible influence on the results of the analysis. Because of this, system valves are often left out of the hydraulic model. However, it might be desirable to keep track of a valve's location for non-modeling purposes (such as tracing) - this is the purpose and designed use of the attribute valve features. The model creation process can be greatly simplified by maintaining valves as attributes to their associated pipe, as opposed to including them as actual flow elements in the model. A pipe can have up to two attribute valves assigned to it - one near the From Node and one near the To Node. When the valve is "added", GASWorkS determines which pipe end the valve is nearest to, then assigns it as either a From or To Node valve. The Attribute Valve data consists of an index file which keeps track of the pipe to which the valve is assigned, the valve's location, and a twenty (20) character alphanumeric identification number. The valve data is stored in a file ending in a ".vdx" extension. The location of an attribute valve is displayed using a "bow-tie" symbol. The symbols can be assigned a User specified size and color to help differentiate them from "Valve" type pipe element symbols. All of the symbols are displayed using a common size.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
441
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Using The Extract Routine...

GASWorkS allows a portion of an existing model to be extracted into a new model. The extract process involves selecting a set of pipes or customers by various means. Once selected, the extracted data will be stored in a new model of a specified name. Optionally, the data in the existing model can be deleted once the new model has been created. The new model will contain the selected pipes and customers (if selected for inclusion). The existing hydraulic and graphic data will be included in the new model, however any attribute data associated with the original model will not be included in the new model. Generally certain data values will need to be set before the extracted model can be solved. Specifically, at least one supply point must be identified (pressure set as known, and load set as unknown). Care must be taken when working with an extracted model. Realize that changes made to the extracted model will not be reflected in the original model. If the load (demand) in the extracted model changes, and the supply pressures are taken from the original model, the values may not be appropriate for use with the extracted model. An extracted model may be added to another existing model using the Append routine found in the File menu list. If the original data is accidently deleted during the extract process, the Oops routine can be used to restore the data. Either a pipe or customer selection set may be used as the basis for the extraction. If a pipe set is used, the connected customers can be optionally included. If a customer set is used, only the customers will be extracted. The selection sets may be created using the Edit Multiple Customers or Edit Multiple Pipes routine in the GDI, or using the Query routine in the Customer or Pipe Report.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
442
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Working With Gas Properties...

When different supply sources have different gas property values, GASWorkS allows the gas properties from the different flow streams to be mixed at intersections. Only the gas properties (specific gravity, viscosity, heating value, specific heat ratio) are mixed, mixing of the gas composition is not supported. Mixing is performed based on a proration of the volumetric flow rate of each stream. The gas mixing calculation is performed based on upstream flow values. That is the mixing at a node is based on the properties of the volumetric flow rates of the pipes flowing into a node. The gas properties of the outlet flow or load leaving the system, reflect the mixed value. Some special requirements must be considered when preparing a model to use gas property mixing: ! Because the gas mixing is performed based on upstream flow values, the gas properties of each supply point must be known. Generally the gas properties are set as unknown for all other node locations. The gas properties known flag setting can be changed individually or in mass using the Mass Edit or Multi Edit routine. ! When gas mixing is used, each node with known gas properties must be at the terminus end of a one-way segment. ! The gas properties for known locations can be calculated from a known gas composition using the Calculate Gas Properties routine. ! Once the data values and known/unknown settings have been correctly set in the model, the Calculate Gas Mixing option in the solution data must be selected to calculate the mixed gas property values when solving the model. ! If a compressibility method is being used, a gas properties file for the model must be created. When the gas composition varies through out the system, as when mixing is being used, the gas properties file should represent an average composition for the gas in the system. The gas properties file must be named the same as the model. The file can be created using the Calculate Gas Properties routine. ! The number of iterations required to solve a model using gas mixing and/or calculating compressibility will be greater than for a model where these options are not used. The maximum iteration limit may need to be increased to allow convergence.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
443
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Calculating Gas Temperatures...

GASWorkS supports the modeling of varying gas temperatures in the piping system. When the gas flowing temperature varies in system, the change in temperature can be calculated along the pipe segments, and the mixed temperature can be calculated at intersections. Temperature change is calculated based on a User selected heat transfer method. Gas cooling due to pressure drop (Joule-Thomson effect) is estimated based on a general rule-of-thumb method and is only valid for gas compositions similar to a standard natural gas composition. Mixing is performed based on a proration of the volumetric flow rate of each stream. The temperature mixing calculation is performed based on upstream flow values. That is the mixing at a node is based on the temperature of the volumetric flow rates of the pipes flowing into the node. The temperature of the outlet flow or load leaving the system, reflects the mixed value. Some special requirements must be considered when preparing a model to calculate temperature values and mixing: ! Because the temperature mixing is performed based on upstream flow values, the gas temperature of each supply point, and generally the outlet of regulators and compressors must be known. Generally the temperature is set as unknown for all other node locations. The temperature known flag setting can be changed in mass using the Mass Edit or Multi Edit routine. ! The heat transfer data is set for the entire model. This data is accessed using the Solution Data screen. The various values and options are describe in the description for that screen. The values must be set appropriately to achieve reasonable results. If actual field values are known, the data values can be adjusted to calibrate the model to match the field results. ! Once the data values and known/unknown settings have been correctly set in the model, the Calculate Temperature Values and optionally the Calculate Gas Mixing option, in the solution data must be selected to calculate the temperature values when solving the model. ! The number of iterations required to solve a model using temperature calculation and/or gas mixing will be greater than for a model where these options are not used. The maximum iteration limit may need to be increased to allow convergence. ! When the Calculate Temperature Values option is selected, the overall heat transfer coefficient is calculated for each pipe segment during the solution. These values are reported with the pipe data. ! The Show Route Profile GDI command can be used to graphically display the temperature profile along a selected path.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
444
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Using Diversified Customer Loads...

GASWorkS provides a routine for handling diversified customer loads per The Institution of Gas Engineers Guide - IGE/GL/1. The following describes how these requirements are implemented in the software. GASWorkS uses the computation methods described in Appendix A5.1.5 to compute the diversified load associated with a combination of varied heating type customers. In the GASWorkS implementation each customer is assumed to represent a unique group of one. Using this assumption the total load for a group of customers can be reduced to:
This value is computed for each node, considering the customers served downstream of the node. All customers along a pipe segment are assumed to be served at the downstream node end of the segment.
Implementation Notes...
Using the above relationship as a foundation, GASWorkS implements diversity into its solution algorithm as follows: 1) An initial set of customer counts is calculated for each pipe segment based on the customers assigned to each individual segment. 2) A set of node loads are computed from the pipe customer counts using the relationship shown above. 3) The model is solved. 4) A new set of customer counts is computed by finding null flow nodes (nodes where all pipe flows are into the node). The flow path is then traced towards the source until a branch or a source is encountered. A new set of pipe customer counts are computed along the flow path by allocating the downstream customer counts to the upstream pipes at each node, based on a proration of the incoming pipe flows. 5) After the new customer counts are computed for all of the pipe segments, a new set of node flows is computed. The new values are checked against the old values. If each new value is within the convergence tolerance of the old value, the diversified flows are balanced - the solution and diversity calculation are complete. If any value falls outside the check value, the process is repeated starting at Step 3 until the diversified loads are balance or the iteration limit is reached.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
445
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Model Considerations...
The following should be considered when developing a model for use with the diversity routine. 1) Enter or import the piping network as with any GASWorkS model. 2) Customer data features must be present when using the diversity routine. Use the GDI customer entry commands to enter customers and indicate their supply main. When adding a customer: ! Select the Diversified Load Application method. ! Select the appropriate heating type from the list that appears. ! Enter the appropriate annual heating value for the Per Unit Load. Select the appropriate dimensional unit for the heating value. ! Customers with similar heating types, located along a common pipe segment, can be represented by a single customer feature, by entering the appropriate value for the Unit Count. For example, if there are ten (10) identical customers along a pipe segment - ten (10) individual customer features may be added along the pipe segment - or one customer with the unit count set to ten (10), could be used. 3) A model may consist of both diversified and non-diversified customer loads by appropriately setting the Load Application method. 4) Set the supply pressure values, and known/unknown values as with any GASWorkS model. Once the model entry is complete, the model can be solved. 5) To implement the diversity routine during the solution process, select the Calculate Diversity option in the Solution Options list when solving the model. The solution will perform multiple iterations as described previously until a solution is reached or until the iteration limits are reached. The more complex the piping configuration is, the more diversity iterations are required to complete the solution. Check the last line of the solution log to ensure that the solution as been successfully completed.
Previous GASWorkS models, using diversified loads, are not directly compatible with the new diversity calculations. To use older models with the new software, customer features must be assigned to each pipe and the appropriate annual heating value must be assigned. After assigning the new customers it is recommended that the Update External Loads routine be executed from the Customer Data submenu of the Utilities menu list. The customer diversity calculations are not supported by the relate features. In general, do not use the relate feature if diversified is selected as the node application option for any of the customers in the model.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
446
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Using The Facility Type Item...

Each pipe feature can be assigned a facility type. The associated nodes and assigned customers inherit the facility setting of pipe/main. The facility value is intended to allow pipes and customers to be grouped together based on the facility value. The facility type is similar to the layering scheme used in many CAD or GIS systems. The facility type can represent any group identification, as it is presented in the standard installation of GASWorkS, the facility represents general construction and pressure type. For example and existing or proposed facility associated with a general operating pressure. The User may revise the contents of the standard facility list as required to meet their unique needs. Once assigned a facility type, the associated pipes can be manipulated using their facility type setting. For example the mass update or report routines can use the facility to create a selection set. The facility settings routine can be used to indicate which pipes can be edited, reported, displayed, or solved. The display style of the pipes (display color, line type, line width) can be controlled by the facility setting. The Active setting identifies which pipes can be edited. It is useful when using automatic manipulation commands such as the Assign Customer Service Lines or Flag Unbroken Intersections commands. For example if a model contains both high pressure and medium pressure systems, and all or the majority of the customers are connected to the medium pressure system, the high pressure portions of the system could be assigned to the High Pressure facility type, the medium pressure portions could be assigned to the Medium Pressure facility type. Before executing the Assign Customer Service Lines command, the Medium Pressure facility type could be set to active and the High Pressure portion could be set to inactive. Only pipes assigned to an active facility type can be edited or modified, so the service line assignment routine would only try to assign customers to the active facility types, in this case only pipes assigned to the Medium Pressure facility type. Similar settings could be used to prevent the Flag Unbroken Intersections routine from identifying connections between high and medium pressure portions of the system. The Report and Display settings can be used to identify which pipes (nodes and customers) features will be included in the various reports, and which features will be included in the graphic display. The Solve setting can be used to indicate which pipes to include when the solution routine is executed. However care must be taken to ensure that a solvable configuration, appropriate knowns, unknowns, and supply pressures, exist when excluding features from the solution. To control the graphic display style of pipes using the settings in the facility settings, assign the pipes Line Color, Line Type, or Line Width data item to Facility Table. The values can be set using the Mass Update, Edit Multiple Pipes, individual pipe edit routines. Select the Facility Settings item from the Edit menu list to access the facility type list and settings associated with the current model. Facility settings can be saved and retrieved for use with other models, and a specific group of settings can be saved as the default for all new models. The facility type can also be set and similarly used for User Graphic and Text features.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
447
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Convergence Problems...
Maximum Error Bounces From Small To Large This error can occur for several reasons, the most common reasons are listed below. ! The Upper Dampening Factor may be too large, try setting it to zero. The affect of the Upper Dampening Factor varies depending on the flow equation and on the pressure values. The Upper Dampening Factor is used to limit the pressure adjustment for nodes where the node error is larger than the Upper Dampening Factor times the convergence factor. This helps reduce over-shoot and under-shoot of the solution, some equations converge quicker when this reduction is applied to all nodes. When the Upper Dampening Factor is set to zero the reduction is applied to all of the nodes. ! If regulators are present, and the outlet pressure of one or more of the regulators is set to unknown, the bounce may occur because the regulator is constantly switching between regular flow mode and droop mode. Try setting the outlet pressure of the regulator to known. When the outlet pressure of the regulator is set to unknown, the operating mode of the regulator can be automatically changed by the solution to accommodate for low inlet pressures, or for high outlet pressures. If the inlet pressure drops below the set pressure for the regulator, the outlet pressure is reduced using the regulators flow equation. If the pressure of the downstream piping is higher than the set pressure the regulator is turned off. ! The system could be running out of gas. This refers to the condition when the calculated pressures are less than zero. This occurs because the capacity of the system is less than the amount of flow that is trying to be passed through it. If this condition occurs (and it is not supposed to) try decreasing the design factor, increasing the pipe efficiencies, or increasing the supply pressures. Zero Diagonal Possible Discontinuity From Supply Node(s) This error generally occurs because a portion of the system is disconnected from the remainder of the system, and the disconnected portion does not contain a node with a known pressure. The discontinuity can be the result of a connectivity error, from a turned off piping element, or from an incorrectly installed regulator or compressor. ! If this error occurs, and the model can be displayed graphically, try the following to resolve the problem: W Note the indicated node record number. W Use the Find Node By Record Number command from the GDI Command List to locate the affected node. W Use the Trace command to trace all directions from the affected node. W Follow the highlighted pipe segments to determine the point of discontinuity.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
448
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Using A Command Alias File...

The GDI allows User defined command names to be used to execute a command on the Command Line. A User defined command name is known as a command alias. These values are assigned using the Command Alias File. The Command Alias File is a specially named ASCII text file which contains the alias and command assignments. The file can be created using any word processing application that supports the ASCII text format. The file must be named gwcmd.txt and must be located in the currently set Initialization File directory (path). The contents of the file describes the alias to command assignments, one assignment is contained on each line of the file in the following format: ALIAS, COMMAND NAME ALIAS, COMMAND NAME For example, +PIPE, ADDPIPE -PIPE, DELPIPE The alias can contain most alphanumeric characters except commas. The case (upper or lower) of the alias or command are not significant. The Use Command Alias File preference must be selected to direct GASWorkS to load and use the file. When processing a command entered on the Command Line, the alias assignments are processed before the standard command names are processed.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
449
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Program Limitations...
GASWorkS is a very powerful tool for modeling flow in gas piping systems. However, it does have some limitations. The node and pipe limitations are related to the capacity of the particular version purchased, the remaining limitations apply to all versions. The limitations of GASWorkS are: Data Types The Data Limitations table refers to a variety of data types. In the context of the descriptions contained in that table, the following data type definitions will apply. Double precision number - allows up to 15 significant digits. Unless otherwise specified, values of this type can range from -1.7*10^308 to1.7*10^308. Integer number - allows up to 5 significant digits. Unless otherwise specified, values of this type can range from -32000 to 32000. Long integer number - allows up to 10 significant digits. Unless otherwise specified, values of this type can range from -2.1*10^9 to 2.1*10^9. Single precision number - allows up to 7 significant digits. Unless otherwise specified, values of this type can range from -3.4*1038 to 3.4*1038 .
Data Limitations The contents of this table list the absolute minimum and maximum values allowed by the various parameters used in GASWorkS. Node Capacity - Version and memory dependent. Pipe Capacity - Version and memory dependent. Node names must be no more than forty alphanumeric characters in length Special characters are allowed. Pressure values may be any floating point number in the range from minus one atmosphere, to the maximum allowed single precision number. Node Load values may be any valid single precision number. Pipe Diameter, Wall Thickness, and Roughness values may be any valid positive single precision number. Pipe Lengths may be any valid positive single precision number. The value of the Maximum Number of Iterations must be any valid positive integer value. The Design Factor may be any valid single precision number.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
450
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
Data Limitations
The Convergence Factor may be any valid positive single precision number. The Upper & Lower Dampening Factor may be any valid positive single precision number. The Diameter & Length Path Factors may be any valid positive single precision number. Gas Properties may be any valid positive single precision number. Temperatures may be any valid single precision number. Elevation values may be any valid integer value. Node coordinate values must be any valid double precision number in the range, 0 to 9,999,999. Customer coordinate values must be any valid single precision number in the range, 0 to 9,999,999. Valve Attribute Valve Numbers must be no more than twenty alphanumeric characters in length. Special characters are allowed. User text may contain no more than 32,000 characters.
Model Restrictions A regulator or compressor element cannot be preceded or followed by another regulator or compressor. No more than six pipes may be connected to an individual node. At least one node parameter (pressure or load value) must be known for each node.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
451
GASWorkS 9.0
Miscellaneous
How To Reach Us...

You may reach us at the following telephone numbers: Toll Free (US only): 1-800-391-9391 Telephone: (719) 578-9391 Facsimile: (719) 578-9394 If you receive our answering machine, please leave a message including your name, your company's name, your telephone number, and a brief description of the information that you require. We will promptly respond to your request. Our normal work hours are 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. Mountain Time, Monday through Friday. However, if you have a problem, please try at any time, we may be in. If we are not, leave a message and will we respond at our first opportunity.
You may also write or visit us at: Bradley B. Bean, PE 419 East Columbia Street Colorado Springs, CO 80907 USA e-mail: help@b3pe.com Website: www.b3pe.com Please include your email address in your correspondence.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
452
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
APPENDIX
Bradley B. Bean, PE
453
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
Network Primer...
The examples used in this discussion often refer to distribution type piping systems, however the general concepts described in this section apply to all types of piping systems. Hopefully the User will be able to make the analogies between the cited examples, and their particular application. Additional notes are provided for working with other types of systems, at the end of this section.
About Network Modeling...

The following provides a brief description of network modeling, the benefits derived from modeling, and some general information concerning gas networks. It assumes that you have a working knowledge of the design, analysis, and operation of gas systems and the terms normally associated with the field. If you are not completely familiar with all of the terms or concepts you encounter, you may want to refer to an industry handbook or guide. For our discussion here, a model is a mathematical representation of a gas system. It is created by defining a group of interconnected nodes and pipes. A node represents the beginning or ending point of a pipe. Nodes are connected by pipes. Load is brought into the system or taken out of the system through nodes. Nodes not only represent pipe connections, but can also represent customer connections and supply points. Pipes carry gas between the nodes. The sum of the pipe flows going into a specific node must equal the sum of the flow leaving the node through the connected pipes, plus the flow leaving the system through the node. Similarly, the sum of the flow coming into the system through a node, must equal the sum of the flow leaving the node through the connected pipes. In steadystate modeling, neither nodes or pipes can store flow. A further characteristic of steady-state network behavior, requires that the sum of the pressure drops from one point to another, along any path, must be same. In other words, a node point can possess only one pressure value. Flow in a pipe moves from the higher pressure end of the pipe to the lower pressure end. That is flow always moves in the direction of the lower pressure node. Like a ball rolling downhill, gas flows from high to low. Flow is created by a difference in pressure and consequently flow causes frictional pressure losses. Generally as the flow increases the frictional losses also increase. The greater the pressure difference, the greater the flow rate. And the greater the flow rate, the greater the frictional pressure losses.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
455
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
Because of the nature of the equations that describe the pressure-flow relationship in a gas network, the pressure and flow values in a gas system cannot always be directly calculated. The values must usually be determined by recursive calculation. To control this recursive process, an attempt is made to balance the flow into and out of all nodes in the model. When the imbalance of these flows is within the specified tolerance, the model is said to be "balanced". However, it is unusual for the solution of a model to result in an imbalance exactly equal to zero at all nodes. To account for this behavior, a tolerance is used to check the balance condition. The tolerance represents the amount of imbalance that is acceptable for a particular analysis. The tolerance is analysis specific and should be based on certain peculiarities of the model being analyzed. When establishing the convergence tolerance, consideration should be given to several factors: ! The coarseness of the model data, that is, how accurately is the model data known. ! The magnitude of the total flow into the system being modeled. ! And the intended use of the results from the analysis. An acceptable tolerance is usually less than one percent of the total anticipated flow into the system being modeled. A "flow equation" is required to describe the relationship between the flow in the pipes and pressures at the nodes. Most flow equations require the definition of certain parameters describing the gas in the system, and the physical properties of the pipes. A friction factor may be inherently assumed by the equation, or may be calculated depending on the equation format. There are many equations available for modeling the conditions normally encountered in gas distribution, transmission, and gathering systems. The challenge is selecting the one that best suits your specific application. A model is only as good as the data that is used to build it. Analysis based on incorrect values will yield incorrect results. The analysis results should be evaluated with the proper weight. In most gas distribution models, customer usage and load distribution will be the most critical parameter in the analysis. With the physical system configuration being the second most critical group of data.
The Benefits of Modeling...

There are several benefits derived from creating and analyzing computer models of a gas system. Some of these are: ! The ability to anticipate operating conditions within the system. ! The ability to identify problem areas and trouble-shoot problems before they become serious. ! The ability to efficiently size new and replacement segments to the system. ! The ability to estimate the impact on the system of adding new customers or supplies. ! The ability to analyze "what if" scenarios without physical manipulation of the gas system or actual operating settings.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
456
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
Modeling of a system helps prevent potentially unnecessary expense by allowing design and operating ideas to be tested using the model. As opposed to the potentially costly method of testing the ideas in the field. Computer modeling allows alternatives to be tested and refined before implementing them. It can help avoid construction of improperly sized facilities, and avoid making modifications to the system or operations that could adversely affect its serviceability.
About Networks...
A network is any system of interconnected or interrelated components. In a network each component, to some extent, affects every other component in the network. A gas system can be considered as a network. In a gas system, the components of the network are the pipes, valves, fittings, connections, and regulators that make up the physical configuration of the system - and the customers attached to the system. As an example of how individual components of a gas network might affect the other components in the network, consider the following: ! The outlet pressure of a regulator supplying the system is reduced. To a certain extent, the pressure in the entire system might be changed - the pressures upstream of the regulator will likely increase and pressures downstream of the regulator will decrease - if more than one regulator supplies the portion downstream of the regulator, flows will be redistributed. ! An additional regulator is added to the system, the flow from the other regulators will be changed. The flow through the pipes will be redistributed to accommodate the change in flow from the regulators. ! A valve in the system is closed. Flow in the system must be redistributed to accommodate the changes caused by the valve closure. The flow and pressure in all the pipes will be changed, to a certain extent. Flow will decrease in the mains to which the valve was attached and increase in mains that might provide flow around the valve. When flows change in the system, so do the pressures in the system. ! A large load is connected to the system. The flow in the portions of the system supplying that load will be increased. The increase in flow will affect the pressures in the system and the flow required of the supplying regulators. These few examples demonstrate the fundamental concept of a network - that within a network, every member of the network is essentially connected to and affected by every other member in the network. A network can be thought of as a large machine with each component working together with the other components to make the machine operate.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
457
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
Flow In Gas Networks...

If you refer to the previous definition of a gas network, you will recall that the network consisted of pipes, fittings, regulators, and customers. Customer usage is normally what causes flow in a gas system. When it is cold, the customers' furnaces operate quite frequently, creating a demand on the gas system. The flow in the gas system might be very high to satisfy this demand. When it is warm, generally only pilot lights are operating, their demand is quite low. Consequently, the flow in the system is very low at that time. Let's look at this phenomena closer. What happens in this process that actually causes the gas to flow through the system? Consider a system that is comprised of a single customer, a single segment of main, and a single supplying regulator. When the customer's home gets cold, the thermostat in the house reaches a point where it turns on the furnace. When the furnace is turned on, the gas valve on the furnace opens allowing gas to enter the furnace. On a conventional furnace the absolute pressure inside the furnace is the same as the atmospheric pressure. That is the gas is released to the atmosphere. This is true because the combustion chamber of the furnace is open to the atmosphere through the flue and the inlet air valves. The gauge pressure then, at the end of this network of regulator, main, and customer is zero. In other words, if a pressure gauge were held in the combustion chamber of the furnace, the gauge would read zero. If the network had no source of supply and the furnace continued to operate, the pressure in the main supplying the customer would decrease over time. Eventually, the pressure in the main would be reduced to the same pressure as the combustion chamber of the furnace, zero. This system, however, has a source of supply, the regulator. Initially when the furnace is off, the regulator is closed. There is no gas coming into the system. As the furnace continues to use the gas from the main, the pressure in the main begins to decrease. The regulator will eventually sense this decrease and open slightly to attempt to maintain the pressure in the main. The regulator will continue to open as required to satisfy the demand imposed by the consumption of the furnace. In theory the amount of gas supplied by the regulator will eventually equal the amount of gas consumed by the furnace. When this happens, the condition in the system is said to be at steady-state. In summary, the demand for gas by the furnace in the customer's home causes gas to flow through the system to satisfy that demand. When the supply through the system is equivalent to the demand on the system, the condition of the system is said to be steady-state. Let's look at the conditions occurring in the system during steady-state flow. The pressure at the end of the system (the customer's furnace) is zero. Let's assume the pressure at the regulator supplying the system is twenty. The pressure in the main that connects the customer to the regulator, therefore, varies from twenty at the regulator to zero at the furnace. This difference in pressures causes gas to flow through the main line. The amount of gas flowing through the main exactly equals the amount of gas entering the system at the regulator, and exactly equals the amount of gas leaving the system through the furnace. The flows and pressures are unchanging (steady), therefore the system conditions are steady-state.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
458
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
When the furnace turns off, the customer end of the system will no longer be open to the atmosphere. However for a time, a pressure difference will exist in the system and the gas will continue to enter the system through the regulator, but no gas is leaving through the furnace. During this time, the flow in the main equals the flow entering through the regulator but does not equal the flow leaving through the furnace (which is zero). Further, as the gas continues to enter the system the pressure at the furnace end will continue to increase. The flow into the system does not equal the flow leaving the system, and the pressures are changing. These conditions are referred to as unsteady, or transient. Eventually, the pressure in the system will equalize (no pressure difference) and the flow will cease. When this occurs the system will again be in a steady-state condition. When gas is flowing it causes frictional pressure losses to occur along the pipe segments. The magnitude of the frictional pressure losses are affected by several factors. A decrease in pipe size, restrictions in the system such as valves or debris, and increased roughness of the inside pipe wall cause the magnitude of the frictional losses to increase. The composition and physical properties of the gas also affects the magnitude of the frictional losses. For a given flow rate, an increase in specific gravity, the flowing temperature, or the viscosity generally causes the magnitude of the frictional losses to increase.
Determining Model Loads...

As mentioned in the previous section, the demand or load placed on a gas system is a function of its customers' usage characteristics. In order to model a gas system, an estimate of the customers' loads must be determined. This is probably the most critical piece of data that will be used in the model. Unfortunately, this is generally the least known piece of the required data. There are two general methods for determining the value of these loads. The first method attempts to determine actual usage values (generally peak-hour usage values). The other attempts to determine the total connected load (TCL) for each customer, and then applies a usage (Design) factor to the TCL. Either method is acceptable if applied correctly and judiciously. One method which can be used to determine the actual usage of each customer can be described as a "proration" method. The steps required to determine the customers' peak-hour loads by this method are: 1) Determine the historical peak-hour flow rate for the entire system being modeled. Usually this occurs coincident with the peak-day event, but not always. If hourly flow values are not available, obtain the metering charts for the period covering the peak-day occurrence. If the meter is an orifice meter, find the maximum differential recorded during the peak-day. Using the AGA Report Number 3 (or other applicable reference) calculate the hourly flow rate corresponding to the maximum differential. If more than one meter run was operational, sum the loads for all of the runs to obtain a total for the system.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
459
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
If the meter is not an orifice meter, and the meter chart records volume as opposed to differential, find the thinnest "scallop" recorded for the peak-day period. Divide the scallop volume by its duration (in hours) to determine an "average" peak-hour. Be sure to correct the recorded volume for pressure and temperature, as appropriate. If only daily or monthly demands are available, an appropriate factor may be applied to estimate the hourly demand. Generally peak-day to peak-hour conversion factors range from 1/12 to 1/18. 2) Determine the average usage of each customer during the peak demand period. The data should include some type of customer identifier (address, facility ID, premise ID, etc), and the usage or billing values over the month(s) representing the peak period. Calculate the average usage for each customer and the portion of the total load used by each customer. To determine each customer's portion of the total load, sum the average usage values for all of the customers. Then divide each customer's average usage by the total usage, the result represents the customer's portion of the total usage. Note: If the above calculations are performed using a spreadsheet, it may be possible to link the resulting database to GASWorkS and use the external database features to automatically update the model loads. 3) Finally prorate the total peak-hour value determined in Step 1 to each customer. To prorate the flow, multiply the total peak-hour value by the prorated usage (determined in Step 2) for each customer. This result will approximate the peak-hour usage of each customer. When properly applied to the model, these loads may be used to estimate the peak-hour performance of the system being modeled. This method can also be used for off-peak periods by using an appropriate total hourly value. Note: When using this method, generally the customer loads are input as the usage factors computed in Step 2, and the Design Factor is set to the peak-hour value computed in Step 1, or another hourly total as suggested in Step 3. Another method for estimating customer loads is referred to as the TCL method. The following discusses the use of this method: ! There are several methods to determine the customers' total connected load. The best method is to survey each customer location to determine the input rating of each of their appliances. However, this is not always practical. A compromise method is to visit only the commercial and industrial type customers and a portion of the residential customers. Collect the individual loads for each commercial customer visited, then select a random sampling of residential customers. Collect their loads and calculate an "average" residential load based on the collected data. Apply this average to the remaining residential customers.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
460
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
! If there is great dispersion of residential construction types and ages, group the residential customers into classes and calculate an average for each class. For example, homes built before 1940, homes built between 1940 and 1950, or homes built in the 1960's, might represent classes of residential customers. Another good way to group residential customers is by subdivision or development. Often homes built by a particular developer will have similar size appliances and construction types. Of course, if resources permit, the most accurate way to determine the loads of your customers, is to visit each home and collect the data. ! Once estimated or collected, the customer loads may be applied to the model. However, the loads will need to be adjusted during the analysis by a usage factor. A usage factor can be estimated by dividing the peak-hour flow rate by the sum of the customer loads. This factor can then be applied during the solution by setting the Design Factor equal to the usage factor. The value of the Design Factor ranges greatly depending on the number of customers being served and the climate in the area where the system is located. Regardless of the method used to determine the customer loads, it is time consuming. Try to avoid the temptation to be lax in your efforts to complete this task. Remember the model will be used to make very expensive and critical decisions, therefore the model must be as accurate as practical - the loads are one of the most critical pieces of the model's data. You will find that a little extra effort spent accurately determining the customer loads now, will be resources well spent in the future.
Creating Gas Network Models...

To accurately model a gas system, it is necessary to determine two fundamental types of data. The first is to determine the physical configuration of the system. That is, it is necessary to determine the size and length of each main segment, how and where each main is connected to the other mains, the location of any flow or pressure controlling devices (regulators, compressors, or closed valves), and the location of the supply and demand points for the system. Usually the system configuration can be determined from system maps or system records. If the records are incomplete or inaccurate, it is often helpful to interview the field personnel responsible for maintaining and operating the system. Their insight can be quite useful in determining the actual configuration of the system. Secondly, the system's load (demands and supplies) must be determined. Use one of the previously described methods to estimate the loads associated with the system being modeled. Once all of the data is collected, it can be directly used to create the model, or it can be used to create an intermediate schematic of the system. A schematic is a depiction or drawing showing the configuration of the piping system. The schematic might be an actual paper drawing, or it might be created using the GASWorkS Graphical Data Interface or a drawing created using a CAD or GIS system. In the schematic show each main and its connection to each other main. The schematic does not have to be to scale (however, it is best if it is), but it should accurately reflect the way in which the system is configured.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
461
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
The detail required of a model varies on its intended use, the complexity of the model, and the data available to create the model. Rarely is a node placed at every customer location, or at every valve location, or every pipe size or type change included in a model. The model configuration is defined by its node placement. When considering how to construct the model and where to place nodes consider the following placement criteria. Generally a node should be placed at the following locations: ! At each location where two or more mains intersect and are connected. ! At each location where a main changes size. ! At each supply point into the system. ! At each main termination. ! At large demand locations. Normally, customer loads can be generalized at the piping connection nodes. However, additional nodes should be placed at any location where a large customer connects to the system, or locations where the distance from the closest piping node and the point at which the customer's physical connection to the system is substantial. In order to compensate for fluctuations in atmospheric pressure, the elevation of each node will need to be determined. Or if the total variation in elevation across the system is less than about 1000 feet, determine the average elevation of the system being modeled and apply the average value to each node. If the schematic is created using a paper or CAD drawing, include the size and length of main segment on the schematic as well as any significant node names. If the schematic was not created using the GASWorkS GDI tools, the data will now need to be either manually entered, digitized, or imported into GASWorkS using the appropriate method. Once the system configuration has been entered and checked, the next task is to assign the customer loads. There are several methods used for assigning customer loads. The methods that we most commonly recommend are described below. ! Manually allocate loads for customers dispersed along a pipe segment (not using customer data features): W Sum the load along each main segment connected to an individual node. W Divide this sum by two. W Apply the resulting value to the pipes node. This method works well when working with looped, "two-way" flow configurations. When working with a "one-way" flow, skeleton type system, you might consider applying all of the load along a segment, to the downstream node of that segment. This will result in conservative pressure drop values. To be slightly less conservative, apply 2/3 of the segment's load to the downstream node and 1/3 to the upstream node.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
462
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
!Automatically allocate loads along a main using customer data features: W Place and attach customer features along the main segments as appropriate. W Enter each customers specific load or enter a generic load for the associated customer type. W Unless the customer represents a very large load, apply the load to both nodes. For large loads, apply the load to the appropriate From or To node. Regardless of which assignment method is employed, discretion should always be used when applying the loads. Large loads may warrant that a specific node be placed at their point of connection. GASWorkS convention requires that a demand (a flow leaving the system) be indicated by a negative (-) value, and that a supply (a flow entering the system) be indicated by a positive (+) value. Now that the physical configuration of the distribution system has been defined and the customer demands have been determined and allocated, information about the gas that will be flowing through the system and a few other parameters need to be determined. These items are: ! A gas composition analysis for the gas taken around the period being modeled. Or if that is not available, the specific gravity of the gas compared to dry air and the absolute viscosity of the gas. ! The average flowing temperature of the gas during the season to be modeled. ! The base pressure and temperature used to state volumes. These values represent the basis for measuring the gas - they are usually the same as the billing pressure and temperature. The gas analysis (or properties) can usually be obtained from the gas supplier. If an analysis is available, use the GASWorkS Gas Properties Calculation routine to compute the required gas property values. To complete the mathematical model, a correct flow equation needs to be determined. The operating pressure and system characteristics must be considered when selecting the appropriate flow equation. There are a variety of equations available to model gas pressures and flows. You will need to select the equation that best suits your specific application. Refer to the Equation Application Reference provided later in the Appendix for discussion and suggestions on selecting an appropriate flow equation. Finally, the known operating conditions of the system need to be input. In general, GASWorkS requires that either the pressure or load be known at each node point - but not both. There are exceptions to this rule at regulators and compressors. Generally the pressure value will be set as known at each node point representing a supply, and the load value will be set as known at nodes representing a demand - the flow or pressure is set as unknown as appropriate. Nodes that represent a connection with no flow entering or leaving a system (node at a pipe size change or tee) are generally set so that the load is known and zero, and the pressure is unknown. All unknown values are computed during the analysis process.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
463
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
Sometimes, especially at supply points, both the flow and pressure value might be known - the normal tendency would be to set both these values as known - where as this is possible to do, it generally results in an over-constrained model that will not solve or will yield unusual results. In these cases, it is generally best to set one of the values as known (usually the load) and let GASWorkS solve for it. This un-constrains the model and lets it solve, and also provides a check for the model accuracy. The culmination of the above data represents the basis for the "model". This data is used to develop the mathematical model used by GASWorkS. As mentioned earlier, the data can be directly entered into GASWorkS or imported using one of its import routines or using a combination of these methods. Once entered, the model can then be manipulated and revised as necessary to correct, test and verify the model. Whenever possible, when working with an existing system, the solution results should be checked against actual field data - the model should be calibrated to accurately reflect field conditions. This can be done by comparing GASWorkS generated pressure and flow values with field collected data. Always check at several locations in both the system and the model. A model can always be forced to match a single specific value at a single specific point. However, the proof of a model is in the ability to match values at several locations in the system being modeled. To calibrate a model, model results can be forced to match field conditions by adjusting the pipe efficiencies as necessary to make a match.
Working With Gathering Systems...

When working with gathering systems, a few basic issues should be consider. A gathering system is essentially a backwards distribution system. It generally has one demand point and many supply points, as opposed to a basic distribution system with one supply and many demands. The supply point on a distribution system usually is equipped with a regulator, the demand point for a gathering system is generally equipped with a compressor. Construction of the basic piping model is essentially the same as for a distribution system - the application of the loads and settings vary however. For existing systems, there is generally quit a bit of information known about the systems operation - flow and pressure rates at every well and possibly a flow rate and suction or discharge pressure at the compressor (demand point) are known. GASWorkS generally requires that either the pressure or load value be set as unknown at each node. When working with a gathering system, where much data is known, it can be challenging to decide which values should be fixed (known) and which should be allowed to be calculated (unknown). In a gathering system, there are two ways to address this issue - set the well pressures as known and let the flow rates be calculated, or set the well flows as known and let the pressures be calculated. How the knowns and unknowns are set up at the well nodes, depends on what information is known, and how the wells are operated (whether flow or pressure control is present).
Bradley B. Bean, PE
464
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
When the well pressures are fixed (known), the flow rates are calculated - the results from an analysis setup in this manner will provide the estimated flow rates from the wells, while holding the well outlet pressures at a fixed value. If a new well is added to a model using this configuration, generally the flow rates in the other wells will be reduced because of the increased downstream pressure, attributable to the new well. This type of analysis would provide an estimate of how much the existing well production might be reduced by the addition of the new well. When the well flows are fixed (known), the pressure values are calculated - the results from an analysis setup in this manner will provide the estimated pressures at the wells, while holding the well flow rates fixed. If a new well is added to a model using this configuration, generally the pressures at the other wells will be increased because of the increased downstream pressure attributable to the new well. This type of analysis would provide an estimate of how much the existing well pressures would need to be increased to maintain their previous production. GASWorkS allows wells to be modeled by two different methods. The most often used method uses a single node to represent the well location. With this method the node basically represents the well head, or if processing or control equipment is present, the downstream connection to the equipment, or point of flow and pressure measurement. The other method models the well as a hydraulic element. This method requires that the operating characteristics of the well be known or estimated. These factors are usual determined from a multi-point flow test - which is not often available. At the compressor end of the system, the compressor can be modeled as a hydraulic element, or the system model can end at the suction side of the compressor. When a compressor element is present, generally the load on the inlet (suction) side of the compressor is set as known and zero. If the well pressures are set as known and loads as unknown, the inlet (suction) pressure is generally set as unknown. If the well flows are set as known and the pressures as unknown, the inlet (suction) pressure must be set as known. The downstream (discharge) pressure is generally set as known. When entering a compressor element, the From Node must represent the inlet (suction) side of the compressor, and the To Node must represent the outlet (discharge) pressure of the compressor. Often the reason to model a gathering system is to identify bottle necks, restrictive pipe segments. The results produced by GASWorkS can be used to identify these locations by two methods - first and most obvious, is by reviewing the reported segment pressure drops. The other is to attempt to calibrate the model by adjusting the pipe efficiencies to force the model results to match field recorded values - usually pressure values. Pipes that require very low (less than 75%) efficiency values indicate problem areas, usually a result of liquid build up. Be careful when comparing pressure values between field measurement equipment and GASWorkS. Often flow meter or flow computer data are reported in absolute pressure values, all node pressure values reported in GASWorkS are gauge values.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
465
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
The Weymouth equation has been traditionally used to design gathering systems, however due to its conservative nature, it does not tend to match field results very well. Depending on pipe sizes and operating pressures, the IGT-Improved equation tends to match field results with good repeatability. GASWorkS provides three compressor equations. Two require empirical data from a compressor operating curve. One, the Theoretic, uses only theoretic compression characteristics. The Theoretic equation will provide good rule-of-thumb values when used judiciously. GASWorkS models all compressors as a blackbox and does not use any of the compressor characteristics in the hydraulic analysis.
Working With Plant (Fuel Piping) Systems...

When working with plant or fuel piping systems (systems downstream of the gas meter) a few basic issues should be considered. These type of systems basically represent a small (or not so small) distribution system. Generally these systems have on source of supply and do not contain internal looping (interconnected supplies). Construction of the basic piping model is essentially the same as for a distribution system - the application of the loads and settings vary however. Instead of customers, these type of systems are generally connected directly to the demand (equipment). For this reason, a node is generally placed at each equipment connection. The rated load of the equipment is generally known and the supply pressure is nearly allows known. When modeling a distribution system, it is seldom considered that all of the demands will be in service at the same time. However, with fuel piping systems, depending on the number and nature of the equipment that is attached, it is not unusual for all of the demands supplied by a fuel piping system to be on at the same time. The fewer the number of appliances or equipment supplied by the system, the greater the chance that all of the devices will be on at same point in time. When setting up a model of a fuel piping system, generally a node is placed at each appliance or equipment connection. The load is usually set as known, and the pressure as unknown at these locations. A node is placed at the supply point, and the pressure is set as known and equal to the delivery value. The appliance nodes generally represent the connection to the appliance control valve or regulator. The supply node generally represents the outlet of meter or the service regulator, which ever is further downstream. GASWorkS provides two pipe flow equations specifically applicable to modeling fuel piping systems - the IMC-HP and IMC-LP equations. These equations are recognized by most mechanical and fuel gas codes. The Oliphant equation is often cited as applicable to plant piping operating at pressures ranging from vacuum to 100 psig.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
466
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
Working With Transmission Systems...

When working with transmission systems, a few basic issues should be considered. For this discussion a transmission system is basically considered as that portion of the overall gas system that carries gas from a gathering system or group of systems to a processing plant, distribution system, or another transmission system - or from another transmission line or plant to a distribution system. It characteristically contains larger diameter pipe, operating at comparably high pressure, has long distances between connections or interconnections, and may contain one or compressor stations. Construction of the basic piping model is essentially the same as for any system - the application of the loads and settings vary however. The steady-state nature of the GASWorkS solution routine is suitable for modeling a transmission system with those characteristics - steady, non-transitory operating conditions. GASWorkS is not suitable for modeling transient conditions. Transmission systems generally have a few sources of supply and a few demand points, often with compressors between the two. A supply point is generally modeled as a node point with a known pressure and unknown load. Demand points are generally modeled as a node point with a known load value and the pressure value set as unknown. When including compressors, generally the load on the inlet (suction) and outlet (discharge) side of the compressor is set as known and zero - and the outlet (discharge) pressure is set as known. When entering a compressor element, the From Node must represent the inlet (suction) side of the compressor, and the To Node must represent the outlet (discharge) side of the compressor. A pressure must be known between each section of the model separated by a compressor. GASWorkS provides three compressor equations. Two require empirical data from a compressor operating curve. One, the Theoretic, uses only theoretic compression characteristics. The Theoretic will provide good rule-of-thumb values when used judiciously. GASWorkS models all compressors as a black-box and does not use any of the compressor characteristics in the hydraulic analysis. Various flow equations are available for modeling transmission style systems. The operating pressure and system characteristics must be considered when selecting the appropriate flow equation. There are a variety of equations available to model gas pressures and flows. You will need to select the equation that best suits your specific application. Refer to the Equation Application Reference provided later in the Appendix for discussion and suggestions on selecting an appropriate flow equation.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
467
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Network Primer
Often transmission systems operate at pressure values sufficient to include the affect of compressibility in the pipe flow calculations. GASWorkS provides several methods for including the effect of compressibility. Several of the equations require that a gas composition be present in order to support the calculation. These values are saved in a gas properties file. Use the Gas Properties menu item in the Analysis menu list to create and save a gas properties file. The file must be named the same as the model it is to be used with. Currently the most accurate method of representing compressibility supported by GASWorkS is the AGA Detailed method. The worst method is the GPSA method. Using the GPSA method will yield unconservative results at pressure ranges over about 400 psig. Ignoring compressibility all together, will yield conservative results. Sometimes compressibility will be ignored during design analysis, to yield conservative results - but will be included when trying to match existing conditions. Use of compressibility will slow down the solution process and will increase the number of iterations required to reach solution. Many of the pipe flow equations ignore or assume and internal pipe wall roughness value. However, the pipe wall roughness is actually used by some of the transmission style equations. Recommended values for pipe wall roughness vary widely. The values included in the standard GASWorkS Pipe Properties Table are as recommended by the American Gas Association, System Design handbook, Book D-1. The User may revise any of the standard values as desired. Pipe diameters must be entered as a Size/Type code included in the Pipe Properties Table, in order for roughness values to be used during the various computation routines.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
468
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Data Items
GASWorkS Data Items...

GASWorkS uses a propriety database to maintain its files. The database is made up of a number of various data files (which are described later), with each file containing a set of data fields or items. The basic items contained in the customer, node, and pipe data files are listed in the following tables. Customer Data Items Item Name ID LINK ID PIPE LINK ID NODE LOAD LOAD UNITS UNIT COUNT LOAD ADJUSTMENT LOAD STATUS X COORDINATE Y COORDINATE TAP X COORDINATE TAP Y COORDINATE ATTRIBUTE CONNECTION STATUS BRANCH ID Item Description Internal identification number of the customer Link identification number of the customer Link identification number of the supplying pipe (main) Load assignment indicator Per Unit Load Per Unit Load dimensional unit Unit Count Design Factor adjustment identifier Load Status X (horizontal) coordinates of the customers location Y (vertical) coordinates of the customers location X (horizontal) coordinates of the service lines connection to the main Y (vertical) coordinates of the service lines connection to the main Attribute connection status Item Type Numeric - long integer Alphanumeric up to 20 characters Alphanumeric up to 20 characters Boolean Numeric - single precision Dimensional Unit Numeric - short integer Boolean Boolean Numeric - single precision Numeric - single precision Numeric precision Numeric precision Boolean single single
Identifies the ID number of a trunk or branch customer
Numeric - long integer
Bradley B. Bean, PE
469
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Data Items Node Data Items Item Type Alphanumeric up to 40 characters Numeric - single precision Dimensional Unit Boolean Numeric - single precision Boolean Boolean Boolean Numeric precision Numeric precision Boolean single single
Item Name NODE NAME PRESSURE PRESSURE UNITS PRESSURE KNOWN BASE LOAD BASE LOAD KNOWN BASE LOAD ADJUSTMENT BASE LOAD STATUS EXTERNAL LOAD EXTERNAL LOAD (FIXED) EXTERNAL LOAD ADJUSTMENT EXTERNAL LOAD STATUS LOAD UNITS TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE KNOWN
Item Description Descriptive identifier/name Calculated or set pressure value Dimensional unit for pressure value item Known/unknown identifier for pressure value Calculated or set load value Known/unknown identifier for base load value Design Factor adjustment identifier On/off identifier for base load value The portion of the load value from attached customers that can be adjusted by the design factor The portion of the load value from attached customers that cannot be adjusted by the design factor Design Factor adjustment identifier
On/off identifier for base load value Dimensional unit for base and external loads Calculated or set average flowing temperature at the node location Known/unknown identifier for base load value
Boolean Dimensional Unit Numeric precision Boolean single
Bradley B. Bean, PE
470
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Data Items Node Data Items Item Type Numeric - single precision Numeric precision Numeric precision Numeric precision single single single
Item Name ELEVATION ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SPECIFIC GRAVITY VISCOSITY HEATING VALUE SPECIFIC HEAT RATIO X Y
Item Description Height above sea level at the node location Calculated atmospheric pressure value associated with the nodes elevation value Calculated or set specific gravity value at the node location Calculated or set dynamic viscosity gravity value at the node location Calculated or set heating value at the node location Calculated or set specific heat ratio value at the node location X (horizontal) coordinates of the customers location Y (vertical) coordinates of the customers location
Numeric - single precision Numeric precision single
Numeric - double precision Numeric - double precision
Pipe Data Items Item Name ID LINK ID FROM NODE TO NODE HYDRAULIC TYPE STATUS Item Description Internal identification number of the segment Link identification number of the segment Name of From Node of the segment Name of To Node of the segment Hydraulic element type On/off indicator for the segment Item Type Numeric - long integer Alphanumeric up to 20 characters Alphanumeric up to 40 characters Alphanumeric up to 40 characters Boolean Boolean
Bradley B. Bean, PE
471
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Data Items Pipe Data Items Item Type Numeric precision single
Item Name FLOW FLOW UNITS VELOCITY PRESSURE DROP COMPRESSIBILITY FACILITY TYPE ATTRIBUTE CONNECTION SIZE/TYPE
Item Description Volumetric flow rate through the segment, at base conditions Dimensional unit for flow rate Maximum velocity associated with the flow through the segment Linear pressure drop across the segment Average compressibility factor associated with the segment Facility type assignment Attribute connection status Size and type description for the segment. Inside diameter value for pipes if not selected from associated data list. Set pressure for regulator and compressor hydraulic type elements Dimensional unit for set pressure values Hydraulic efficiency for pipes and fittings. Mechanical efficiency for compressor type elements. Pipe flow equation for pipe and fitting type elements. Dimensional unit for Size/Type item Hydraulic length for the segment Dimensional unit for the length value Allow sizing indicator for pipe type elements Number of attached fittings for pipe type elements
Dimensional Unit Numeric precision single
Numeric - single precision Numeric precision Boolean Boolean Alphanumeric up to 20 characters Numeric precision single single
SET PRESSURE SET PRESSURE UNITS EFFICIENCY FLOW EQUATION DIAMETER UNITS LENGTH LENGTH UNITS ALLOW SIZING FITTING COUNT
Dimensional Unit Numeric precision single
Equation Name Dimensional Unit Numeric - single precision Dimensional Unit Boolean Numeric - short integer
Bradley B. Bean, PE
472
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Data Items Pipe Data Items Item Type Numeric precision single
Item Name EQUIVALENT LENGTH CUSTOMER COUNT VALVE POSITION EQUATION COEFFICIENT EQUATION EXPONENT
Item Description Equivalent length of attached fittings for pipe type elements Number of customers attached to (supplied by) the segment Open position for valve type elements Performance equation coefficient for well type elements Performance equation exponent for well type elements
Numeric - short integer Numeric - single precision Numeric precision Numeric precision single single
Data Type Descriptions Type Alphanumeric up to 20 characters Alphanumeric up to 40 characters Boolean Dimensional Unit Equation Name Numeric - double precision Numeric - long integer Numeric - short integer Numeric - single precision Type Description Represents a group of alphabetic (A - Z) characters and numeric (0 - 10) characters, and some special characters up to 20 characters in length. Represents a group of alphabetic (A - Z) characters and numeric (0 - 10) characters, and some special characters up to 40 characters in length. Represents an either/or type value, such as on/off, yes/no. Represents one of the standard dimensional units supported by GASWorkS. Represents one of the standard pipe flow equations supported by GASWorkS. Represents a decimal number. See the Program Limitations topic for additional information. Represents a non-decimal (whole) number. See the Program Limitations topic for additional information. Represents a non-decimal (whole) number. See the Program Limitations topic for additional information. Represents a decimal number. See the Program Limitations topic for additional information.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
473
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Dimensional Units
Supported Dimensional Units...

GASWorkS uses a standard set of dimensional units for its internal calculations. When a value expressed in a different unit is encountered, it is converted internally for use by GASWorkS. The following table lists the supported dimensional units and the conversion factors used for internal use: Unit Group Distance - Diameter, Roughness Supported Types Centimeter, cm Feet, ft Inches, in Meters, Metres, m Microns Millimeter, mm Distance - Length, Elevation Centimeter, cm Feet, ft Inches, in Kilometers, km Meters, Metres, m Miles, mi Efficiency, Usage Decimal Percent, % - Percent, % Energy Btu kWh MBtu MMBtu Therms Conversion Factor .3937 12 1 39.37 .00003937 .03937 .03281 1 1/12 3281 3.281 5280 1 .01 .00001 .03142 .01 .1 1
Bradley B. Bean, PE
474
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Dimensional Units Supported Types Btu/hr Ccf/mo Cfd Cfh Cfm Kilowatts, KW Liters/min M3/d, M3d M^3/hr, M3/hr, M3h MBtu/hr Mcfd Mcfh Mcf/mo Mm3/d, Mm3d Mm3h MMm3/d, MMm3d MMcfd MMcfh Conversion Factor See Support Equations 100/(365.256 / 12 * 24) .041667 1 60 See Support Equations 2.1186 1.47125 35.31 See Support Equations 41.667 1000 1000/(365.256 / 12 * 24) 1471.25 35310 1471250 41667 1000000 1 1 / 35.31 .0009486 .0009486 / 35.31 .9486 .9486 / 35.31 .00002832 1000 / (1.0548 * 35.31)
Unit Group Flow Rate - Pipe Flow, Node Load, Customer Load
Heating Value
Btu/cf Btu/m^3 Joules/cf Joules/m^3 kJoules/cf, kJ/cf kJoules/m^3, kJ/m^3 MBtu/m^3 MJoule/m^3, MJ/m^3
Bradley B. Bean, PE
475
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Dimensional Units Supported Types Atmosphere, atm Bar Feet H2O, ft-wc Inches H2O, in-wc Inches HG, in-HG Kg/cm^2 Kg/m^2 KPa Millibar, mBar mm H20 mm HG MPa Osi Pascals, pa Psi Conversion Factor 14.7 14.5 .4335 .03613 .491154 14.22 .00142 .145 .0145 .03937 / 27.707 .03937 * .491154 145 .0625 .000145 1 EC * 1.8 + 491.67 EF + 459.67 EK * 1.8 1 .000672 32.2 1 6.72E-08 .672
Unit Group Pressure - Pipe Pressure Drop, Node Pressure`
Temperature - Node Temperature
Celsius, C Fahrenheit, F Kelvin, K Rankine, R
Viscosity
Centipoise, cpoise, cp Lbf-sec/Ft^2 Lbm/Ft-sec Micropoise Pascal-sec, pa-sec
Bradley B. Bean, PE
476
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Dimensional Units
Standard GASWorkS Units...

The following table describes the standard or "native" units used by GASWorkS in its solution and calculation routines. All other units are converted to these native units during the computations, then converted back to the original units when the computation is complete. Parameter Type Customer Loads Energy Heating Value Node Pressure Node Load Node Elevation Node Temperature Other Temperatures Other Pressures Pipe Diameter Pipe Roughness Pipe Length Pipe Efficiency Pipe Flow Pressure Drop Viscosity Standard Dimensional Unit Cfh Therms Btu/cf Psi Cfh Feet Rankine Rankine Psi Inches Inches Feet Decimal Cfh Psi Lbm/ft-sec
Bradley B. Bean, PE
477
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Pipe Flow Equations...

GASWorkS supports numerous industry standard pipe flow equations which are used to calculate the flow and pressure drop of "Pipe" and "Fitting" type elements. Each equation is unique and may have individual limitations associated with its use. The following pages describe the various equations supported by GASWorkS. The User must determine the appropriate equation to use for the application being analyzed. Unless noted otherwise, the following base units and variable assignments apply to each equation description. Descriptions for Regulator, Valve, Compressor, Well and various supporting equations are presented later in the Appendix. The following variable definitions apply to all of the equations described on the following pages: Cp = Constant pressure specific heat, dimensionless Cv = Constant volume specific heat, dimensionless D = Inside pipe diameter, Inches P = Pressure drop across a pipe segment, Psia squared or Psia T = Temperature drop across a regulator, Degrees Fahrenheit e = 2.71828 = Internal pipe wall roughness, Inches E = Pipe efficiency, percent / 100 Ev = Valve throttling factor f = Fanning friction factor, dimensionless H1 = Pipe inlet elevation, Feet H2 = Pipe outlet elevation, Feet HP = Power, Horsepower k = specific heat ratio, dimensionless L = Pipe length, Feet Q = Volumetric flow rate, Cfh P1 = Pipe inlet pressure, Psia P2 = Pipe outlet pressure, Psia Patm = Average atmospheric pressure, Psia Pave = Average pressure along the pipeline segment, Psia Pb = Base pressure, Psia R = Compression ratio, dimensionless Re = Reynolds number, dimensionless S = Elevation compensation factor, dimensionless SG = Specific gravity, dimensionless Tf = Average gas flowing temperature, Rankine Tb = Base temperature, Rankine = Absolute (dynamic) viscosity, Lbm/foot-second Z = Compressibility factor, dimensionless
Bradley B. Bean, PE
478
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Adjustment For Elevation...

Where an elevation difference exists between the inlet and outlet of a pipe segment, and the normal pressure difference (P) is a function of the difference of the squared inlet pressure and the squared outlet pressure (P = P1 2 - P2 2 ), the pressure difference (P) term in the flow equation are replaced with the following:
Reference: American Gas Association, Steady Flow In Gas Pipelines
AGA-Fully Turb...
The AGA Fully Turbulent flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Gas Processors Suppliers Association, Engineering Data Book Note: This equation is similar to the AGA-Turbulent equation.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
479
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
AGA-Partially Turb...
The AGA Partially Turbulent flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Gas Processors Suppliers Association, Engineering Data Book
AGA-Turbulent...
The AGA Turbulent flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Industrial Press, Gas Engineers Handbook Note: This equation is similar to the AGA-Fully Turb equation.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
480
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Colebrook....
The Colebrook (Colebrook-White) flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
IAPMO-HP...
The IAPMO-HP flow equation used by GASWorkS represents the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials adopted equation as described in the Uniform Mechanical and Plumbing Codes, for high pressure applications. The equation is described as follows.
Reference: IAPMO, Uniform Mechanical Code / Uniform Plumbing Code, 2006
Bradley B. Bean, PE
481
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
IAPMO-LP...
The IAPMO-LP flow equation used by GASWorkS represents the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials adopted equation as described in the Uniform Mechanical and Plumbing Codes, for low pressure applications. The equation is described as follows.
Reference: IAPMO, Uniform Mechanical Code / Uniform Plumbing Code, 2006
IGE3-General...
The IGE3 General equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: (British) Institute Of Gas Engineers Standard - IGE/TD/3 Note: This equation is similar to the IGE3-MP equation.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
482
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
IGE3-LP...
The IGE3 Low Pressure equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: (British) Institute Of Gas Engineers Standard - IGE/TD/3
IGE3-MP...
The IGE3 Medium Pressure equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: (British) Institute Of Gas Engineers Standard - IGE/TD/3 Note: This equation is similar to the IGE3-General equation.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
483
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
IGT-Improved...
The IGT-Improved flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Gas Age Magazine, May 1967, Gas Behavior In Distribution Systems
IMC-HP...
The IMC High Pressure equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: International Code Council, International Mechanical Code, 1996
IMC-LP...
The IMC Low Pressure equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: International Code Council, International Mechanical Code, 1996
Bradley B. Bean, PE
484
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Mueller-HP...
The Mueller High Pressure flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: American Gas Association, GEOP Series, Book D-1, 1990
Mueller-LP...
The Mueller Low Pressure flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: American Gas Association, GEOP Series, Book D-1, 1990
Oliphant...
The Oliphant equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
485
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Panhandle-A...
The Panhandle-A flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Panhandle-B...
The Panhandle-B flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Pole-LP...
The Pole Low Pressure equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Industrial Press, Gas Engineers Handbook
Bradley B. Bean, PE
486
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Spitzglass-HP...
The Spitzglass High Pressure equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Spitzglass-LP...
The Spitzglass Low Pressure equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
487
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Weymouth...
The Weymouth flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Gas Processor Suppliers Association, Engineering Data Book
Bradley B. Bean, PE
488
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Equation Application Reference...

The following table provides application notes and comments for each of the equations supported by GASWorkS. This table represents only a portion of the universe of equations available for calculating pressure and flow in gas piping systems. Equations are added to GASWorkS based on User requests. If a User requires a specific equation and the equation can be documented, we will add it to the software - that is how we have ended up with so many equations being supported by the software. Equation Name AGA-Fully Turbulent (AGA-Full) Application Comments Applicable to transmission systems with fully turbulent flow conditions. Accounts for relative pipe roughness using rough pipe law. This form of the equation allows input of the pipe wall roughness value. Depending on the pipe wall roughness, yields moderately conservative results compared to other transmission style equations. Applicable to transmission systems with partially turbulent flow conditions. Accounts for relative pipe roughness using the smooth pipe law. Moderately conservative compared to other transmission style equations. Applicable to transmission systems with fully turbulent flow conditions. Uses a fixed relative pipe roughness with the rough pipe law. Moderately conservative compared to other transmission style equations. Applicable to transmission systems. Applies the Moody friction factor to the Fundamental Gas Flow equation, using the Colebrook-White approximation. Results vary based on value of roughness. Applicable to fuel piping systems operating at less than 1.5 Psig (10 kPa). A low pressure version of the Polyflo equation adopted by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. Applicable to fuel piping systems operating at 1.5 Psig (10 kPa) and above. A high pressure version of the Polyflo equation adopted by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. Applicable to general distribution systems. Developed by the British Gas Engineers Institute. Recommended for pressures less than or equal to 101.5 psig (7 Bar). Applicable to low pressure distribution systems. Developed by the British Gas Engineers Institute. A modified version of the IGE3 - General equation for use at pressures less than or equal to 1.1 psig (75 mBar)
AGA-Partially Turbulent (AGA-Partial) AGA-Turbulent
Colebrook
IAPMO-LP
IAPMO-HP
IGE3 - General
IGE3 - Low Pressure
Bradley B. Bean, PE
489
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Equation Name IGE3 - Medium Pressure
Application Comments Applicable to medium pressure distribution systems. Developed by the British Gas Engineers Institute. Basically a renamed version of the IGE3 General equation for use at pressures greater than 1.1 psig (75 mBar) and less than or equal to 29 psig (2 Bar) Applicable to distribution systems, though often used for all types of systems operating between 1 to 500 psig. Yields moderate results. Developed in the 1960's. The Gas Engineers Handbook notes that this equation is widely used for ten inch water column to sixty Psig systems for two inch and larger diameter pipe. The AGA GEOP text reports that this equation is applicable to distribution systems where the Reynolds numbers range between 16000 and 3000000 with 2% deviation from the smooth pipe law, and for 3 to 30 inch diameter pipe operating at inches water column, 1- to 20 inch diameter pipe operating between 2 and 20 Psig, and 3/4 to 120 inch diameter pipe operating between 20 and 100 Psig. Reynolds number dependent.
IGT-Improved
IMC-Low Pressure
Applicable to fuel piping systems operating at less 1.5 Psig (10 kPa). A low pressure version of the Polyflo equation adopted by the International Code Council. Applicable to fuel piping systems operating at 1.5 Psig (10 kPa) and higher. A high pressure version of the Polyflo equation adopted by the International Code Council. Applicable to distribution systems. Yields non-conservative results. The Gas Engineers Handbook reports that the equation is accurate in low pressure systems for up to eight inch pipe, and in medium pressures for up to two inch pipe. The AGA GEOP text reports that this equation is applicable to distribution systems where the Reynolds numbers range between 2000 and 125000 with 2% deviation from the smooth pipe law, and for 3/8 to 6 inch diameter pipe operating at inches water column, 3/8 to 2 inch diameter pipe operating between 2 and 20 Psig, and 3/8 to 1- inch diameter pipe operating between 20 and 100 Psig. Reynolds number dependent.
IMC-High Pressure
Mueller High Pressure
Bradley B. Bean, PE
490
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Equation Name Mueller Low Pressure
Application Comments Applicable to distribution systems. Yields non-conservative results. Derived from Mueller High Pressure equation as outlined in AGA GEOP text. Reynolds number dependent.
Oliphant
Applicable to plant piping and gathering systems operating between vacuum and 100 Psig. Yields conservative results. Not Reynolds number dependent - diameter dependent.
Panhandle - A
Applicable to transmission systems. Yields moderate results. Developed in the 1940's. The Gas Engineers Handbook reports that the equation is applicable for large diameter transmission piping where the Reynolds number varies between 5 and 20 million. And suggests an average efficiency for steel pipelines of .92 for this equation. The GPSA Data Book reports that this equation is intended to reflect flow of gas through smooth pipes. When used with an efficiency of .90 the equation reasonably approximates the partially turbulent general flow equation. The equation becomes less accurate as the flow rate increases. And, an efficiency of .92 is often used with this equation. The AGA GEOP text reports that this equation is applicable to distribution systems where the Reynolds numbers range between 1300000 and 75000000 with 2% deviation from the smooth pipe law. And 16 inch and larger diameter pipe operating between 20 Psig and higher. Reynolds number dependent.
Panhandle - B
Applicable to transmission systems. Revised version of Panhandle-A, published in 1956. Depending on the flow rate, can be the least conservative transmission equation. The Gas Engineers Handbook notes that the equation is applicable for large diameter transmission piping where the Reynolds number varies between 5 and 20 million. And suggests an average efficiency for steel pipelines of .90 for this equation.
The GPSA Data Book notes that this equation more nearly approximates the
491
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Equation Name
Application Comments fully turbulent general flow equation. The equation will under-estimate flow rates at low flow rates, and over estimate flow rates at high flow rates. Efficiency factors of .88 to .94 are often used with this equation. Reynolds number dependent.
Pole Low Pressure
Applicable to fuel and yard line piping operating below 3 Psig. Yields conservative results. The Gas Engineers Handbook notes that this equation is widely used for four to ten water column pressure systems for two to four inch diameter pipe. And is applicable with effective pipe roughness values of up to ten times that of clean steel pipe. Not Reynolds number dependent - constant friction/transmission factor.
Spitzglass Low Pressure
Applicable to low pressure distribution systems operating below 3 Psig. Yields moderate results. The Gas Engineers Handbook reports that this equation is widely used for systems operating under one Psig. The AGA GEOP text reports that this equation was developed from flow tests on large diameter cast iron pipe operated at inches water column pressures and partially turbulent flow conditions. And was originally used in flow calculations in low pressure cast iron systems. The text also reports that the equation yields extremely conservative results for 16 inch and larger diameter pipes, and yields un-conservative results for pipes sizes less than 16 inch. Not Reynolds number dependent - diameter dependent.
Spitzglass High Pressure
Applicable to distribution systems operating below 100 Psig. Yields conservative results. The Gas Engineers Handbook reports that this equation is widely used for up to ten inch diameter pipe. And is applicable with effective pipe roughness values of up to ten times that of clean steel pipe. Not Reynolds number dependent - diameter dependent.
Weymouth
Applicable to transmission systems, though often used for distribution, gathering, and transmission. Yields conservative results. Equation published in 1912.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
492
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Equation Name
Application Comments The Gas Engineers Handbook reports that this equation provides a reasonable approximation of the general rough pipe equation for diameter equal to ten inch, and effective pipe wall roughness equal .002 inches. And that the equation is widely used for three to twenty Psig systems. And suggests an average efficiency for steel pipelines of 1.10 for this equation. The GPSA Data Book reports that for short pipelines and gathering systems this equation agrees closely with metered volumes. However, the degree of error increases with pressure. The AGA GEOP text reports that the applicable efficiency factor for this equation is 1.00 for thirty-six inch diameter pipe and can range from 1.10 to 2.00 for thirty inch and smaller pipe in transmission service. That the efficiency factor ranges between 1.1 and 1.2 for two to six inch diameter pipe in distribution service. And further suggests that the equation is not applicable to calculations in distribution systems. Not a Reynolds number dependent equation.
Equation References...
American Gas Association, Gas Engineering and Operating Series, System Design Volume, Book D-1 American Gas Association, Steady Flow In Gas Pipelines, Technical Report No. 10 British Gas Engineers Institute, Standard IGE/TD/3, Recommendations On Transmission And Distribution Practice Crane Technical Paper No. 410, Flow Of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings, And Pipe Gas Engineers Handbook, Industrial Press Gas Processors Suppliers Association, Engineering Data Book, Volume II International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, Uniform Mechanical Code, 2006 International Code Council, International Mechanical Code, 1996 Pipeline Rules of Thumb Handbook, Gulf Publishing
Bradley B. Bean, PE
493
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Flow Equations
Recommendations...
As can be seen by the number and variety of flow equations listed in the previous table, there seems to be no certain flow equation that accurately reflects all of the conditions that can be present in a gas piping system. Obviously there is not one equation that meets all requirements, or there wouldnt be such a variety to choose from. For that reason, the User must ultimately compare their specific application to each equations performance and select an appropriate equation. Further, it is extremely difficult to recommend a flow equation because of the variety of applications that Users might encounter. However, generally we make the following recommendations - use at your own risk: Application Low Pressure Distribution (less than 3 Psig) Medium and High Pressure Distribution (3 to 100 Psig) Low Pressure Transmission (100 to 300 Psig) High Pressure Transmission (300 Psig and greater) Vacuum Gathering Low Pressure Gathering (less than 100 Psig) High Pressure Gathering (100 Psig and greater) Vacuum Plant Piping Low Pressure Plant or Fuel Piping (less than 1.5 Psig) Medium Pressure Plant or Fuel Piping (1.5 to 10 Psig) High Pressure Plant or Fuel Piping (10 to 100 Psig) Equation Spitzglass Low Pressure IGT-Improved IGT-Improved Panhandle - A Oliphant IGT-Improved IGT-Improved or Weymouth Oliphant IMC or IAPMO Low Pressure IMC or IAPMO High Pressure, IGT-Improved Oliphant or IGT-Improved
Bradley B. Bean, PE
494
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Regulator Equations
Regulator Flow Equations...

The equations used by GASWorkS to calculate the flow and pressure drop across Regulator type elements are described on the following pages:
Grove...
The Grove Regulator flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Grove Bulletin No. 900TE/S, Sizing The Grove Model 900 TE
Bradley B. Bean, PE
495
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Regulator Equations
Grove80...
An additional Grove flow equation known as the Grove80" equation is also used by GASWorkS for some Grove regulators. The equation is described as follows...
Reference: Grove Bulletin No. 816A, Natural Gas Capacity Tables For Grove Flexflo Pilot Operated Regulators
Bradley B. Bean, PE
496
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Regulator Equations
Rockwell...
The Rockwell regulator flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Rockwell Regulator Bulletin - Model 441-57S
Universal...
The Universal regulator flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Mooney Controls, Sizing - Compressible Gases
Bradley B. Bean, PE
497
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Valve Equations
Valve Flow Equations...

The equations used by GASWorkS to calculate the flow and pressure drop across Valve type elements are described on the following pages:
Crane...
The Crane valve flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Crane Technical Paper No. 410, Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings, and Pipe
Grove-Reg...
When modeling wide-open or otherwise upset regulators using the Grove flow equation, GASWorkS uses the following flow-pressure relationship...
Reference: Grove Bulletin No. 900TE/S, Sizing The Grove Model 900 TE
Bradley B. Bean, PE
498
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Valve Equations
Rockwell...
The Rockwell valve flow equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Rockwell Publication V-117-R3, Flow Characteristics of Rockwell Plug Valves
RW-Reg...
When modeling wide-open or otherwise upset regulators using the Rockwell flow equation, GASWorkS uses the following flow-pressure relationship...
Reference: Rockwell Regulator Bulletins
Bradley B. Bean, PE
499
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Valve Equations
Univ-Reg...
Note that the Univ-Reg equation is an approximation of the "standard" Universal Valve Sizing equation. When modeling wide-open or otherwise upset regulators using the Univ-Reg flow equation, GASWorkS uses the following flow-pressure relationship...
Reference: None
Bradley B. Bean, PE
500
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Valve Equations
Valve Throttling Factor...

The following table summarizes the values of the Throttling Factor, based on the specified %-Open value. This relationship actually only applies to venturi type plug valves, however in the absence of information for other valve types, it is used by GASWorkS as an approximate value for all valve types. %-Open Value 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Throttling Factor Value, Ev 1.0 1.0 .55 .33 .21 .12 .06 .04 .03 .02 0
Reference: Rockwell Publication V-117-R3, Flow Characteristics of Rockwell Plug Valves
Bradley B. Bean, PE
501
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Compressor Equations
Compressor Power Equations...

The equations used by GASWorkS to estimate compressor power requirements are described on the following pages:
Empirical1...
The Empirical 1" compressor power equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: None - Hand-me-down
Empirical2...
The Empirical 2" compressor power equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: Gulf Publishing Company, Pipe Line Rules of Thumb Handbook
Bradley B. Bean, PE
502
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Compressor Equations
Theoretic...
The Theoretic compressor power equation used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Reference: McGraw-Hill, De Laval Engineering Handbook
Bradley B. Bean, PE
503
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Well Equations
Well Equation...
GASWorkS supports only one well equation, it is described below. The equation constants are calculated from a multi-point fit of the well's performance curve.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
504
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Support Equations
Support Equations...
GASWorkS uses several equations to support its various flow, pressure drop, and power equations. These support equations are described on the following pages.
Atmospheric Pressure...
As used by GASWorkS, the atmospheric pressure refers to the pressure that the atmosphere exerts on an object at a given elevation. Sometimes referred to as barometric pressure, but not the same as the value reported by the weatherman. As used in most analysis in the gas industry, the atmospheric pressure represents the pressure associated with a standard atmosphere, not the actual atmosphere (which changes constantly). The atmosphere extends from the surface of the earth to the edge of outer space. The approximate depth (or height) of the atmosphere is 25 miles (132,000 feet). At sea level the atmospheric pressure is about 14.7 Psia, this is the pressure exerted on an object at sea level. It represents the weight of the 25 miles of atmosphere above the object. As an object is elevated, the amount of atmosphere above it, and therefore the weight upon it is reduced. Because the weight of the atmosphere upon the object at its new elevation is reduced, the amount of pressure exerted on the elevated object is also reduced. The same holds true for changes in the geographic elevation of a gas piping system. As the elevation of the system increases, the atmospheric pressure decreases. Gas is a compressible fluid, as such its physical properties are affected by the amount of pressure exerted on it. As an example, a cubic foot of gas collected in a balloon at 6000 feet, will contract to a volume less than the original one cubic foot when transported to a lower elevation. Why? Because it is a compressible fluid and at the decreased elevation, the pressure exerted on the balloon is greater than its original collection elevation, compressing the gas in the balloon. The inverse holds true for an increase in elevation. If the balloon were to be elevated, the original cubic foot of gas would expand because of a decrease in the atmospheric pressure at the new, higher elevation. Because changes in atmospheric pressure affect the properties of the gas, they need to be compensated for when modeling a system. GASWorkS uses the node elevation values to calculate the atmospheric pressure for each node. Where significant elevation changes are present in the system, the elevation for each node should be determined and applied. Where elevation changes are not significant, an average elevation may be determined and applied to all nodes. Unfortunately there are several methods available to estimate the atmospheric pressure at elevated heights above sea level. Each method provides different values and disagree on the value at sea level. Fortunately, in pipe flow calculations, the actual absolute value of the atmospheric pressure generally is not critical, so long as the relative differences between various elevation values are representative. The atmospheric pressure equations supported by GASWorkS are listed on the following pages.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
505
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Support Equations
Atmospheric Pressure - AGA Method...

The Atmospheric Pressure as calculated by the AGA method is as follows...
Reference: American Gas Association, GEOP Series, Measurement, Book M-1
Atmospheric Pressure - Handbook Of Chemistry & Physics Method...

The Atmospheric Pressure as calculated by the Handbook Of Chemistry & Physics method is as follows...
Reference: CRC, Handbook of Chemistry & Physics, 73rd Edition
Atmospheric Pressure - ISHM Method...

The Atmospheric Pressure as calculated by the ISHM method is as follows...
Reference: International School of Hydrocarbon Measurement, Practical Methods, Report 4
Bradley B. Bean, PE
506
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Support Equations
Average Pressure...
Often computations made by GASWorkS require the determination of the average pressure value along a pipe segment. When required, the average pressure is calculated as follows...
Energy To Volume Conversion...

When load values are entered in energy type units (Kilowatt, Btu/hr, etc) they are converted to volumetric flow rates as follows...
Reference: None - Derived
Bradley B. Bean, PE
507
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Support Equations
Pipe Flow Velocity...

The pipe flow velocities reported by GASWorkS are calculated as follows...
Pipe Hoop Stress...

The pipe hoop stress reported by GASWorkS is calculated as follows...
Pipe Volume...
The pipe volume reported by GASWorkS is calculated as follows...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
508
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Support Equations
Reynolds Number....
The Reynolds Number as used by GASWorkS is described as follows...
Specific Heat Values...

Often computations made by GASWorkS require the use of either the specific heat ratio or an individual specific heat value. When required, these values are calculated as follows...
Reference: McGraw-Hill, De Laval Engineering Handbook
Bradley B. Bean, PE
509
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Compressibility Methods
Compressibility Methods...
Natural gas mixtures deviate from the ideal gas laws. This deviation becomes more pronounced at elevated pressures. The compressibility factor is used to accommodate for these deviations. GASWorkS allows selection of one of several methods to calculate the compressibility factor when applicable. These support equations are described on the following pages.
AGA8-Detailed...
The AGA8-Detailed method used by GASWorkS is too extensive to describe here. The method is derived from the American Gas Associations Report 8, 1992 revised edition. To use this method a common gas properties file must be assigned to the model. Select The Calculate Properties item from the Analysis menu list to create and save the required gas property file. This method requires a complete description of all of the components found in the gas mixture.
AGA8-Gross1...
The AGA8-Gross1 used by GASWorkS is to extensive too describe here. The method is derived from the American Gas Associations Report 8, 1992 revised edition. To use this method a common gas properties file must be assigned to the model. Select The Calculate Properties item from the Analysis menu list to create and save the required gas property file. This method requires that the heating value, specific gravity, and the carbon dioxide component of the gas mixture be identified.
AGA8-Gross2...
The AGA8-Gross2 method used by GASWorkS is too extensive to describe here. The method is derived from the American Gas Associations Report 8, 1992 revised edition. To use this method a common gas properties file must be assigned to the model. Select The Calculate Properties item from the Analysis menu list to create and save the required gas property file. This method requires that specific gravity, and the carbon dioxide and nitrogen components of the gas mixture be identified.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
510
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Compressibility Methods
GPSA...
The GPSA method used by GASWorkS is calculated as follows...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
511
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Temperature Calculations
Temperature Calculations...
GASWorkS uses several equations to support its various temperature (thermal) calculations. These support equations are described on the following pages.
Average Temperature...
Often computations made by GASWorkS require the determination of the average temperature value along a pipe segment. When required, the average temperature is calculated as follows...
Compressor Temperature Gain...

The outlet temperature of a compressor is estimated as follows...
Bradley B. Bean, PE
512
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Joule-Thomson Temperature Drop...

The temperature drop across regulators and along pipe segments is estimated by the following relationship. Note that this is an approximate equation and is only valid for natural gas mixtures composed largely of methane.
Pipe Temperature Change - Overall Transfer Coefficient...

The outlet temperature of the gas flowing through a pipe segment based on an overall heat transfer coefficient is calculated as follows...
Reference: CRC Press - Taylor & Francis, Gas Pipeline Hydraulics This method predicts the outlet temperature of a pipe segment by using an overall heat transfer coefficient between the gas and the environment.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
513
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Temperature Change - Convection...

The outlet temperature of the gas flowing through a pipe segment based on convection (film) heat transfer is calculated as follows...
Reference: Derived. CRC Press - Taylor & Francis, Gas Pipeline Hydraulics. Industrial Press, Gas Engineers Handbook. This method predicts the outlet temperature of a pipe segment by assuming that the heat transfer occurs by convection between the flowing gas and the inner pipe wall. The pipe wall temperature is assumed to remain constant, along the length of the pipe segment.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
514
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Pipe Temperature Change - Convection & Conduction...

The outlet temperature of the gas flowing through a pipe segment based on both convection (film) and conduction heat transfer is calculated as follows...
Reference: Derived. Pipeline And Gas Journal, May, 1974. This method predicts the outlet temperature of a pipe segment by assuming that the heat transfer occurs by convection between the flowing gas and the pipe wall, and by conduction through the pipe wall, insulation, and soil surrounding the pipe and insulation. The soil is only assumed to conduct through the soil to extent of the influence zone. The influence zone is assumed to radially extend from the axis of the pipe outward to the edge of the influence zone. The size of the influence zone is computed as the product of the influence factor times the outside diameter. The soil represents the environment surrounding pipe, it doesnt have to be soil, it could be air or a liquid.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
515
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Program Files
GASWorkS Files...
The following table describes the various files used by GASWorkS. Depending on the nature and features included in a specific model, and the routines used, some these files may not always be present. Category Program Files File Name gw90.exe gwgdi.dll gws.dll gwlic.dll Model Data Files *.hdr *.cdt *.ndt *.pdt Non-model Data Files *.cdb *.fac *.ftg *.gtx *.nts *.pdb *.prp *.run *.ugd *.vdt *.vtx Description The GASWorkS program file. Contains The GASWorkS Graphical Data Interface functions. Contains the GASWorkS solution functions. Contains the GASWorkS license information. Header data file. Customer model data file. Node data file. Pipe data file. Linked customer attribute data file. Facility list and settings. Attached fitting information. User Text file. Model notes file. Linked pipe (main) attribute data file. Gas Properties file. Run File file. User graphics file. Attribute valve file. Vertex location file.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
516
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Program Files Description Compressor Look-Up table. Fitting Look-Up table. Pipe Properties Look-Up table. Regulator Look-Up table. Valve Look-Up table. Well Look-Up table. Customer attribute data file settings. Data Check error file. Data Check settings. Saved database definition. Saved default data settings. Default data settings. Node error file. Solution exceptions file. Temporary file used by some file management routines. Graphic settings file. Background image settings file. Pipe attribute data file settings. Preference settings file. Project specification file. Gas properties file. Model graphic preview file. Saved query specification. Solution Log file. Summary report settings. Used by various routines to store temporary data.
Category Property (Look-Up) Tables
File Name *.cpf *.fpf *.ppf *.rpf *.vpf *.wpf
Support Files
*.cat *.chk *.dck *.ddf *.dfs *.dft *.err, *.etp *.exc *.fck *.grf *.img *.pat *.pfs *.prj *.prp *.pvw *.qry *.slg *.sum *.tmp
Bradley B. Bean, PE
517
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Program Files Description Trace Results file. Unassigned customer file. Created during execution of the Update External Loads routine Saved graphic view file. Contains GASWorkS settings and default values. Contains Graphics Screen settings. Contains default values for various GASWorkS routines. Back-Up data file.
Category
File Name *.trc *.unq.txt .vew
Screen Initialization Files
gw_cfg.ini gw_gcfg.ini *.ini
Back-Up Files
*.*.bak
Bradley B. Bean, PE
518
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Property Tables
Standard Property Tables...

The "standard" Property tables provided with GASWorkS provide a basis for building your own tables. The values contained in the tables may be modified or new items may be added, and the individual tables can be combined to create a custom table. The general contents of the various standard tables are described in the following tables. The specific description and source reference for each table item is included in the table data. Note that new items and tables are occasionally added as Users request new or additional items. The tables and content included with your version of the software may vary from the tables described on the following pages. New and revised tables can be download from our website.
Compressor Tables...
Table Name compressor.cpf Content Contains definitions for generic compressor types.
Fitting Table...
Table Name fitting.fpf fitting_efv_dresser.fpf fitting_efv_prefection.fpf fitting_large_us.fpf fitting_pe_punch_tee.fpf fitting_small_us.fpf uk_fitting.fpf Content Contains a comprehensive list of definitions for fittings and valves ranging from " to 60 in size. Contains definitions for excess flow valves provided by Dresser Inc. Contains definitions for excess flow valves provided by Perfection Corporation. Contains a list of definitions for fittings and valves ranging from 14" to 60 in size. Contains a list of definitions for polyethylene punch tees. Contains a list of definitions for fittings and valves ranging from " to 12 in size. Contains a list of definitions for plastic and steel fittings commonly used in the UK.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
519
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Property Tables
Bradley B. Bean, PE
520
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Property Tables
Pipe Properties Table...

Table Name pipe.ppf pipe_cts_acr_nfgc.ppf pipe_cts_k&l_nfgc.ppf pipe_pe_nfgc.ppf pipe_pe_uk.ppf pipe_pe_us.ppf pipe_steel_large_us.ppf pipe_steel_nfgc.ppf pipe_steel_small_us.ppf uk_pipe.ppf Content Contains a comprehensive list of definitions for plastic and steel pipes from " to 48" in size. Contains a list of definitions for copper tubing based on the ACR sizing system as listed in the AGA/NFPA National Fuel Gas Code. Contains a list of definitions for copper tubing based on the K&L sizing system as listed in the AGA/NFPA National Fuel Gas Code. Contains a list of definitions for polyethylene pipe based on sizes listed in the AGA/NFPA National Fuel Gas Code. Contains a list of definitions for polyethylene pipe based on common UK sizing specifications. Contains a list of definitions for polyethylene pipe based on common US sizing specifications. Contains a list of definitions for steel pipe based on common US sizing specifications for sizes 14" to 42". Contains a list of definitions for steel pipe as listed in the AGA/NFPA National Fuel Gas Code. Contains a list of definitions for steel pipe based on common US sizing specifications for sizes " to 12". Contains a list of definitions for plastic, steel, cast, ductile, ans spun iron pipe commonly used in the UK.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
521
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Property Tables
Regulator Table...
Table Name regulator.rpf regulator_fisher.rpf regulator_generic.rpf regulator_grove.rpf regulator_mooney.rpf regulator_rockwell.rpf Contents Contains a list of definitions for generic models and specific data for a selected group of models from a variety of manufacturers. Contains a list of definitions for a selected group of Fisher regulators. Contains a list of definitions for generic models based on various manufacturers flow equations. Contains a list of definitions for a selected group of Grove regulators. Contains a list of definitions for a selected group of Mooney regulators. Contains a list of definitions for a selected group of Rockwell regulators.
Valve Table...
Table Name valve.vpf Contents Contains a list of definitions for generic models and specific data for a selected group of models from a variety of manufacturers.
Well Table...
Table Name well.wpf Contents Contains a definition for a single example/sample well.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
522
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Database Definition & Data List Files
Database Definition Files...

The following table describes the various database definition files included when GASWorkS is installed. The files can be modified or revised as appropriate to meet the Users specific needs. All database definition files end in a .ddf extension. Filename gasbase 4x customer Description Contains definitions similar to the fields contained in customer portion of the various versions of the GASBase 4 database. Use this definition if converting an older version of GASWorkS which has a GASBase database attached. Contains definitions similar to the fields contained in mains portion of the various versions of the GASBase 4 database. Use this definition if converting an older version of GASWorkS which has a GASBase database attached. Contains definitions similar to the fields contained in the gasbase 4x customer file, however several of the fields are coded as integer fields. The use of the integer code fields results in a more efficient and flexible database. Use this definition to create a new model with customer attributes similar to GASBase. Contains definitions similar to the fields contained in the gasbase 4x main file, however several of the fields are coded as integer fields. The use of the integer code fields results in a more efficient and flexible database. Use this definition to create a new model with main attributes similar to GASBase.
gasbase 4x main
gasbase 50 customer
gasbase 50 main
Bradley B. Bean, PE
523
GASWorkS 9.0
Appendix
Database Definition & Data List Files
Data Lists Files...

The following table describes the various data list files included when GASWorkS is installed. The files can be modified or revised as appropriate to meet the Users specific needs. All data list files end in a .lst extension. Filename class_location class_other efficiency_units flow_units meter_size_type pipe_coating pipe_material pipe_size_type pipe_specification pressure_units regulator_op_more regulator_size_type size_group test_medium Description Contains a list of class locations based on the US DOT 192 code. Contains a list of class locations exceptions based on the US DOT 192 code. Contains a list of GASWorkS efficiency dimensional units. Contains a list of GASWorkS flow dimensional units. Contains a list of common meter sizes and types. Contains a list of common pipe coating types. Contains a list of common pipe material types. Contains a list of GASWorkS pipe sizes and types. Contains a list of common pipe specification types. Contains a list of GASWorkS pressure dimensional units. Contains a list of regulator operational types. Contains a list of GASWorkS regulator sizes and types. Contains a list of GASWorkS pipe sizing groups. Contains a list of common test medium types.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
524
GASWorkS 9.0
Glossary
GLOSSARY
Bradley B. Bean, PE
525
GASWorkS 9.0
Glossary
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Glossary
Glossary...
The following table describes some of the terms associated with the GASWorkS modeling environment. If you cannot find the term you are looking for in these definitions, use the On-Line Help find routine to locate topics containing the confusing term. Term Alphanumeric Characters Arc Atmospheric Pressure Attribute Data Definition Refers to the group of characters ranging from A to Z, and 0 to 9. The characters can be combined in any order. A curved pipe segment. The pressure exerted on an object by the atmosphere. Defined in the "Support Equations" section of the Appendix. Refers to non-model data associated with pipe and customer data. Nonmodel data values do not affect the calculation of the pressure and flow values in the system. Refers to a condition where all of the node errors are within the specified tolerance (convergence factor). Refers to the pressure used as the basis for stating a load or flow rate. When used with a customer load, the base pressure usually refers to the billing pressure. Refers to the temperature used as the basis for stating a load or flow rate. When used with a customer load, the base temperature usually refers to the billing temperature. A box used to specify an option, condition, or preference. A check mark (U) will appear in the box when it is selected. The "Allow Size Calculation" item on the Pipe Data Screen is an example of a check box. Refers to a vertical group of data in a spreadsheet style report. A control "button" used to execute a command. Command buttons appear on data screens, reports, dialog boxes, and message boxes. The "OK" button found on many message boxes is an example of a command button. A setting used to indicate when the solution is "close enough". Sometimes referred to as the convergence factor, or tolerance.
Balanced Base Pressure
Base Temperature
Check Box
Column Command Button
Convergence Tolerance
Bradley B. Bean, PE
527
GASWorkS 9.0
Glossary
Term Copyright Notice Cursor Data Field Data File Data Screen Dialog Box Diameter Distribution Disk Drop-down List Box
Definition The first screen that appears when GASWorkS is executed. Informs the User of the Copyright status and owner. Refers to the screen position indicator for the keyboard or the mouse. May refer to an item in a GASWorkS data file, an item in an external data file, an entry position on a data screen, or a cell in a grid report. A file used to store the information used by GASWorkS to define and support its network modeling activities. A displayed form used to enter data. A form used to display information, provide the User with alternatives, or provide entry of a few data items. Refers to the Size/Type code or inside diameter of a pipe segment. Refers to the Compact Disk or other media which contains the source GASWorkS program files. A list used to display and select data items. Initially the list is "collapsed" and displays only the currently selected value. The list is activated (dropped down) by clicking on the arrow symbol next to the box. See "List Box" for an example. A "pipe" - a hydraulic element connecting two nodes. The beginning node of a pipe element. An acronym (abbreviation) for the GASWorkS Graphical Data Interface. The common data for the model such as base pressure and temperature, and solution control values. A small simple image which represents a command or routine. Click the icon to execute the associated command. The printer image used by many of the report routines is an example of a command icon. A list of options which are selected by clicking the mouse on the desired item. List boxes can either be permanently displayed, or may "drop down" when selected. The dimensional unit values are commonly associated with list boxes.
Element From Node GDI Header Data Icon
List Box
Bradley B. Bean, PE
528
GASWorkS 9.0
Glossary
Term Load
Definition A flow leaving the system at a node. Opposite of a supply. Generically refers to the flow entering or leaving the system at a node. A negative (-) value load value. A set of data files that contain common data associated with the various pipe types used by GASWorkS. Each table contains specific information about the type it represents. For instance the Pipe Properties Table contains information on the pipe type elements such as inside diameter, per foot cost, and SMYS. An item appearing in a pull-down menu list. Selecting a menu item causes the associated routine or command to be executed, or the associated option to be selected or unselected. A list of functional topics and commands grouped under a common heading. A simple form that provides a warning or message to the User. The box is cleared by clicking its OK command button, or choosing one of its options (if more than one command button is present). The header, node, pipe, and customer data that defines the system being modeled. The cursor image which is controlled by movement of the pointing device. The end of a pipe, or connection between multiple pipe ends. A data file that contains the information associated with the node features in a model. A circular button used to specify a condition or preference. The "Status" item found on many of the data screens is an example of an Option Button. Same as an "element" - a pipe connects two nodes. A data file that contains the information associated with the pipe features in a model. Specifies the element type - for example pipe, valve, or regulator. A multi-segment pipe. The end of each segment is referred to as a vertex. A GASWorkS model that is referenced by the current model. Node loads in a Related Model can be shared with the referencing (current) model. A node contained in a Related Model, the load associated with the related node is shared with the referencing node in the current model.
Property Tables
Menu Item
Menu List Message Box
Model Mouse Pointer Node Node File Option Button
Pipe Pipe File Pipe Type Polyline Related Model Related Node
Bradley B. Bean, PE
529
GASWorkS 9.0
Glossary
Term Run File Schematic Screen Scroll Bars Supply To Node Two-Point Line User Graphics User Text
Definition A data file that contains instructions for performing "batch" style execution of model solutions. A line representation of the system being modeled. A window object used to access various data fields. May also be referred to as a data screen, form, dialog box, or window. A horizontal or vertical slider that can be positioned to change a value, or to browse a report. A flow entering the system at a node. Opposite of a load. A positive (+) load value. The ending node of a pipe element. A single segment pipe. The pipe extends directly between the From and To Node locations. A graphic line or symbol feature input by the User. Text features input and defined by the User.
Bradley B. Bean, PE
530
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
INDEX
Bradley B. Bean, PE
531
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Bradley B. Bean, PE
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Access Data
Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Add Arc Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attribute Valve.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto Assigned Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . Branch Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Branch Customer Command. . . . . . . . . . Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duplicate Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Legend As Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Attribute Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Auto Customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polyline Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polyline Pipe Vertex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polyline Service Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . Regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Line Vertex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unassigned Customer.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User Graphic Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User Graphic Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W ell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust Arc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alphanumeric Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analysis Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appending Model Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arrange Tool Palette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arranging Screen Icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arranging Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASCII Data Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASCII Import Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assign Attribute Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer Service Lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Atmospheric Pressure.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solution Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... .... 180, .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 179 180 180 190 180 180 180 181 181 181 181 181 181 179 182 182 182 183 183 183 183 183 184 184 184 527
. 44 . 35 453 . . ii 184 . 62 . 62
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397, 399, 402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370, 373 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370, 373 .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... . . . . . 184 185 116 506 147
Bradley B. Bean, PE
533
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
. . . . . ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, ... ... 57, 347, 338 355 351 343 349
Attribute Data Customer. . . . . . . . . . Data List.. . . . . . . . . . Database Definition. . Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating W ith SQL. . Attribute Valve Data Data Screen. . . . . . . . Attribute Valve Toolbar. . . . . . Automatic Save Increment Preference Setting. . . Automatically Open GDI Preference Setting. . . Automatically Save Preference Setting. . .
. . . . .
... ... ... ... ...
. . . . .
... ... ... ... ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Background Image
Bitmap Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DXF Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Include In Bundle.. . . . . . . . . . Settings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHP Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Background Image Settings. . . . . . . . . . Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Base Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Base Temperature.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bitmap Saving GDI Image. . . . . . . . . . Bitmap Scale Factor Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BMP Background Image Settings. . . Saving GDI Image. . . . . . . . . . Break Flagged Intersections. . . . . . . . . . Bundle Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bundling Model Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 233 234 . 74 . 53 235 232 232 527 150 527 150
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Calculate
Delta P (Linear). . . . . . . Delta P (Squared).. . . . . Efficiency (P Squared). . XY's From Lat/Long. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 185 185 186
Bradley B. Bean, PE
534
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Calculating Coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Gas Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Temperature Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Calibrate Digitizing Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186, 189 Cancel.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Check Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 527 Checking Model Data.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Clear Customer Find Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Customer Item Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Error Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Intersection Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Node Find Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Node Item Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Pipe Find Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Pipe Item Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Supply Node Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 User Text Find Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Close GASW orkS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 GDI W indow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Graphical Data Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Color Legend Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Colors Coding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Saving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Setting By Query. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Setting By Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Setting Defaults In GDI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Columns Collapsing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 116, 122 Restoring Original W idth In Report.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 115, 121 Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 115, 122 Command Execution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Icon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Command Alias File.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Preference Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Command Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Command Icon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Command Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Command List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Preference Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124, 127
Bradley B. Bean, PE
535
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Compressibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510 AGA8 Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510 GPSA Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511 Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510 Compressor Equations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 Summary Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Temperature Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512 Compressor Table Standard Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519 Compressor Type Element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Condition Nodes Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Condition Pressure Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Connectivity Checking Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Recalculating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Connectivity Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Construction Toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Contact Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 452 Convection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 Convection & Conduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515 Convergence Problems.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Convergence Tolerance Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Convert All Arcs To Polylines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Arc To Polyline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Coordinate Dimensional Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Coordinates Calculating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 168 Entering In The GDI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 In The GDI.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Rotating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Scaling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Shifting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Copy Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Copy Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Copyright Notice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 W arning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i Cost Summary Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Creating New Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30 Bradley B. Bean, PE ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
536
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . 56 56 20 78 79 55 79 57 56
Customer Attaching Attribute File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attribute Data.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defined.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Undelete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Attribute File Using SQL Statement.. Updating External Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer Data Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defined.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting To ASCII File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sort.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer Data Report Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer Symbol Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer Symbol Style. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer Toolbar.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 242 . . . . . . . 20 . . . . . . 397 78, 79, 121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 78 251 251 177
Data
Accessing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Checking Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Default Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Flag Data Error Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Mass Updating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Non-Pipe Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Reporting Check Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Reporting Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Setting Default Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Check Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Check Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Check Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355, 524 Assigning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340, 345 Screen ASCII Import Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370, 373 Attribute Valve Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Background Image Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Bitmap Scale Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Bundle Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Color Legend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Bradley B. Bean, PE ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
Data Data Data Data Data Data
537
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Connectivity Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Customer Attribute Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337, 338 Customer Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Customer Data Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Customer XY Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Data Check Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Data Check Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 DBF Import Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Default Data Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 DXF Import Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Facility Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 File Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Find Dialog Box.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Gas Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Graphic Line Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Graphic Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Graphic Symbol Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Graphical Data Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Header Data Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Import/Export Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Import/Export File Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Mass Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Model Notes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Multiple Edit Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Node Data Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Node Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Path Settings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Pipe Attribute Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Pipe Data Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Pipe Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Plot Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Preference Settings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Print Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 134 Project Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Property Table Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Query Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Renumbering Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Report Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Set Display Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Set Text Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 SHP Import Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Solution Log.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Solution Log Report.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 SQL Update Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347, 349 Summary Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Summary Report Options.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Text Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Tool Palette Edit Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Trace & Update Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Trace Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Bradley B. Bean, PE ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
538
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Trace Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 XLS Import Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 XY Calculation Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 XY Shift Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Data Screens Negotiating.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Database Definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351, 523 dBASE Data Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406, 408, 411 Importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 dBASE Import Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 DBF Import Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Default Colors In GDI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Default Data Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 91 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Delete All Attribute Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 All Customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Attribute Valve.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 190 Legend Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Model Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 191, 287, 288 Polyline Vertex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Saved View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Service Line Vertex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Unused Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 User Graphic Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 User Graphic Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Zero Length Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Design Factor Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Diameter Summary Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Diameter Path Factor Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Digitizing Tablet 2-Point Calibration.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Conformal Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Toggle On/Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Dimensional Units Coordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 International Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Setting Default Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 Supported. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Bradley B. Bean, PE
539
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Directory Selecting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Display Attribute Valve Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Attribute Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Background Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Color Legend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Crosshairs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Customer Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Flow Arrows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Node Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Pipe Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Tool Palette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 User Graphics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Vertex Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Display Reminders Preference Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Display Toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Divergence Limit Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Diversified Customer Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Drive Selecting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Dropdown List Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 528 DXF Background Image Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 DXF File Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 DXF Layer Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 237
Edit
Attribute Valve Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Customer Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Customer Data By Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Data Using Mass Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 External Load.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Facility Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 43 Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Model Notes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Multiple Customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Multiple Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Multiple Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Node Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Pipe Customer Count. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Pipe Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Property Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Toolbar.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Bradley B. Bean, PE ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
540
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
197 198 198 452 507 506 507 512 510 510 511 502 502 503 514 515 513 513 478 479 480 480 489 481 479 481 482 482 483 483 484 484 484 485 485 485 486 486 486 494 487 487 508 488 508 508 495 496 497 497
User Graphic Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User Graphic Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Email Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Energy Conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equation Atmospheric Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Average Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506, Average Temperature.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressibility, AGA8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressibility, GPSA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressor, Empirical1.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressor, Empirical2.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressor, Theoretic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convection & Conduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joule-Thomson Temperature Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overall Heat Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, AGA Fully Turb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, AGA Partially Tur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, AGA-Turbulent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Application Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Colebrook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Elevation Adjustment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, IAPMO-HP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, IAPMO-LP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, IGE3-General.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, IGE3-LP.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, IGE3-MP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, IGT-Improved. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, IMC-HP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, IMC-IP.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Mueller-HP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Mueller-LP.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Oliphant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Panhandle-A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Panhandle-B.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Pole-LP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Spitzglass-HP.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Spitzglass-LP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, Velocity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow, W eymouth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Hoop Stress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulator, Grove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulator, Grove80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulator, Rockwell.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulator, Universal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bradley B. Bean, PE
541
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Reynolds Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509 Specific Heat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509 Support.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505 Temperature Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512 Valve, Crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498 Valve, Grove Regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498 Valve, Rockwell.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499 Valve, Rockwell Regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499 Valve, Universal Regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 W ell, Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 Exceptions Report Options.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Solution Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Executing Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 GASCalc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 SQL Statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58 Exiting GASW orkS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Export Access Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 ASCII Customer Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 ASCII Node Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 ASCII Pipe Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 dBASE Customer Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 dBASE Node Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 dBASE Pipe Data.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 DXF Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Excel Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 GASW orkS 7.0 File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Model Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Node XY Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Quick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Shape Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Stoner Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 XLS Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 External Loads Updating.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Extract W orking W ith. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Facility Settings
Data Screen. . . . . . . Default Type. . . . . . Display. . . . . . . . . . . Edit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing. . . . . . . . . . . Preference Setting. . Bradley B. Bean, PE . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 . . 95 . . 38 . . 38 42, 43 . . 125 . . . .
542
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Report Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 W orking W ith. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Fax Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 File Accessing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Appending Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Attaching Customer Attribute File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Attaching Pipe Attribute File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Back-Up, Discussed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Bundling Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Closing Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Copying Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Data List.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 Database Definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523 Deleting Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Entering Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Importing/Exporting Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Management Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Menu Description.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Opening An Existing Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Program Files Described. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 Recently Opened. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Removing UnRequired Model Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Renaming Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Restoring Backup Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Restoring Sample Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Saving Model Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Selecting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 24 Selection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Selection Screen.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Setting Default Directories.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Sorting Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 UnBundling Model Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 UnZipping Model Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Updating Customer Attribute Using SQL Statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Updating Pipe Attribute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Zipping Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 File Selection Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Find. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 198 Customer By Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Customer By Attribute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 DXF Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Item In Look-Up Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 145, 352 Node.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 200 Node By Record Number.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Node In Report.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 121 Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 201 Bradley B. Bean, PE ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
543
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 202 203 103
Pipe By Address.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe By Attribute Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . User Text Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fitting Table Standard Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fitting Type Element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Customer By Item Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Node By Item Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe By Item Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supply Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unassigned Customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbroken Intersections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flow Arrow Symbol Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flow Arrow Symbol Style. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flow Equations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequently Asked Questions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . From Node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Piping Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... . . . . . 203 . . . . . . 85 . . . . . 203 . . . . . 203 . 200, 204 . . . . . 204 . . . . . 204 . . . . . 251 . . . . . 251 . . . . . 478 . . . . . . . ii . . . . . 528 . . . . . 466
Gas Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Default Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W orking W ith. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASCalc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASW orkS 7.0 File Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gathering Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GDI Command Line.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entering Coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Key Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mouse Events.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pop-Up Menu.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preference Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refresh Increment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toolbars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tooltip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GDI Command Add Arc Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Attribute Valve.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Auto Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Branch Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bradley B. Bean, PE
104 . . 45, 104 . . . . . 104 . . . . . . 55 . . . . . 443 . . . . . . 46 . . . . . 417 . . . . . 464 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 178 178 174 173 229 228 226 226 124 252 174 250 179 180 180 190 180
.... .... .... 180, ....
544
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
180 181 181 181 181 181 181 179 182 182 182 183 183 183 183 183 184 184 184 184 184 185 185 185 185 186 189 186 187 187 187 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 189 189 189 189 189 185 190 190 190 190 190 191 191
Add Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Duplicate Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Hydraulic Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Legend As Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Multiple Attribute Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Multiple Auto Customer.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Multiple Customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Polyline Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Polyline Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Polyline Vertex.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Service Line Vertex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Unassigned Customer.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add User Graphic Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add User Graphic Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add W ell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust Arc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arrange Tool Palette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assign Attribute Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Break Flagged Intersections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculate Delta P (Linear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculate Delta P (Squared). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculate Efficiency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculate XY's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibrate Digitizing Tablet.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186, Cancel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, Clear Customer Find Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear Customer Item Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear Error Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear Intersection Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear Node Find Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear Node Item Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear Pipe Find Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear Pipe Item Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear Supply Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear User Text Flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Close GDI W indow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convert Arc To Polyline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convert Arcs To Polylines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copy Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copy User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer Service Lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete Attribute Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete Attribute Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete Customer.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete Customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete Legend Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete Polyline Vertex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bradley B. Bean, PE
545
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
191 191 191 192 192 192 192 192 192 193 175 193 193 193 193 194 194 194 194 194 222 195 195 197 195 195 196 196 196 197 197 197 198 198 178 198 198 199 200 200 201 201 201 202 203 203 203 203 204 204 204
Delete Saved View.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete Service Line Vertex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete User Graphic Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete User Graphic Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete Zero Length Pipes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Attribute Valve Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Attribute Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Background Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Color Legend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Command List.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Crosshairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Customer Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Flow Arrows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Node Symbols.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Pipe Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Tool Palette.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, Display User Graphics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Vertex Symbols.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DXF Layer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Attribute Valve Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Customer By Pipe.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Customer Count. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Customer Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit External Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Multiple Customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Multiple Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Multiple Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Node Data.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Pipe Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit User Graphic Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit User Graphic Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Executing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Customer By Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Customer By Attribute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find DXF Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Node By Record Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Pipe By Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Pipe By Attribute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find User Text Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Customers By Item.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Nodes By Item. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Pipes By Item. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Supply Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200, Flag Unassigned Customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flag Unbroken Intersections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bradley B. Bean, PE
546
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
204 205 178 205 205 205 206 206 208 208 207 207 206 207 207 207 207 208 208 208 209 209 209 209 209 210 210 210 210 210 211 211 211 211 211 211 212 212 212 220 213 214 214 214 214 215 215 215 215 215 216
Go To XY Coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Highlight Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Icons.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insert Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insert Regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insert Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Join Adjacent Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Match Customer Graphics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Match Graphic Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Match Graphic Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Match Node Graphics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Match Node Hydraulics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Match Node Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Match Pipe Facility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Match Pipe Graphics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Match Pipe Hydraulics.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Match Pipe Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Match User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximize GDI W indow.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measure Distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Attribute Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Attribute Valve Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Background Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Branch Customer Tap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Customer Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Legend Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Node Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Pipe End.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Pipe Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Polyline Vertex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Service Line Vertex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move Service Tap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move User Graphic Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move User Graphic Symbol.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply Customer Loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply Node Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Node Snap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pan Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purge Customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purge User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reassign Customer.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reassign Pipe ID Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regenerate Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repaint Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Report Bad Customer Coord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bradley B. Bean, PE
547
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
216 216 216 216 217 217 217 217 218 218 218 219 219 218 220 219 219 220 220 220 221 221 221 222 222 222 212 213 213 213 223 223 223 223 223 224 224 224 224 223 224 225 127 125 177 177 177 177
Reset Command List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset Customer Colors.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset Node Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset Pipe Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resize GDI W indow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Current View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Feature Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scale Background Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scroll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, Set Attribute Valve Color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Attribute Valve Size.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Customer Color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Customer Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Display Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Graphic Symbol Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, Set Pipe Symbol Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Text Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set User Text Color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shift Model Coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Snap Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, Swap Pipe Ends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tap Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toggle Digitizing Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trace & Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Undelete Customer.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Undelete Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Undelete User Graphic.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Undelete User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Undo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, Update Customer Count. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View Trace Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zoom All. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zoom In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zoom Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zoom Next. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zoom Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zoom Previous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zoom Scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zoom View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zoom W indow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GDI Command List Preference Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124, GDI Menu Preference Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GDI Toolbars Attribute Valve Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Construction Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bradley B. Bean, PE
548
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Edit Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Model Data Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 User Graphics Toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 User Text Commands.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Utility Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 View Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 W indow Control Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Glossary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527 Go To XY Coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Graphic Settings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Graphic Line Data Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Graphic Settings Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Graphic Symbol Data Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Graphical Data Interface Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Description.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Graphics Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Saving Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Setting Background Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Viewing Model Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Guarantee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
Hardware Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Header Data Accessing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header Data Report Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header File Using To Access A Model. . . . . . . . . . . . Heating Value Calculating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Help Accessing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Requesting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setup Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Help Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Highlight Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoop Stress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 . 64, 452 . . . . . 63 iii, 24, 64 . . . . . 63 . . . . . 65 . . . . . 65 . . . . . 64 iii, 24, 64 . . . . 205 . . . . 508
Bradley B. Bean, PE
549
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Icon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IMC-LP Import
22 Arranging Screen Icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Discussed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
ASCII Data Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Customer XY Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 dBASE Data Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Excel Data Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 MIF/MID Data Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Model Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Node XY Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Shape Data Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Stoner PD/XY Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Valve X-Y Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Import And Export Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Initialization Files Setting Default Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Insert Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Installation Of Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 International Notes For Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Join Adjacent Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Length Path Factor
206
Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 License Setting Default Directory. . . . . . . . . . License Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load Determining. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proration Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sharing W ith Relate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Totals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating External. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower Dampening Factor Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 ....................................................... i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 528 . . . . . ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .. .. .. .. .. 459 459 433 165 . 56
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Bradley B. Bean, PE
550
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Mass Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Match
109 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Model Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Preference Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Customer Graphics.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Graphic Line Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Graphic Symbol Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Node Graphics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Node Hydraulics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Node Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Pipe Facility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Pipe Graphics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Pipe Hydraulics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Pipe Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 User Text Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Maximize GDI W indow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Maximum Iterations Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Measure Distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Menu Accessing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Bundle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Edit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 GDI Pop-Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Graphics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Item Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Miscellaneous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Preferences.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Quick Export. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Structure.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Technical Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Microsoft Access File Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Microsoft Excel File Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 MIF/MID Files Importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Miscellaneous Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Bradley B. Bean, PE
551
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Model Accessing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Accessing Data Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 31 Appending. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Bundling Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Checking Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 82 Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Compressor Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Creating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 Creating New. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30 Data Check Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Data Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 Data Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Deleting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Editing Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Fuel Piping Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Gathering Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 Import/Export Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Include In Bundle.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Mass Updating Data.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Network Primer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Pipe Summary Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Plant Piping Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Regulator Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Removing UnRequired Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Renaming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Report Solution Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Reporting Connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Reporting Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 48 Reporting Data Check Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Restoring Backup Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Restoring Sample Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Saving Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Setting Default File Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Solving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Sorting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Standard Dimensional Units.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 Summary Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Supply Node Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Supported Dimensional Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 System Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Transmission Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 UnBundling Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 UnZipping Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Viewing Graphics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Zipping Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Bradley B. Bean, PE
552
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Model Data Accessing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Creating New. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30 Mass Updating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Model Data Files Accessing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Model Data Toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Model Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Editing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 View.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Mouse Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Move Attribute Valve.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Attribute Valve Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Background Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Branch Customer Tap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Customer Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Legend Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Node.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Node Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Pipe End.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Pipe Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Polyline Vertex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Service Line Vertex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Service Tap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 User Graphic Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 User Graphic Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Multiple Edit Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Multiply Customer Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Node Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Network Primer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Node Automatically Renumbering. . Data Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defined.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number Increment. . . . . . . . . . Renumbering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reporting Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . Node Data Exporting To ASCII File. . . . . Sort.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Node Data Report Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bradley B. Bean, PE . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. ..
455 . 60 114 . 20 . 95 139 114
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
553
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
. . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 220 251 251 251
Node Nam e Renumbering. . Node Snap. . . . . . . . . . . Node Snap Ratio. . . . . . Node Symbol Size. . . . . Node Symbol Style.. . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
On-Line Help
Accessing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 64 Opening Model. . . . . . . . Optimization.. . . . . . . . . Optimize By Solution Data. . Overall Heat Transfer.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Pan Image.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pass Limit Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Path Factor Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Path Processing Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Path Settings Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Paths Setting Default Directories.. . . Pipe Defined.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flow Equations. . . . . . . . . . . . Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reporting Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . Summary Of Cost.. . . . . . . . . . Summary Of Diameters. . . . . . Summary Of Lengths. . . . . . . . Undelete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Using SQL. . . . . . . . Volume.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Data Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting To ASCII File. . . . . Sort.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Data Report Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Flow Equations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
213
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... . . . . . . . . . . 20 . 121, 287, 288 . . . . . . . . . 121 . . . . . . . . . 478 . . . . . . . . . . 57 . . . . . . . . . 120 . . . . . . . . . 164 . . . . . . . . . 164 . . . . . . . . . 164 . . . . . 121, 288 . . . . . . . . . . 58 . . . . . . . . . 508
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Bradley B. Bean, PE
554
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Pipe Line Style. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Pipe Line W idth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Pipe Properties Table Standard Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 Pipe Sizing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Pipe Symbol Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Plant Piping Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Plot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Plot Settings Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Pop-Up GDI Menu Preference Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Preference Settings Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 423 Facility Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Retrieve Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Save Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Setting Default Directories.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Setting Options.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Setting Property Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Pressure Per Unit Length Report Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Pressure Units Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Pressure Values Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Print Connectivity Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Customer Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Data Check Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Header Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Model Notes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Node Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Pipe Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 287 Solution Log Report.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Summary Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 288 W ide Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Print Control.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 134, 135 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 134 Printer Dimensional Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Selecting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Settings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 134 Printer Dimensional Units Report Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Printing W ide Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 123 Program Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 Bradley B. Bean, PE ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
555
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Program Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Project Creating New. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Project Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Property Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Editing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Include In Bundle.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Setting Default Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Setting Default Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Standard Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519 Purge Customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Removing UnRequired Model Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Unused Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Query Features.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reassign
439 Query Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Customer Pipe ID Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Reduce Nodes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Refresh Increment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Regenerate Display.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Regulator Flow Equations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495 Summary Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Regulator Table Standard Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 Regulator Type Element.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Relate Features Described. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Related Model, Using. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Release Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Rename Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Renumbering Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Renumbering Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Repaint Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Report Changing Column W idth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 116, 122 Connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 76
Bradley B. Bean, PE
556
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Customer Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Header Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Model Summary.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 162 Node Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Options.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 140 Pipe Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Property Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Setting Displayed Columns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 115, 122 Solution Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Solution Log.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 160 Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 48 Report Bad Customer Coord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Report Options Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Reporting Model Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 48 Reset Colors.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Command List Location.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Customer Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Node Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Pipe Colors.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Reset Minimum Diameters Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Resize Graphic W indow.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Restoring Model Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Sample Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Results User's Responsibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i Reynolds Number.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509 Run File Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Using. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Save
Current View. . . . . . . . . . . Feature Colors. . . . . . . . . . GDI Image To Bitmap. . . . GDI Image To Clipboard. . Save As.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Increment Preference Setting. . . . . . . Save Model Before Solving Preference Setting. . . . . . . Saving Model Data. . . . . . . . . . . . Bradley B. Bean, PE .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... . . . . 217 217, 291 . . . . . 54 . . . . . 54 . . . . . 32
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
557
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Scale Background Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Screens Arranging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Arranging Icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Run File Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Scroll Change Increment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Scroll Bars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 Scroll GDI Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Set Attribute Valve Color.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Attribute Valve Size.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Customer Color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Customer Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 GDI Display Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Node Snap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Pipe Symbol Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Text Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 User Graphic Symbol Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 220 User Text Color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Set Display Colors Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Set Text Options Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Shape Import Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Shift Model Coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 SHP Background Image Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 SHP File Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Software Close. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Copy Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Copyright. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i Executing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Hardware Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Licensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i Operating System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Program Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 Program Limitations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Registration Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Setup Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Trademark Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i Uninstalling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Updates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii W arranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii Software Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Bradley B. Bean, PE ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
558
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Solution Balancing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 Convergence Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Log Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Reporting Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 Using Run File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Solution Exceptions Report Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Solution Log Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Solution Log Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Solution Options.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 156 Solve.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Solve A Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Sort Customer Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 79, 121 Model Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Node Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Pipe Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Report Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Sorting Model File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Specific Gravity Calculating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Specific Heat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509 Specific Heat Ratio Calculating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 SQL Executing Statement.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58 Updating Attribute Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58, 347, 349 Updating Attribute File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347, 349 Standard Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 107, 114, 120 Stoner PD/XY File Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Summary Report.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 162 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Summary Report Options Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Supply Flag Symbol Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Supply Nodes Summary Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Swap Pipe Ends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 System Pressures Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Bradley B. Bean, PE ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE
559
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
System Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Tap Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
221 Technical Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Telephone Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Temperature Calculations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444, 512 Convection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 Convection & Conduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515 Overall Heat Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513 Text Data Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 To Node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 Toggle Digitizing Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Tolerance Node Snap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Tool Palette Edit Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Toolbars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Tooltips GDI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Preference Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Trace & Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Trace & Update Specificatio Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Trace Report.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Trace Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Trademark Notice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i Transmission Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Undelete
Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 212 Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 213, 288 User Graphic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 User Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Undo.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 110, 115, 122, 175, 223, 228 Preference Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124, 126 Uninstalling Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Update Customer Count. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 External Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii Using SQL Statement.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58 Upper Dampening Factor Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Bradley B. Bean, PE
560
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
User Graphic Symbol Size. . . User Graphics Toolbar. . . . . . User Text Toolbar. . . . . . . . . Utility Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . Utility Toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Valve
Attribute, Described. . . . . Flow Equations. . . . . . . . Throttling Factor. . . . . . . Valve Table Standard Contents. . . . . . Valve Type Element. . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity Equation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solution Data. . . . . . . . . . View Toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View Trace Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . Viscosity Calculating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508 149 177 223
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
W ebsite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W ell Equation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . W ell Table Standard Contents. . . . . . W ell Type Element.. . . . . . . . . . . . W indow Open List. . . . . . . . . . . . . W indow Control Toolbar. . . . . . . . W indows Clipboard Saving GDI Image. . . . . . Saving Report Contents. .
ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 160, 162, 287
XLS File
Exporting. . . . . . . . . . Importing. . . . . . . . . . XLS Import Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . XY Calculation Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . XY Shift Specification Data Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Bradley B. Bean, PE
561
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
35 223 223 224 224 224 224 223 224 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Zipping Model Files.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Zoom All Extents. . . . In. . . . . . . . . . . Model Extents. Next. . . . . . . . . Out. . . . . . . . . . Previous. . . . . . Scale.. . . . . . . . View.. . . . . . . . W indow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bradley B. Bean, PE
562
GASWorkS 9.0
Index
Bradley B. Bean, PE
563

GW90 Manual Completo

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

GW90 Manual Completo

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

GASWorkS 9.

1991-1997, 2006, 2007, 2009 Bradley B. Bean, PE - All rights reserved.

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

About This Manual...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

Software Copy Protection...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

GASWorkS Data Elements...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

Negotiating Data Screens...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

Accessing On-Line Help...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

Notes For International Users...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

File - File Management...

New - Create A New Model...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

New Project - Create A New Model...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

Open - Open An Existing Model...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

Close - Close A Model...

Save - Save Model Changes...

Save As - Save Model Changes To Another Name...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

Rename - Change The Name Of The Current Model...

Copy - Copy Model Files...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

Delete - Deleting Model Files...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

Append - Appending Model Files...

Bundle A Model - Zipping A Model...

ENGINEERING & SOFTW ARE

UnBundle A Model - Unzipping A Model...